ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM Volume X. 1916 W. J. HOLLAND, Editor Published by the Authority of the Board of Trustees of the Carnegie Institute January and July, 1916 Press of The NE'.v era printing Company Lancaster, pa TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGES. Title-page and Table of Contents i-iv List of Plates v-vi List of Figures in Text vii Errata et Corrigenda viii Editorial Notes 1-6,309-314 L Description of a New Species of Tortoise from the Jurassic of Utah. By Charles W. Gilmore 7-12 IL The Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. By W. P. Haynes 13-54 in. Description of a New Sphagebranchus from the Bahamas. By Carl H. Eigenmann 55~56 IV. Some Marine Fishes from Colombia and Ecuador. By Charles Wilson 57~70 V. On Apareiodon, a New Genus of Characid Fishes. By Carl H. Eigenmann 71-/6 VL New and Rare Fishes from South American Rivers. By Carl H. Eigenmann 77^86 \ II. Description of Three New Species of Characid Fishes. By Carl H. Eigenmann and Arthur W. Henn .... 87-90 VIII. On the Species of Salminus. By Carl H. Eigenmann . 91-92 IX. On Various South American Po'ciliid Fishes. By Arthur W. Henn . . 93-142 X. A New Species of Apatosaurus. By W. J. Holland . . 143-145 XI. The Birds of the Isle of Pines. By W. E. Clyde Todd . 146-296 XII. The Reptiles and Amphibians of the Isle of Pines. By Thomas Barbour 297-308 XIII. A List of the Land and Fresh-water Shells of the Isle of Pines. By John B. Henderson 315-324 XI\'. The Pelecypoda of the Chazy Formation. By Percy E. Raymond 325-343 XV. South American Crickets, Gryllotalpoidea, and Achetoidea. By Lawrence Bruner 344-428 XVI. A Preliminary Catalog of the North American "Sphaeriidse. By Victor Sterki, M.D 429-477 XVII. Some Directions and Suggestions for Collecting the Sphae- riidse and Aquatic Gastropods. By Victor Sterki, M.D. 478-486 iii ^H^^""^ i\ Contents. XMII. The Lepidoptera of the Isle of Pines, being a List of the Species Collected on the Island by Mr. J. L. Graf and Mr. G. A. Link, Sr., in 1910 and 1912-1913. By W. J. Holland 487-518 XIX. A List of the Odonata Collected on the Isle of Pines by Mr. J. L. Graf in 1910, and by Mr. G. A. Link in 1912--1913, now Contained in the Carnegie Museum. By Hugo Kahl. 519-526 XX. A Trip to Islands in Lake Erie. By Calvin Goodrich. . 527-531 XXI. Notes on the Land-shells of the Islands at the Western End of Lake Erie and Description of New Varieties. By George H. Clapp 532-541 XXII. A List of the Orthoptera Collected in the Isle of Pines by J. L. Graf, 1910, and G. A. Link, 1912-1913. By W. J. Holland and Hugo Kahl 542-546 Index 547-576 LIST OF PLATES. I. Carapace and Plastron of Glyptops utahensis Gilmore, Type. II. Carapace and Plastron of Glyptops utahensis Gilmore, Paratype. III. Geologic Map of Region about Three Forks, Montana. IV. Columnar sections of the Three Forks formation. \'-VHI. Brachiopods from Green Shales, Montana. IX. Sphagebranchiis conklini Eigenmann, Type. X. Umbrina tumacoensis Wilson, Type. XI. Apareiodon affinis (Steindachner), Type of Parodon paraguaycnsis Eigenmann; Apareiodon itapicuruensis Eigenmann, Type. XII. Apareiodon hasemani Eigenmann, Type. XIII. Agoniates anchovia Eigenmann, Type. XIY. Corydoras metce Eigenmann, Type; Otocinclus spcctabilis Eigen- mann, Type, inferior and superior views. XV. Gnathocharax steindachneri Fowler. XVI. Stethaprion crenatus Eigenmann, Type. XVII. Hemiodus parnaguce Eigenmann & Henn, Tj'pe. X\'III. Rivulus compressus Henn, Type; PhaUoceras candomaculatiis (Hensel). XIX. Diphyacantha chocoensis Henn, Type and Paratype; Limia hoUandi Henn, T^'pe; Neoheterandria elegans Henn, Type and Paratype. XX. Heterandria hasemani Henn, Type; Phalloptychus cigenmamii Henn, Type and Paratype. XXI. Phallotorynus fasciolatns Henn, Type and Paratype. XXII. Casas Mountains near Nueva Gerona; Jungle on upper slopes of Caballos Mountains, Isle of Pines. XXIII. Palmetto-pine Scrub; Grove of Royal Palms; Bottle Palms, Isle of Pines. XXIV. Grove of Caribbean Pines near McKinley, Isle of Pines; Mangroves and grass along river-bank. Isle of Pines. XXV. Characteristic view in the Cienaga; Sea-cliffs at Punta del Este, Isle of Pines. XXVI. Cuban Nighthawk, Chordeiles virginianus minor (Cabanis) on nest, Santa Barbara, Isle of Pines. XXVII. Map of the Isle of Pines, West Indies. vi List of Plates. XXVIII. Lateral view of anterior portion and dorsal view of top of head of Leimadophis nebulatus sp. nov. Lateral view of anterior portion and dorsal view of top of head of L. aiidrecE. XXIX. Pelecypoda of the Chazy Formation. XXX. Pelecypoda of the Chazy Formation. XXXI. Lepidoptera of the Isle of Pines. XXXII. Shells from the Western Islands of Lake Erie. XXXIII. Diagrams showing diameters and heights of Pyramidtda. strontiana and P. roseo-apicata Clapp. XXXIV. Diagrams showing diameters and heights of Pyramidida aUernata eriensis Clapp. XXXV. Diagrams showing diameters and heights of Polygyra profunda strontiana Clapp. XXXVI. Diagram of diameters and heights of Polygyra albolahris goodrichi Clapp. Mr. Bryant Walker collecting Polygyra goodrichi on Middle Sister Island. Mr. George H. Clapp collecting shells on Middle Sister Island. LIST OF FIGURES. PAGES. 9 lO 78 81 81 Glyptops utahensis. Carapace of type . Glyptops utahensis. Plastron of type Mouth of Agoniates anchovia Eigenmann Predorsal spine of Stelhaprion crenatiis Eigenmann Scale of Stethaprion crenatus Eigenmann Diagrammatic sketch of Pcecilia vivipara, cT, showing modification of last two precaudal vertebrae to form a support for intromittent organ ' . .98 Diphyacantha. chocoensis Henn, distal end of intromittent organ . .114 Priapichthys nigroventralis (Eigenmann & Henn), distal end of intro- mittent organ 115 Heterandria formosa Agassiz, distal end of intromittent organ . .116 Neoheterandria elegans Wenn, dxstSiX enA oi mtromittent organ . 117 P seudo pcecilia fria (Eigenmann & Henn), distal end of intromittent organ 119 Pcecilopsis amates (Miller), distal end of intromittent organ . . .120 P/;a//o/oryw2f5/a5CJo/a/2f5 Henn, side view and anal fin of male . . 126 PhaUotorynus fasciolatus Henn, inferior view of premaxillaries with teeth 127 Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn, view from above of terminal portion of anal; view from below of same object 128 Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn, section through center of terminal of anal; section through posterior portion of terminal part or scoop of the anal 128 Pcecilia melanzona (Eigenmann), distal end of anal of male . . 133 Mollienisia latipinna Le Seur, distal end of anal of male . . . .135 Mollienisia caucana (Steindachner), distal end of anal of male . . - 136 Limia hoUandi Henn, distal end of anal of male 137 Method of making a cheap ring for a net for collecting small mollusks. 480 ERRATA ET CORRIGENDA. p. 25, 5th line from top, for "Icena" read leana. P- 39> S^d line from bottom, and 40, 14th line from bottom, for "kellogi" read kelloggi. P. 71, loth line from bottom, for "hasemanni" read hasemani. P. 158, 22nd line from bottom, for " Pharacrocorax" read Phalacrocorax. P. 323, 17th line from bottom, for "ajiricola" read auricoma. P. 353, 7th line from top, for " oxydactyla" read oxydacfyhis. P. 377, 19th line from bottom, for " Amirogyllus" read Anurogryllus. P. 396, 23rd line from bottom, for " immaculata" read immaculatus. P. 405, 1st, 2nd, and 5th lines from fop, for " augusticollis" read angusticollis. P. 427, 15th line from bottom, for "Hapithcs" read Hapithiis. P. 530, i6th line from top, for " (Draper) " read (Drapernaud). P. 530, 22nd line from top, for '' Giddings " read Gould. P- 53 1 1 S^d line from bottom, for " Mousensis " read mynesites. P. 544, f?r " .^Idipodid^e " read CT^dipodid.e. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Vol. X, Nos. i and 2. Editorial Notes. The month of May and the first two weeks in June were spent by the Director on the Pacific coast, whither he had gone at the invitation of the authorities of the Panama-Pacific International Exposition, to act as a member of the International Jury in the Department of Education. The work of the Jury was more or less exacting, so that little time could be devoted to anything else. Nevertheless a visit to the University of California on Commencement Day, and a visit to Leland Stanford University on Baccalaureate Sunday, permitted the Director to renew his acquaintance with Professor J. C. Merriam at Berkeley and to inspect the wonderful paleontological collections which he has acquired, and to enjoy the hospitality of Dr. and Mrs. D. Starr Jordan at Palo Alto, and to glance at the ichthyological treasures in the Museum of the University. After his work as a member of the Jury had been completed, the Director was able to find time to view the Yosemite, where he spent a couple of days, and then to repair to Los Angeles and San Diego Near Los Angeles the remarkable deposit at Rancho la Brea was inspected. The kindness of Dr. Frank S. Daggett, the Director of the beautiful Museum of History, Science, and Art of Los Angeles County, on the occasion of a visit paid to the institution, will never be forgotten. The action of the authorities of Los Angeles County in appropriating a sum of money for the thorough scientific exploitation of the fossil Beds at Rancho la Brea is most gratifying as an illustration of in- 1 2 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. telligent interest in scientific matters. The wonderful results in the recovery of vast numbers of splendid specimens representing the Pleistocene fauna of California, is most remarkable. The researches of Professor Merriam, now being followed up by the work of Dr. Daggett and his associates, will reveal the life which existed in Pleistocene times upon the Pacific coast in a manner unparalleled by any similar work. The number of species of mammals and birds preserved in these asphalt beds is astonishingly large, and we impatiently wait for the publications, which are in course of preparation, and which will give in detail an account of the discoveries made. From Los Angeles the Director proceeded to Utah, where he viewed the Carnegie Quarry near Jensen, spending some time with Mr. Douglass going over the work which has been accomplished during the past year or more. The result in many respects has been very gratifying, resulting in the recovery of specimens representing many species which lived in Jurassic time, and which in perfection are not surpassed, and in fact are not equaled by those obtained by any other institution in existence. The old sand-bars here uncovered are almost as rich in animal remains as are the pitch-beds at Rancho la Brea. The creatures are of course wholly different, representing the Age of Reptiles rather than the Age of Mammals and Birds. It is with sorrow that we record the death, on April 24, of Mr. William H. Reed, the Curator of the Museum of the University of Wyoming. Mr. Reed was born on June 9, 1848, near Hartford, Connecticut. In his early boyhood the family removed to Michigan, and later to Nebraska. In his early manhood, he resided for a time in Ohio, and in the year 1880 married Miss Anna Clark of Milford Center in that state. Later he returned to Wyoming, and becoming acquainted with Professor Othniel C. Marsh, of Yale University, who was engaged in investigating the Jurassic deposits near Conio Bluff on the line of the Union Pacific Railway, was taken into the employment of Professor Marsh, and continued to serve him for several years. He became deeply interested, and secured for Professor Marsh a great deal of valuable material. He was very successful as a prospector and col- lector in the field. Subsequently he became associated with the late Professor Wilbur C. Knight of the University of Wyoming, under whom he worked as a preparator in paleontology. Editorial. 3 In the spring of the year 1899 he entered into the employment of the Carnegie Museum as a field assistant under the Director. He was a member of the party led by Dr. Jacob L. Wortman which discovered the specimen of Diplodocus carnegiei near Sheep Creek in Albany County, Wyoming. In fact, that discovery was due to Mr. Reed. The Fourth of July was being celebrated in camp as a holiday, and Mr. Reed, shouldering his rifle, went out to hunt, and on his rambles discovered the deposit which yielded up the skeleton of that now famous specimen. The winter of 1899 was spent by him at the Carnegie Museum in the paleontological laboratory. In the spring he resumed work in the field under the late Professor J. B. Hatcher. In the summer of 1900 he voluntarily left the employment of the Carnegie Museum and engaged in copper mining. Later he resumed his con- nection with the University of Wyoming as Curator of the Museum of the University and as preparator of fossils. Mr. Reed, although he had enjoyed but few advantages in early life, by reading and contact with men had acquired considerable familiarity with the subject of paleontology, and as a collector proved himself efificient. It was often said of him that he " had a nose for fossils," and found them where others passed them by unobserved. The news of his death awakens a flood of memories in the minds of his friends at the Carnegie Institute, who trekked with him over the mesas and explored the canyons of eastern and south central Wyoming in the years 1899 and 1900. His good humor, his inexhaustible fund of amusing anecdotes and stories of life on the plains in the days of the early settlement, told in his own inimitable way, remain firmly fixed in the memories of those who enjoyed his companionship. To his widow and children the Director on behalf of his former associates desires in these lines to express heartfelt sympathy in view of their sad bereavement. One of the ver}' interesting discoveries made by Mr. Douglass in the Carnegie quarry in Utah is that of a perfect skull of a Diplodocus directly articulated with the atlas, which is followed by the remaining vertebrae of the neck. This beautiful specimen settles for all time the question as to the type of skull which belonged to Diplodocus. It is profoundly to be wished that as definite information could be secured as to the heads of some of the other genera of sauropod dino- 4 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. saurs. As the Director pointed out in his paper read before the Paleontological Society on December 31, 1914, there is no positive certainty as to the head which belonged to Apatosaurus. No speci- men has as yet been found with the skull so situated in relation to the cervical vertebrae as to remove the question from the field of con- troversy. The association made by Professor Marsh, which has generally been accepted by those who have not had opportunities to closely study the subject, appears to have been in the nature of a guess. There is a good deal of reason to think that Professor Marsh may have been in error. Mr. and Mrs. Otto E. Jennings have returned from the State of Washington where they spent the summer making botanical collections for the Museum. They were highly successful and the result has been the acquisition by the herbarium of many thousands of specimens representing in the neighborhood of fifteen hundred species of the flowering plants of that State. Collections were made by Mr. Jen- nings on the high mountains, in the arid interior, and along the coast. Incidentally Mrs. Jennings succeeded in collecting quite a number of insects, some of which are entirely new to our collections. Dr. Arnold E. Ortmann has twice visited the drainage basin of the Tennessee, and has made very large collections both in its upper affluents and in the broader reaches of the river below Knoxville. He reports that this Museum now possesses as the result of his re- searches the largest and most perfect collection of the mollusca and Crustacea of eastern Tennessee in existence in any museum. His studies, based upon these extensive collections, will enable him to clear up a number of disputed questions as to synonymy and will pave the way for the preparation of a monograph similar to that upon the moUuscan fauna of the Ohio River which is in course of preparation. We have acquired by purchase from Mr. Samuel M. Klages a very large collection of the birds of Venezuela, which adds a multitude of species of South American forms to our collection. From the same source we have also secured a considerable collection of the lepidoptera of the same country. Editorial. 5 We have purchased a collection of the lepidoptera of Arizona made by Mr. O. C. Poling during the past summer, which will add a number of species to the collection which heretofore have not been represented. We are indebted to Mr. Herbert DuPuy for the gift to the Museum of a model of a Pullman parlor car. It is one of two models, in the fabri- cation of which it is stated that two thousand dollars' worth of gold and sih^er was employed. The model is about three feet long. It will be provided with small electric lights which will enable the inte- rior as well as the exterior, to be thoroughly inspected. Every minute detail is reproduced in miniature, even to the cuspidors on the fioor. Dr. L. E. Griffin has been working diligently during the summer of 1 91 5 in arranging the collections of recent reptiles in the Museum, and reports that he is now in a position to begin the preparation of a catalog, which will include, when published, descriptions of a number of species new to science. Much industry has been displayed by Dr. Eigenmann, the Curator of Ichthyology, during the past summer. He has partly re-arranged the collections and has studied and described a number of species new to science. He was assisted by Mr. Arthur W. Henn, who has now left us in order to take up a course of postgraduate study at Columbia University, where he is reading for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. One of the results of Mr. Henn's work during the summer has been the preparation of a highly interesting and important paper upon the Poeciliidse, which the Director takes pleasure in issuing in the present number of the Annals. A large and important paper by Dr. Eigenmann upon the Cheirodontinse will shortly appear as Part i of Vol. VTI of the Memoirs. It is in the hands of the printer. Arrangements have been concluded for the purchase from Mr. Alan W. Owston of Yokohama of his entire collection of the fishes of Japan, 6 Annals df the Carnegie Museum. known to be the largest and most complete collection of fishes from Japanese waters in private hands. The acquisition of this assemblage of specimens taken in conjunction with collections previously obtained from Japan, Korea, and Formosa, places the Carnegie Museum in the position of having probably the most complete collection of the fishes of those regions in America. f • pe, No. 3380, Cat. W-rt. Foss., Carnegie Museum. Fig. 2. Plastron of Glyplops utahensis Gilmore. No. 3380, C. M. Both figures about i'*g''o n^t. size. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Vol, X Plate III. (Geologic Map of Region about Tlirce F"orks, Montana. II. THE FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. Part 2. The Stratigraphy and the Brachiopoda. By W. p. Haynes. (Plates III-VIII.) A number of years ago Dr. P. E. Raymond undertook the description of the fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana, basing his work upon collections made by Mr. Earl Douglass and himself for the Carnegie Museum. The first part, containing a description of the Cephalopoda and a few other fossils from the " Red shales," appeared in 1909 in these Annals. In this, the second contribution to the subject, the writer describes the Brachiopoda, based on the material in the Carnegie Museum, supplemented by collections, which he has himself made for the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and describes the stratigraphy of the formation. The writer is indebted to Dr. Raymond for many suggestions in the preparation of this work for publication. Stratigraphy. The writer has made a study of the Three Forks Formation at it? type-locality at Three Forks, Montana, and also throughout the Three Forks quadrangle and the neighboring region along the Missouri river in the Fort Logan quadrangle (See Plate III). In this report the distribution and stratigraphy of the formation will first be con- sidered, and then the fauna will be discussed, with a detailed de- scription of the brachiopods of the limestone and green shale members of the formation. Three Forks Formation. General Description. — Lying in apparent conformity upon the Jef- ferson limestone is a series of shales and limestones, which have been named by the late Dr. A. C. Peale the Three Forks Shales.^ He described the formation in some detail, which may be briefly summar- ized by the following columnar section. 1 Peale, A. C. Bull. U. S. G. S., No. no, pp. 29-30, 1893. 13 14 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Yellow laminated sandstones 25 ± feet. Upper Shales Greenish gray nodular limestones, Dark colored argillaceous limestones, Soft shaly black and purplish calcareous limestones. . 45 feet. Fine green argillaceous shale 30 " Intermediate Compact grayish brown limestone, weathers into Limestone orange debris and obscures lower shales 15-20 feet. Lower Shales Reddish and brownish yellow argillaceous shales .... 50 " 145 =t feet. Dr. Peale noted the absence of fossils in the Lower Shales and the over- lying limestone, and the great abundance of fossils of Devonian age in the Upper Shales, particularly in the calcareous portions. He also noted the presence of a band of black slate or shale in the section at the base of the Yellow Sandstone member at two localities, one near the Horseshoe Bend of the Missouri River near Rekap, and the other south of the Jefferson River near Antelope Creek. The writer has visited both of these localities and has included sections measured at both places among the lists of sections given in the following pages. Dr. Peale in summarizing his description of the Three Forks Shales noted the fact that they become more arenaceous to the east of Three Forks, as they pass into the Bridger Range, while they become more calcareous to the west on the north side of the Jefferson River. This description given by Dr. Peale applies to the Three Forks Formation as seen in the northern part of the Three Forks quadrangle, but in the southern part the formation has changed and becomes more dominantly a limestone with argillaceous and arenaceous phases. Owing to the fact that the strata called the Three Forks Shales by Dr. Peale are a composite series and include limestones and shales and some sandstones, the writer feels that it is advisable to use the name " Three Forks Formation " which is applicable to the southern occur- rences as well as to those about Three Forks. The writer has found it possible to divide the Three Forks Formation into seven members, which are easily recognized by their lithologic characters and are present in all of the sections studied in the northern part of the quadrangle and the adjacent region to the north. This sevenfold division will be noted in the case of each section, so that a z o I- < Z O Lo- co o ^. -_ ^•dTl-i"''':-^-i!n:ir:i;;i-iiffh;i[l^ n-._ jjii <»- r,^ ;£■■ 'T T-r^ r ^. CL. a a: I I- CO uj ex: ^ lO Z o F»i'WrrV[nlh.i^li;i.,.ii:,.i;i o z _J o O >,- ■■ -. 1_J_ l: Ir-T '■i'V'^U ■ ; - l iJ; H'n ! "il iHI'lll'ii!BFj:l!IMi' ^y^;-' lii:.i,.h.y: r fll'^i'*'"''"-'-"-'"''--''' h^^' D ?i ri * " "^ i s«5 y * - Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 15 comparison of the thickness of any of the members in ditlercnt parts of the region can easily be made by referring to the numbers. It is noticeable that in all of these sections the thickness of the formation is considerably greater than in the section given by Dr. Peale, which has been generally taken as the standard for the Three Forks Formation. For purposes of general comparative study the five columnar sec- tions on Plate IV have been drawn. These sections are arranged in order from left to right, from the northeastern part of the region to the southwestern. Throughout all of the region where the Three Forks Formation has been recognized it is almost invariably exposed in a small valley. This is due to the fact that it is prevailingly a shaly formation occurring between two massively bedded limestone formations, and difl'erential erosion has produced the characteristic valley between the Jefferson and Madison limestone ridges. Because the formation generally occurs in a valley the exposures are obscured and the contacts masked by talus and vegetation. Often the valleys were traversed by the writer for several miles without finding any place where a satisfactory section could be measured. In consequence of this many of the sec- tions are incomplete, especially in the lower part, but since no fossils have been found in the two lower members it is not so important that they should be included in the sections. The figures which are given were obtained by measurements with a steel-wire tape and the thick- nesses w'ere either measured directly or computed from the horizontal', distance and the angle of dip. The details of the various sections of the Three Forks Formation- studied by the writer will now be considered in order from north ta south. Section ^1.— The most northerly occurrence of the formation was observed about four miles east of Lombard and one and one-half miles northeast of Crane, a flag station on the Chicago, Milwaukee, and Puget Sound Railway. Here there is a good exposure in a saddle, back of a cliff of the massive brown Jefferson limestone. The strata have a strike of about N. 70° E. and dip 15° north. The Lower shale member is almost entirely obscured by vegetation and only a small amount of reddish yellow angular shaly fragments in some gullies, indicates its presence. The intermediate limestone member is of a rather bright yellow color and contains some white calcite veins. Above the limestone, which is about fifteen feet thick, there is a good 16 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. exposure of the very fissile green shale member. The green shale is from sixty to seventy feet thick and contains numerous bands of greenish and grayish limestone concretions, which are usually very fossiliferous. From many horizons in the lower forty feet of the green shale, pyritized fossils, chiefly cephalopods, often beautifully preserved, weather out on the surface and furnish excellent collecting. Above the green shale at this locality is about ten feet of very fossiliferous gray limestone which weathers reddish on the surface. Overlying this limestone are thirty or forty feet of yellowish shales, grading upward into calcareous sandstones. Above the yellow sandstones is the gray Madison limestone with fossils of Mississippian age. This section northeast of Crane was not measured carefully with a tape, because many of the contacts were obscured by talus or vegetation. However, enough of the section was exposed to show that it closely resembles the sections to the south at Rekap and Logan. Section B. — The section next south of Lombard is near Rekap Station on the Northern Pacific Railway. The strata here strike N. 30°-35° E. and dip 30° W. The section was measured from the base of the gray Madison to the top of the brown Jeft'erson limestone and includes the following seven members: I and 2. Yellow sandy limestone and shale 74 feet. 3. Black coaly shale 6 " 4. Nodular gray limestone 7 " 5. Fissile green shale ~1 and Y 120 " 6. Gray and orange limestone. J 7. Pebbly yellow and reddish limestones and shales 80 " Total 287 feet. The Three Forks formation was measured at two localities near Logan, Montana. One section was near the Gallatin River and the other was about two miles inland. The strata here strike about N. 50° E. and dip 40°-50° W. Section C, measured near the Gallatin River, is as follows: Base of gray Madison limestone. 1. Yellow arenaceous limestone 30 feet. 2. Pale yellow arenaceous shale 30 3. Purple fissile shale .5 4. Bluish gray nodular limestone 9.5 5. Fissile green shale 47 6. Yellow crystalline limestone with calcite veins 15 " Massive grayish brown limestone 12 7. Yellow and orange blocky shales 78 Total 222 feet. Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 17 Section D, measured two miles farther north is as follows: Base of gray Madison limestone. 1. Yellow sandstone with some shale 44 feet. 2. Yellow shaly limestone 15 2a. Yellow argillaceous shale 5.5 3. Purplish red shale i 4. Nodular gray limestone 8 5. Green shale 49 6. Orange limestone | and > 130 7. Reddish yellow shales mostly obscured J Top of Jefferson limestone. Total 252.5 feet. The region north of Three Forks and west of the Missouri River has many good exposures of the Three Forks Formation. The valleys eroded in the formation have a general north to south direction and are nearly parallel with one another. The repetition of the formation is due partly to folding and partly to faulting. The structure in the central part of the ridge is that of a southward pitching anticlinal fold which is overturned to the east. A very large valley is eroded in the Three Forks formation in the western limb of the fold. The strata here strike N. 10° E. and dip 30° W. The following section was measured on the western side of this valley across the upper part of Three Forks Formation. Sect i 071 E : Base of gray Madison limestone. I and 2. Yellow sandstone and shale 75 feet. 3 and 4. Purplish shale with limestone at the base 20 5. Fissile green shale with layers of limestone concretions. Lower part of section obscured. West of the overthrust fault there is another valley formed in the Three Forks Formation. The strata here strike N. 20°-30° E. and dip 30°-40° W. The best exposures were seen on the western side of the valley in the small tributary gullies which cut across the dip of the strata. Partial sections were measured along this valley at several places in a distance of over two miles. These sections, beginning at the northern end of the valley, are as follows: Section F, on tributary gully 3, western side of valley. » Base of yellow shale No. 2. 3. Purplish black shale weathering reddish 13-5 feet. 4. Gray limestone 5 Top of green shale No. 5. 18 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Section G, on tributary gully 4, western side of valley. Base of gray Madison limestone. 1. Yellow sandy limestone 44 feet 2. Finely laminated pale yellow arenaceous shale, lower five feet drab colored and argillaceous 28 3. Fissile purplish black shale 19 4. Gray limestone 8 5a. Finely laminated green shales 75 5b. Yellowish and purplish white shale 45 6. Yellow limestone with calcite veins 15 7. Reddish yellow shales 45 Total 279 feet. Section H, between tributary gullies 4 and 5 on the western side of the valley. Base of yellow shale No. 2. 3. Purplish black coaly shale 15.3 feet. Top of limestone No. 4. Section I, on fifth gully on western side of valley. Base of gray Madison limestone. 1. Yellow sandy limestone, ] 2. Yellow shales, 1 ^ y 93 feet. 3. Purplish shales, j 4. Gray limestone, J 5. Green finely laminated shales 77 feet. 5a. Purple and yellow soft argillaceous shales 51 6. Yellow limestone with calcite veins. Lower part of section obscured. Section J, at the southern end of this western Three Forks valley. Here the strata have a strike of about N. 40° E. and a dip of 20° W. Base of gray Madison limestone. 1. Yellow standstone 17 feet. 2. Laminated yellow shale 10 2a. Yellowish white limestone 2.5 3. Purplish gray shale 5 4. Gray nodular limestone 3 5. Fissile green shales 54 5a. Whitish yellow argillaceous shales 14 (Dr. Raymond's white blocky shale?) 5b. Finely laminated yellowish green and locally reddish shale 7 (Dr. Raymond's red shale?) Top of Orange limestone No. 6. Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 19 The following sections of the Three Forks Formation were measured by the writer south of Jefferson River between Willow and Antelope Creeks. Section K, measured one and one-half miles west of Willow Creek. Here the strata are vertical and have an east-west strike. Base of gray Madison limestone. I and 2. Yellow sandstone and shales 70 feet. 3. Black coaly shale 5 4 and 5. Green shale calcareous at the top, with white and yellowish shales at the base 87 6. Massive gray limestone 41 7. Yellow nodular limestone 53 Total 256 feet. Top of brown Jefferson limestone. Section L, farther west in Three Forks ravine. Strike of strata N. 80° W. dip 70° N. Base of gray Madison limestone. I. Yellow sandstone and talus obscuring 2, 3, 4, s 108 feet. 6. Gray massive limestone 15 7. Yellowish red thinly bedded limestone 25 7a. Nodular red limestone, nodules 2 to 3 inches in diameter . . 73 Total 221 feet. Section M was measured just east of Sand Creek. The strata strike N. 60° E. and dip 40° N. Base of gray Madison limestone. 1. Yellow sandstone in cliff 10 feet- 2. 3, 4, and 5. Contacts obscured and therefore not measured separately 135 Sa. Thinly bedded white and yellowish limestone 18 " Sb. Pale pink shaly limestone 12 "" Top of grayish yellow limestone No. 6. Section N, measured about a half miles west of Sand Creekr- Base of gray Madison limestone. I and 2. Yellow arenaceous limestone and nodular yellowish gray limestone 76 feet. 3. Black coaly shale 5 "" 4. Gray nodular limestone. Remainder of section obscured. Section O, the westernmost section, was measured about a quarter of a mile east of Antelope Creek. Strike E.-W., dip 30° N. 20 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Base of gray Madison limestone. I and 2. Yellow sandy limestone and shale 79 feet. 3. Black coaly shale 7 4. Gray nodular limestone 8 " 5. Green fissile shale 43 5a. White thinly bedded limestone partly stained with limonite 20 " 5b. Purplish white thinly bedded limestone. Remainder of section obscured. This completes the list of measured sections of the Three Forks Formation in the northern part of the quadrangle and the neighboring region to the north. A comparison of these sections shows the per- sistence of all of seven members in all parts of the region. The members show in the different sections a considerable variation which may be briefly summarized as follows: Members i and 2 together vary from 60-80 feet and have an average thickness of about 70 feet. Member 3 varies in thickness from about 19 feet, in the west Three Forks valley, to 6 inches at Logan. It has an average thickness of about 6 feet. Member 4 varies from 3 to 10 feet in thickness; member 5 from 50 to 120 feet; member 6 from 15 to 40 feet, and member 7 varies from 40 to 80 feet. These thicknesses of members i and 6 are much greater than those :given by Dr. Peale in his section for the formation. Dr. Peale's figures have apparently been adopted by Dr. Kindle- in his section at Logan, Mont., and also by Dr. Raymond,^ who, although he did not measure the section here or north of Three Forks, noted the presence of (i) a Lower Red-Shale zone; (2) a Green-Shale zone, and (3) a White Blocky Shale, all part of Dr. Peale's Green Shales. The writer has noted in Section J the probable position and thickness of these zones as recognized by Dr. Raymond. Although these zones are indicated in Sections G and I " farther north " and in Sections M and O south of the Jeflferson River, they are generally not clearly defined and therefore are not given a place among the seven members of the formation as recognized by the writer. The slight thickness of the yellow sandstone and shales of members I and 2, noted in Section J, is probably partly due to obscured contacts, and somewhat to actual thinning of the strata. Some deformation in the strata due to the folding and overthrusting may also be the cause of the lessened thicknesses of the members in this section. 2 Kindle, E. M., Bull. Am. Pal., No. 20, p. 8, 1908. 'Raymond, P. E. Amer. Jour. Set., Ser. IV, vol. XXIII, pp. 116-122, 1907. Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 21 A comparison of all of the sections shows a distinct increase to the southwest in the amount of limestone in the formation. This is due chiefly to the increase in thickness of member 6 and the predominance of limestone in member 7. Thus there is a gradation toward the con- ditions which prevail in the southern part of the quadrangle. Fossils were obtained from the upper part of the formation at all of the localities where sections were measured. The fossiliferous mem- bers of the formation are numbers i, 2, 4, and 5. Fossils are particu- larly abundant in number 4, the gray limestone, and number 5, the green shale. The fossils in numbers 4 and 5 indicate an Upper De- vonian age, and those in i and 2 indicate a transition into the Missis- sippian. The evidence for the age of the formation will be given with the description of the fossils. The sections of the Three Forks Formation studied by the writer in the southern part of the Three Forks quadrangle are not as satisfactory as those just given on account of the much poorer exposures. The country here is much more mountainous, and the shaly beds are obscured by talus and vegetation. No fossils were obtained from the formation here, but this was probably due to insufficient search and poor exposures, because fossils have been found in small numbers in the formation in the northwest corner of the Yellowstone Park, which adjoins the Three Forks quadrangle on the southeast. The best section measured by the writer in the southern part of the Three Forks quadrangle is located in the upper end of the West Gallatin Canyon where it opens out into the Lower Basin. Here the strata are downfaulted against the gneiss along a nearly vertical fault plane. The strata strike about N. 40° W., nearly parallel with the fault, and dip about 50° S. The thicknesses of the beds considered to belong to the Three Forks Formation are as follows: Base of gray Madison limestone. Gray shaly limestone weathering buff, in lower part red and yellow 125 =fc feet. Brown limestone, breaking into small joint blocks 25 Yellowish red shaly limestone 40 Grayish brown limestone breccia 15 " Obscured by talus 35 Total 240 ± feet. Brown Jefferson limestone with Favosites cf. limilaris. It will be noticed that although the seven members which compose the formation in the northern part of the quadrangle cannot be re- 22 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. cognized here there is a general persistence of a lower and upper shaly member separated by a more massive limestone. There are, however, no true argillaceous shales in the formation, as exposed in the southern part of the quadrangle. Some of the sections of the Three Forks Formation measured by Dr. Weed* in the northwest corner of the Yellowstone Park are similar in lithologic character to the section already given. Three of these sections are as follows: Crowfoot Ridge Section. Buff and red fissile argillaceous and siliceous limestone. . . 30 feet. Crystalline magnesian limestone, generally dense and mas- sive 50 Limestone, impure and argillaceous, in alternating thin fissile, and massive gray beds 100 Total 180 feet. Antler Peak Section. Light gray limestone, somewhat massive 40 feet. Dark brownish gray arenaceous limestone 130 Total 170 feet. Bighorn Pass Section. Gray crystalline limestone 80 db feet. Dark bluish gray massive argillaceous limestone 20 Alternating beds of massive gray arenaceous limestone and fissile light gray limestone 40 Total 140 ± feet. East of the Yellowstone Park in the region described in the Absaroka folio of Central Wyoming, Dr. Weed* has identified the Three Forks Formation, which there has an average thickness of about 250 feet. He describes the formation as consisting of bluish gray limestone at the base, alternating with shaly beds and fine clays. These pass upward into bedded limestones generally bright purple and blue, with intercalated thin layers of indurated earthy and sandy material. Recurring alternations abound, but limestone is the prevailing rock. In places near the top of the formation the shaly beds exhibit bright red and orange tints. Localities yielding small groupings of a marine Devonian fauna occur at several places in the Absaroka district. The Three Forks Formation has been recognized by Dr. Kindle* in *Weed, W. II., Mono., 32, pt. 2, pp. 7, 22, and 26, 1899. » Weed, W. H., Atlas Folio. U. S. G. S., No. 52, 1899. • Kindle, E. M., Bull. Am. Pal., No. 20, p. 12, 1908. Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 23 a section measured by him in southwestern Wyoming, on Labarge Mountain, northeast of the town of Viola. Here he notes the presence of 80 feet of drab shales and shaly, thin-bedded magnesian and siliceous limestone, barren of fossils, occurring below dark gray Madison lime- stone and above the Jefferson limestone. The southernmost occurrence of the Three Forks Formation, which the writer has seen recorded, is in a section near Bear Lake in northern Utah in the Randolph quadrangle. Mr. Richardson^ reports the presence of 200 feet of soft reddish shaly limestone, which is poorly exposed, occurring between the Jefferson and Madison limestones. He considers this the equivalent of the Three Forks Formation farther north. North of the Yellowstone Park the Three Forks Formation has been recognized in the Livingstone, Little Belt Mts., and Fort Benton Quad- rangles. In the Livingstone quadrangle^ it is described as a series of thinly bedded, impure limestones, alternating with thin beds of shale, with a total thickness of about 250 feet. The top beds are often purple and red in color. The lower strata are earthy shales in beds a few feet thick, alternating with limestone layers of equal thickness. In the Little Belt Mountains Quadrangle^ the upper member of the Monarch formation is equivalent to the Three Forks formation of other quadrangles. It consists of thinly bedded shaly limestones (with much argillaceous matter), of a bluish gray color when fresh, but weathering to a straw-yellow or pink color. The thickness is usually 40 or 50 feet and does not exceed 140 feet. In the Fort Benton quadrangle^" the upper 30 feet of the Monarch Formation is equivalent to the Three Forks Formation, and consists of reddish shaly limestone with abundant Devonian fossils. This is as far north as the Three Forks Formation has been recognized so far as the writer can ascertain. Northwest of Three Forks the Formation has been recognized in the Helena District by Dr. Knopf" who describes the section as follows: Fine-grained black carbonaceous shales 15 feet. Light-colored fossiliferous calcareous shales, grading downward into earthy shales with interbedded quartzite 270 feet. Total 285 feet. 7 Richardson, G. B.. Amer. Jour. Set., Ser. IV, Vol. XXXVI, pp. 406-416, 1913. 8 Atlas Folio. U. S. G. S., No. i. 9 Atlas Folio, U. S. G. S., No. 56. 1" Atlas Folio, U. S. G. S.. No. 55. 11 Knopf, A, Bull. U. S. G. S., No. 527, p. 92, 1914. 24 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Another section is as follows: Black shale 56 feet. Calcareous argillite 136 " Shale 40 " Total 232 feet. Farther west, in the Philipsburg Quadrangle,'^ the Three Forks Formation is apparently absent, and the Jefferson limestone is immedi- ately overlain by the Madison limestone. In the Camp Creek section near Melrose, about 50 miles southwest of Three Forks, Dr. Kindle'^ maintains that the Three Forks Formation is represented by a bluish gray argillaceous shale and huffish shale in the lower part, with limestone bands near the middle, having a total thickness of about 200 feet. The boundaries of the region throughout which the Three Forks Formation has been recognized may tentatively be placed at latitudes 48° and 42° north and longitudes 109° and 113° west. This includes a region with a north-south dimension of about 400 miles and an east- west dimension of 200 miles. It is very evident from these figures that the Three Forks Formation has not nearly so widespread a dis- tribution as the Jefferson limestone, which underlies it, or the Madison limestone, which overlies it. Although the Three Forks Formation has not been recognized by its lithological characters outside of the region just noted, it is likely from faunal evidence that the sea, in which the Three Forks Formation was deposited, covered an area much greater than that in which the for- mation has been recognized. The similarity of some of the fauna of the lower part of the Ouray limestone of Colorado with the brachiopod fauna of the Three Forks Formation indicates a connection in that direction, and the presence of a small Ouray faunule from the beds transitional from the Lower Banff limestone to the Lower Banff shale, reported by Dr. Shimer'^ in the Lake Minnewanka section in Alberta indicates a spreading of this Upper Devonian sea to the north. The Fauna of the Three Forks Formation. The writer has made a careful study of the collection of fossils made by Dr. Raymond for the Carnegie Museum and also of his own col- 12 Calkins, F. C, Prof. Pap. U. S. G. S., No. 78, p. 65, 1913. " Kindle, E. M., Bull. Avter. Pal., No. 20. p. 9, 1908. i^Shimer, H. W.. Bull. Geol. Soc. Afn., Vol. XXIV, pp. 233-240, 1913. Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 25 Faunal List of the Three Forks Formation. L. M. U Brachiopoda. Atremata. Lingula hubbardi sp. nov L. alba-pinensis? Walcott L. cf. lana Hall L. sp. nov. ? Neotremata. Orbiculoidea lodiensis (Vanuxem) Orbiculoidea sp.? Telotremata. Spirifer raymondi sp. nov S. whitneyi Hall 5. whitneyi var. monticola var. nov 5. whitneyi var. animasensis (Girty) S. whitneyi var. gallatinensis var. nov 5. cf. cuspidatiis Meek S. cf. newberryi Hall S. cf. subequaiis Hall Syringothyris carteri Hall Atnbocoelia gregaria Hall Leiorhynchus dunbarense sp. nov L. madisonense sp. nov L. madisonense var. gibbosum var. nov L. utahense var. ventricosiim var. nov L. jeffersonense sp. nov L. mesacostale? Hall L. cf. laiira (Billings) Camay otoechia contractu Hall C. metallica? (White)? Cleiothyridina devonica Raymond C. sublamellosa? Meristella harrisi Hall Protremata. Schizophoria slriatula var. ausiralis Kindle Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall Schucherlella chemungensis var. arctostriata (Hall) 5. crenistria (Phillips?) 5. inflata (White & Whitfield) Productella coloradensis Kindle P. coloradensis var. plicata Kindle P. laminata Kindle P. spinigera Kindle P. cf. depressa Kindle P. cf. hirsuta Hall P. cf. hirsidiformis? Walcott P. cf. subaciileata Walcott P. subalata? Hall P. cf. arctirostrata Hall 26 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Faunal List of the Three Forks Formation. — Continued. MOLLUSCA. Pelecypoda. Lyriopeclen fasciatus Hall L. cf. solox Hall L. cf. polydorits Hall L. sp. nov.? Crenipecten amplus Hall C. glaber Hall Aviculopecten fasciculatus Hall A . cf. celsus Hall A. cf. princeps Hall Aviculopecten sp.? Pterinopecten imhecilis Hall P. vertumnus Hall Pterinopecten sp? Actinopteria hoydi Hall A. amiliana? = Avicula cemiliana Freeh. Actinopteria sp.? Loxopteria holzapfeli Raymond Loxopteria clarkei Raymond Leptodesma sociale? Hall Leptodesma sp? Glyptodesma cf. erectum Hall Mytilarca chemungensis? Conrad Modiomorpha sp.? Nucula sp.? Grammysia subarcnata Hall Grammysia sp.? Goniaphora cf. hatniltonensis Hall G. cf. subrecta Hall Palceanatina sp.? Leda sp. ? Schizodus cf. appressus Hall Cf. Edmondia philipi Hall Macrodon chemungensis Hall Pthonia cf. cylindrica Hall Cf. PalcBoneilo brevis Hall Spathella cf. lypica Hall Paracyclas sp.? Cypricardella sp.? Cypricardinia sp.? L. JM. U Gastropoda. Phanerolinus sp.?. Conularida. Conularia sp.? . Nautiloidea. Orlhoceras monlanense Raymond Geisonoceras nortnale Raymond G. accelerans Raymond >" Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 27 Faunal List of the Three Forks Formation. — Concluded. L. M. U. Ammonoidea. Plaiyclymenia americana Raymond Plalyclymenia poly pleura Raymond Prolobites simplex Raymond Tornoceras crebrisepluin Raymond . T". douglassi Raymond Crinoid stems Bryozoa, cf. Edriotrypa sp.? lection made for the Museum of Comparative Zoology. In the faunal list compiled by the writer, which immediately follows, only the species identified by him are included, and their comparative abundance and horizon are indicated by the letters R = very rare, r = rare, c = common, and C = very common, in the column with the number of the member in which they occur. The localities are not indicated on the faunal list because no difference was found in the fauna of the formation at the different localities. Most of the collecting was done at Logan and in the east and west valleys north of Three Forks, but enough specimens were collected from the other localities to show that the same species occur at the same horizons throughout this region. This list of fossils identified by the writer from the Three Forks formation shows among other things (i) that the ammonoids are almost entirely limited to the lower and middle part of member 5, and (2) that members i and 2 contain a fauna which is different in most of its forms from that of the lower members, and is more like that of the Madison limestone which overlies member i. The fauna of the yellow sandstone and shale is considered by Dr. Raymond^^ to be transitional between the Lower Mississippian fauna of the Madison limestone and the Upper Devonian fauna of members 4 and 5 of the Three Forks Formation. Dr. Schuchert^® has examined Dr. Raymond's specimens and notes the presence of Syringothyris carteri and Spirifer cf. striatus, and con- siders that this faunule is like that of the lower Louisiana limestone of Pike County, Missouri. He therefore concludes that there was a " break in deposition, clearly distinguishing the Devonic, both physic- ally and faunally, from the Mississippic." " Raymond, Am. Jour, of Sci., Ser. IV, Vol. XXIII, 1907. P- nP- 15 Schuchert, Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., Vol. XX, 1910, p. 546. 28 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. The writer has made a careful study of these horizons in the field, and was unable to find any indication of unconformity in the section in this part, and concluded, that, although Spirifer whitneyi and other typical Upper Devonian forms present in 4 and 5 were not found in members i and 2, as noted by Dr. Raymond, certain forms, such as Rhipidomella vannxemi{l) and Productella cf. arctosiriatiis were suflfi- ciently abundant in both the gray limestone, number 4, and the yellow shale, number 2, which almost immediately overlies number 4 at Logan, where this careful study was made, to indicate that there is no sharp break in the record here. Syringothyris carteri was found in the yellow shale within six feet of the top of number 4, and in the same layers with R. vanuxemi{?). In the overlying yellow calcareous sand- stone S. carteri is common, and is associated with Schuchertella inflata and Productella cf. arctirostrata, and certain doubtfully identified Spirifers. This faunule, although containing many lower IVIississip- pian forms, is considered by the writer to be sufificiently different from the fauna in the overlying Madison limestone, which is regarded as Kinderhook, or basal Mississippian, to be considered transitional, as Dr. Raymond has suggested. Syringothyris carteri is generally regarded as an index of Mississip- pian age, but this seems to be a case where it extends down as far as uppermost Devonian strata. Other species of Syringothyris have been reported from Middle or Upper Devonian strata in various parts of the Mississippi valley, and this genus is now regarded by Dr. Schuchert^^ as having originated in the Cordilleran sea during later Devonian time. The typical faunule of the Three Forks Formation, collected from members 4 and 5, is similar in certain of its forms to that of the lower Ouray limestone of Colorado and also to some of the Upper Devonian forms of the eastern United States. It compares closely with certain European faunules, especially those from near the Ural Mountains. Dr. Th. Tschernyschew^* in 1887 made the following correlation of the Upper and Middle Devonian Formations of the Urals, Germany, and eastern North America: 1" Schuchert, Am. Jour. Sci., Ser. IV, Vol. XXX, 1910, p. 223. '8 Tschernyschew, Mem. Com. Geol., St. P., Vol. III. pp. 172-185. 1887. Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 29 Ural. Rhein. North America. D.2/3 Clyrnenia Kalk. Clymenia zone. Chemung. Upper Devonian. D.1/3 Goniatites and Goniatites zone. Portage. Cuboides zone. Naples. Cuboides zone. Genesee. Middle D.2/2 Sp. annossofi and Devonian. Stringocephalus. Stringocephalus zone. Hamilton group. The Upper Devonian of the western border of the Ural Mountains is divided by Dr. Tschernyschew into two horizons. The upper horizon is correlated with the Clymenia horizon of Enkeberg, Fichtel- gebirge, Saxony, Thiiringerwald, and Cornwall, and is characterized by Clymenia annulata, Clymenia flexuosa, Tornoceras simplex, Spirifer archiaci, Spirifer disjunctus, RhynchoneUa acuminata, Camar- ophoria (Leiorhynchus) siibrenifonnis, Orthis (ScJiizophoria) striatula, etc. The lower zone is correlated with the Goniatites and Cuboides horizons of the Eifel and with the Naples fauna of eastern North America, and contains Goniatites (Manticoceras) intumescens, Tor- noceras simplex, Atrypa aspera, A. reticularis, Spirifer disjunctus, S. conoideiis, RhynchoneUa ( Ilypothyris) cuboides, etc. Dr. R. Wedekind^* has recently made a special study of the Upper Devonian stratigraphy of Germany, and has found that it can be subdivided by characteristic cephalopod faunas into six zones. These zones are named as follows, beginning with the uppermost: VI. Gonioclymenia, V. Laevigata, IV. Postprolobites, III. Prolobites, II. Cheiloceras, I. Manticoceras. Dr. W'edekind has noted the wide distribution of the Prolobites zone 1 1 16, which he considers is represented by the Three Forks For- mation of Montana. Although he does not include any of his other zones in his correlation with the Three Forks Formation, it seems likely that the Postprolobites zone is also represented, because Clymenia annulata of his zone IV5 is closely related to Platyclymenia americana of the Three Forks Formation. Dr. E. Perna^" has recently correlated the Upper Devonian strata of the eastern Ural Mountains, with those of Westphalia (Enkeberg and Balve) and Silesia, and has shown that the upper horizon of Tschernyschew's classification can be divided into four zones, which 19 Wedekind, K. Gesell. d. Wissen. zu GoUingen, Mathematik-phys. Klasse, 1913. -° Perna, ibid. 30 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. are equivalent to the five upper zones of Dr. Wedekind's classification, and two lower zones, which are equivalent to the Manticoceras zone. This sixfold division is not widely applicable and therefore is of little assistance in correlation with the American Upper Devonian formations, where the brachiopod fauna is much more abundant than the cephalopod fauna. Apparently the cephalopods are the only abundant fossils in the German Upper Devonian, and for that reason the brachiopods are not mentioned. It is therefore possible to make a much closer cor- relation between the Upper Devonian of the Ural Mountains and North America, than between that of Germany and North America. From an examination of the brief lists of fossils, noted in connection with Tschernyschew's two zones of the Upper Devonian, it is evident that the upper zone, D', is approximately equivalent to the Three Forks Formation, exclusive of members i and 2, and contains many similar fossils, although ohly a few of the species are the same. This corre- lation and also the other European correlations place the Three Forks fauna above the Manticoceras fauna, and make it the latest Devonian fauna of which we have any record in North America, which is the conclusion at which Dr. Raymond^^ arrived some years ago, before these recent European correlations were made. Description of the Brachiopoda. Class BRACHIOPODA. Order ATREMATA Beecher. Superfamily LINGULACEA Waagon. Family LI NGULID^ Gray. Genus Lingula Bruguiere. I. Lingula hubbardi sp. nov. (PI. VII, fig. i.) Description. — Shell elliptical, width about three-quarters the length; base regularly rounded; sides gently curving; apex obtuse, with an angle of about 115°. The shell has a narrow flattened border about one millimeter wide. The surface is marked by fine concentric striae, also by fine radiating stride on the middle portion. These stria? are somewhat wavy about two-thirds of the way from the apex to the margin. The substance of the shell is thin, glistening, brownish black, 21 Raymond, Proc. 7th Intcrnat. Zool. Cong., Camb., Mass., 1910. Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 31 brittle material. The type specimen has a height of 18.5 mm. and a width of 14.5 mm., with the ratio of I : .79. Locality. — A single very perfect valve was collected from the lime- stone in the green shale member (number 5) in the " east " valley, north of Three Forks. A somewhat smaller and less perfect specimen was collected by Dr. Raymond in 1903, from near this same locality. This type appears to be different from any figured species and so the writer has placed it in a new species which is named in honor of Mr. G. E. Hubbard, who found the specimen while aiding the writer in his geological work near Three Forks. Order NEOTREMATA Beecher. Family DISCINID^ Gray. 2. Orbiculoidea lodiensis (Vanuxem). (Plate VII, fig. 4.) Orbiculoidea lodiensis Vanuxem, Geol. N. Y., Rept. 3d Dist , 1842, PI. 163, fig. i; H.\LL, Ibidem, Rept. 4th Dist., 1843, p. 223, fig. i. Discina lodiensis Walcott, Mono. VIII, U. S. Geol. Surv., pp. 112-113, PI. 2, fig. 5. Sa- A few specimens from the middle of member number 5, collected by Dr. Raymond and the writer, were identified as Orbiculoidea sp. and one or two of the best preserved specimens were identified as Orbicu- loidea lodiensis Vanuxem, on their general agreement with the de- scription and figures of the Nevadan form from the White Pine Shale as noted by Dr. Walcott. Order TELOTREMATA Beecher. Family SPIRIFERIDiE King. Genus Spirifer Sowerby. 3. Spirifer raymondi sp. nov. (PI. V, figs. 1-2; PI. VI, figs, 12-13.) Cf. Spirifer pinonensis. Meek, King, 40th Pari. Surv., p. 45, PI. 1, figs, ga, b. Cf. Spirifer pinonensis Raymond, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1909, p. 143. Cf. Spirifer argeniarius Kindle, Bull. Am. Pal., No. 20, 1908, p. 32, PI. 2, fig. 4. This form is apparently identical with the specimen figured by Dr. Raymond from the red shale as Spirifer pinonensis. About sixty specimens from the green shale and associated limestone were carefully studied by the writer, and they show marked differences from S. pino- nensis as figured and described by Mr. Meek. These differences are as follows: 32 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. The shape of the shell is not semicircular in outline, but is triangular, and much like that of S. mucronatus Conrad. The cardinal margin terminates in acute and not rectangular or obtuse extremities. The proportions of height to width are dififerent. Spirifer pinonensis has a ratio of .76 : i and a height of .92 in. and a width of 1.20 in. Six specimens of Spinifer raymondi were measured and gave the following dimensions: I. Height 12 mm.; width 25 mm.; ratio .48 : i. II. Height 15 mm.; width 30 mm.; ratio .5 : i. III. Height 11.5 mm.; width 21 mm. ratio, .54 : i. IV". Height 13 mm.; width 23 mm.; ratio .56 : I. V. Height 14 mm.; width 24 mm.; ratio .58 : i. VI. Height 20 mm.; width 30 mm.; ratio .66 : I. Specimens of S. pinonensis have from eleven to fourteen rounded plications on each side of the mesial fold and sinus, and these plications are covered with radiating striae. Spirifer raymondi has from nine to twelve rounded radiating plications on each side of the mesial fold and sinus, and in no specimen were more than twelve plications observed. No minute striations were seen on the plications of any of the specimens. All of the well-preserved specimens of 5. raymondi show a slight fold in the middle of the sinus, and the surfaces of both valves are marked with rather fine undulating lines of growth. Specimens from the Jefferson limestone near Princeton, Montana, have been by Dr. Kindle, referred for comparison to Spirifer argen- tarius Meek, which Dr. Schuchert believes to be the same as 5. pinon- ensis Meek. The specimen figured by him is apparently identical with the average specimen of Spirifer raymondi. Four specimens of the European species Spirifer elegans Stein, in the Museum of Comparative Zoology (Schultze's Collection) show a very marked resemblance to the specimens of Spirifer raymondi. The points of difference are that the specimens of 5. elegans are one-third to one-half larger than S. raymondi, and the delthyrium in S. elegans is an equilateral triangle, while in 5. raymondi its height is to its width as I : .6. The sinus in S. elegans is also somewhat broader and perfectly smooth. On account of all of these differences from any described forms, it seems advisable to place these specimens from the Three Forks Formation under the new specific name Spirifer raymondi. This new species is named in honor of Dr. Raymond who collected the first specimens from Three Forks. The type is in the Carnegie Museum. Locality. — Specimens of Spirifer raymondi are numerous in the Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 33 green shale and limestone bands of No. 5 at all of the localities where specimens were collected. 4. Spirifer whitneyi Hall. (PI. V, fig. 5; PI. VI, figs. 8-1 1. Cf. PI. VIII, fig. 7-) Spirifer whitneyi Hall, Geol. Surv. Iowa, pt. 2, 1858, p. 502, PI. 4, fig. 2. Spirifer whitneyi Kindle, Bull. U. S. G. S., No. 391, 1909, p. 24. A large number of specimens of spirifers with plicated fold and sinus were collected from the gray limestone, number 4, and the green shale^ number 5, by Dr. Raymond, for the Carnegie Museum in 1905, and by the writer in 1912 and 1913 for the Museum of Comparative Zoology. These specimens have been carefully studied by the writer and compared with New York and European forms of Spirifer disjunctns Sowerby = 5'. verneuili Murchison, and also with specimens of Spirifer whitneyi from Lime Creek, Iowa. The results of this comparative study are as follows: The specimens of Spirifer disjunctus from the Chemung formation of New York are similar to those of the de Koninck Collection from Sougniez Province, Liege, and from Colonster and Traipont. In general they are mucronate and rather large forms, with simple rounded plications. They are all very different from the specimens from Montana. Certain of the European forms identified as Spirifer disjunctus, from Boulonnais (Duval and de Koninck collections), are of the same shape and size as specimens of Spirifer whitneyi from Lime Creek, Iowa. The European specimens, however, all lack the fine striations on each plication which are characteristic of Spirifer whitneyi. Some of the specimens from Montana have the same measurements and appearance as Spirifer whitneyi from Lime Creek, and in a few cases the surface is well enough preserved to show traces of fine striations on the plications. They have therefore been identified as Spirifer whitneyi Hall. A comparison of the measurements of the Boulonnais, Lime Creek, and Montana specimens is as follows: Spirifer disjunctus Sow. from Boulonnais. Ratio (l), width on hinge line to height of brachial valve measured over the surface, from I : .53 to I : .71 majority of specimens i : .66. Ratio (2), width on hinge line to height of area: range I : .143 to i : .27, majority I : .21. Ratio (3), height to width of delthyrium; range i : .6 to 1:1, majority 1:1. 34 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Spirifer whitneyi Hall. Lime Creek, Iowa. Ratio (i), range I : .6 to i : .77. Ratio (2), range i : .23 to i : .24. Ratio (3), range i : .86 to i : i. Spirifer whitneyi Hall. Three Forks, Montana. Ratio (i), range i :.47 to i : .69. Ratio (2), range i : .17 to I : .27. Ratio (3), range i : .5 to i : .8. An average specimen from Three Forks has a width of 32 mm. a height of 21 mm., height of area of 7 mm., and width of delthyrium of 5.7 mm. The number of plications on each side of the brachial valve and the number on the fold is as follows: Sptrifer disjnndus from Boulonnais, 18 to 31 on a side, majority 21; 9 to 13 bifurcating plications on the fold, majority of specimens have II. Spirifer whitneyi from Lime Creek, 16 to 26 on a side, and 7 to 12 on the fold. Spirifer whitneyi from Three Forks, 16 to 26 on a side; majority 21 ; and 8 to 15 on the fold. 5. Spirifer whitneyi var. animasensis (Girty). (Plate V, figs. 11-13.) Spirifer disjunctus var. animasensis Girty, Twentieth Ann. Rept. U. S. G. S., pt. 2, 1900, p. 48, PI. 4, figs. i-io. Spirifer whitneyi var. ani7nasensis (Kindle), U. S. G. S. Bull. 391, p. 25, PI. 9, figs. 1-3- About twenty of the spirifers from the Three Forks Formation have been identified by the writer as Spirifer whitneyi var. animasensis (Girty). These specimens are somewhat smaller than Spirifer whitneyi and they all show a relatively high area with frequently a slightly twisted ventral beak, and they compare well with the specimens figured by Drs. Girty and Kindle. The ratio of the width to the height of the brachial valve in the Montana specimens range from i : .5 to I : .76 and the ratios of width to height of area from I : .28 to I : .33. The ratios of the height to the width of the delthyrium range from i : .46 to i : i. The ratios of the specimens of Spirifer disjunctus var. animasensis Girty are, width to height of area i : .23 to I : .36; height to width of delthyrium i : .75 to l : i. The specimens from the Three Forks Formation have from thirteen to twenty-one simple radiating plications on each side of the fold, and from nine to fourteen bifurcating plications on the fold. The presence of traces of striae on some of the plications shows that this form is more Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 35 closely related to S. whitneyl than to 5. disjunctus, as was pointed out by Dr. Kindle. The size of an average specimen from Montana is: width 30 mm.; height 19 mm.; height of area 9 mm.; width of del- thyrium 5.5 mm. 6. Spirifer whitneyi var. gallatinensis, var. nov. (PI. V^ figs. 3-4; cf. PI. vni, fig. 12). About twenty-five specimens of the same general form as those just described, show a very different type of area and on this account have been described as a new variety, gallatinensis. These specimens have a rather narrow area, which is usually flat, or only slightly curved, although the beak of the pedicle may be strongly incurved. The area is of equal width throughout its whole extent, and usually extends at right angles to the hinge-line. The area generally shows distinct fine vertical striae. The ratios of width to height of brachial valves range from i : .52 to I : .78. The ratios of width to height of area range from i : .125 to I : .2. The ratios of width to height of delthyrium range from I : .8 to .9 : I. The size of an average individual is, width 29 mm.; height 19 mm.; height of area 4 mm.; width of delthyrium 4 mm. There are from sixteen to twenty-six plications on each side of the shell, and from nine to fifteen bifurcating plications on the fold. Some of the specimens show striations on the plications, and this and the general shape of the shell indicates a close relationship with Spirifer U'hitneyi. The type is in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Some of the specimens of Spirifer disjunctus from Europe (locality Try pres Walfourt) show a type of area with parallel sides similar to Spirifer whitneyi var. gallatiyiensis. {Cf. PI. VIII, fig. 12.) Ratios from the European specimens show a range in width to height of brachial valve from i : .4 to i : .56, and a range in width to height of area from i : .1 to i : .2, and a range in height to width of del- thyrium from I : .62 to I : I. None of these specimens show traces of striations on the plications. This close resemblance between certain specimens of Spirifer dis- junctus from Boulonnais, and Spirifer whitneyi, and certain specimens of Spirifer disjunctus from Try pres Walfourt and Spirifer whitneyi var. gallatinensis shows that we have here a good example of parallel development in two very similar species of spirifers. Each species has developed similar variations in regard to the shape of the shell 36 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. and the area. In cases where the striations are preserved on the specimens from western America it is easy to refer them to the species whitneyi, but the majority of the specimens are exfoliated, and they therefore come within the limits of the species disjiinctus. This is undoubtedly the reason why so many of the western American species of this general type have been identified as Spirifer disjunctiis. The wide variations in the European specimens of Spirifer disjunctiis = Spirifer verneuili show that varietal diflferences have been overlooked in the identification of the specimens. 7. Spirifer whitneyi var. monticola, var. nov. (PI. V, figs. 6-10; PI. VI, figs. 1-7). Cf. Spirifer whitneyi Kindle, Bull. No. 391, U. S. G. S., p. 24, PL 8, figs. 2-5. By far the commonest of the specimens of Spirifer from Montana is a robust form with a relatively short hinge-line. Several hundred specimens of this variety were collected by Dr. Raymond and the writer from all of the localities where the Three Forks Formation is well exposed. These specimens are apparently identical with those from the Ouray limestone of Colorado and New Mexico, which are figured by Dr. Kindle and identified as Spirifer whitneyi. Dr. Kindle notes the fact that the forms from Colorado and New Mexico are more robust and have flatter and broader plications than the Iowa specimens. He considers it undesirable to make a new species based on these differences, because Spirifer disjiinctus is such a variable type. A study of the large collection of specimens from the Three Forks formation has convinced the writer that these specimens show certain characters which are sufificiently distinct from Spirifer whitneyi to be the basis for a new variety, monticola. A series of seven specimens (See PI. VI) was selected to show varia- tion in shape in the new variety. The ratios between the width and height of the brachial valves are as follows: (a) .84 : i ; (b) .88 : i; (c) .93 : i; (d) 1 : I- (g) I : .97; (e) 1 : .81; (/) i : .78. The ratios of the width to the height of the area are as follows: (a) i : .152; (&) I : .227; (c) I : 232; (d) I : .3; (e) I : .325; (0 i : .345; (g) i : .39. It is interesting to note that with the exception of specimen, g, the increase in the height of the area and its flattening-out follows directly the increase in length of the hinge-line. A comparison of these ratios with those of Spirifer whitneyi from Lime Creek show that all of the western specimens have a shorter Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 37 hinge-line and relatively higher brachial valve than the specimens from Iowa. Furthermore all the western specimens are more robust, and have a ratio between the length of hinge and the maximum thickness of the specimen which ranges from i : .86 to i : .54, while the same ratios for specimens of Spirifer whitneyi from Iowa range from i : .5 to I : .46. A large percentage of the well-preserved specimens of Spirifer whitneyi var. monticola, show fine striae on the rather broad, flattened, radiating plications. The plications vary in number from thirteen to twenty-nine on a side, and from nine to nineteen on the fold. The size of a moderately small individual is: width 22 mm., height 25 mm., height of area 5 mm., width of delthyrium .45 mm., thickness 19 mm. The measurements of a rather large indi\idual are: width 37 mm., height 30 mm., height of area 12 mm., width of delthyrium 9.5 mm., thickness 26 mm. Specimens from the fissile green shales of number 5 are much better preserved than those from the limestone layers. Almost all of the specimens from the shale show the characteristic striations on the plications, and some show a tendency to develop, alate, almost spiniform, hinge extremities.-- Such delicate spinose- points are preserved in only a few of the specimens from the shale, sO' that it seems likely that this is an abornmal feature and not a generaL character. About fifteen of the specimens, including Nos. 174 a, b, and c, of the- series just mentioned, and specimens numbered 172c and d,. and 176 a and h, show under the hand-lens, or microscope, a spinose- surface covering the plications. The character of this surface varies, from numerous irregularly scattered small rounded spines, ^^ as seen on specimens 172^ or 174a to elongate spine bases arranged in radiating rows (See PI. V, figs. 7, 8, 9,), which under slight magnification appear continuous, and therefore like the normal striae. Upon a closer examination they appear to be an intermediate stage between the normally striated specimens and the irregularly spinose individuals. Since there is this gradation in surface character on specimens, which in other respects are identical, it seems best to note it merely as a variable detail in Spirifer whitneyi var. monticola. Specimens fromi the green shale almost always have the details of the surface well- preserved and it is from a study of these that the intermediate stages " See Plate V, fig. 6. -^ See Plate V, fig. lo. 38 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. between the normally striate and the irregularly spinose types were made out. The type is in the Carnegie Museum. Locality. — Specimens of Spirifer whitneyi and its varieties were obtained from the gray limestone, number 4, and the green shale num- ber 5, at all of the localities studied in detail by the writer, where the Three Forks Formation is exposed in the region about Three Forks and to the north. Genus Amboccelia Hall. 8. Amboccelia gregaria Hall. Amboccelia gregaria Hall, 13th Ann. Rept. N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Nist., p. 81. Amboccelia gregaria Raymond, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1909, p. 143. Specimens referred to this species are very common in certain of the limestone bands in the green shale, number 5, particularly at Three Forks and Logan. The brachial valves show the well-marked sinus, which characterizes this species. Locality. — Green shale, member number 5, at Three Forks, Logan, and localities to the north. Family RHYNCHONELLID^ Gray. Genus Leiorhynchus Hall. 9. Leiorhynchus dunbarense sp. nov. (Plate VHI, fig. 8.) C/. Leiorhynchus astabulense Prosser, Ohio Geol. Surv., 4th sen, Bull. 15, 1913. Shell very gibbous and wide in comparison with its height. The ventral valve is slightly convex and the beak rather prominent. The mesial sinus becomes very deep toward the margin and contains two rather low, rounded plications. The sinus is bordered by two large rounded plications, with usually two less elevated, rounded plications on either side, the outermost usually faintly defined. The dorsal valve is very convex and strongly incurved at the umbo, and rises some- what above the ventral valve. The surface is marked by a high fold with three rather angular plications. The sides have one strongly marked plication next to the fold, and usually two less distinct, low, rounded plications nearer the lateral margins. The surface of the well-preserved specimens is covered with strong, concentric, imbricated growth-lines. The dimensions of the type specimen are: width 27 mm., height 16 mm. Another specimen has a width of 22 mm., and a height of 14 mm. The type is in the Carnegie Museum. This species resembles Leiorhynchus astabulense Prosser in many Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 39 respects, but the ratio of width to height in Leiorhynchus dunbarense is I : .6 instead of i : .9 as in L. astabulense, and the sides have fewer plications. The type is in the Carnegie Museum. Locality. — Five specimens of this species were collected from the limestone layers at the top of member number 5, near Dunbar's mine, north of Three Forks. Three of them were collected by Dr, Raymond in 1905 and two of them by the writer in 191 2. One very well preserved specimen was obtained by the writer in 191 3 from the base of gray limestone number 4, from east of Lombard, Montana. 10. Leiorhynchus madisonense sp. nov. (Plate VII, figs. 11-13.) Outline of shell oval; width always greater than height; the ratio varies from I : .64 to I : .76. An average specimen has a width of 19 mm. and a height of 14 mm., with a ratio of i : .73. The pedicle valve curves to the sides and has a well marked, rather broad sinus, developed slightly above the middle of the shell. Beak small and closely incurved over the umbo of the opposite valve. The brachial valve is much more convex than the pedicle, and rounds to the sides. Mesial fold well-developed in most cases, and greatly elevated at the outer border. Surface marked by fine im- bricating concentric striae, also by fine radiating striae, which are well- developed on the sides of the shell. The sinus is generally character- ized by two rounded plications, rarely one or three. The fold is usually marked by three, sometimes two, or four, plications. Sides of the shell usually marked by one or two faint, low, rounded plications. These plications all extend to the apex of the shell. The type is in the Carnegie Museum. This species differs from Leiorhynchus mesacostale in the smaller number of plications in the fold and sinus, and in the greater width of the shell in relation to its height. Locality. — Specimens are numerous in the green shale and asso- ciated limestone layers of member number 5, at Three Forks, Logan, and most of the other localities in the region near Three Forks. II. Leiorhynchus madisonense var. gibbosum var. nov. (Plate VII, figs. 14-16.) Cf. Leiorhynchus kellogi Hall, Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, p. 361, PI. 56. Shell more gibbous and usually larger than Leiorhynchus madisonense. An average specimen has a width of 23 mm. and a height of 20 mm., 40 Annals of the Carnegie Museum, with a ratio of width to height of i : .87. A smaller specimen has a width of 19 mm. and a height of 15 mm., and a ratio of i : .79. The range in the ratio of width to height is from i : .77 to i : .89. The valve of the pedicle is gibbous a little below the umbo, and curves evenly to the sides. It becomes flattened in the middle and is deeply sinuate toward the front of the shell. The beak is closely incurved over the umbo of the brachial valve. The brachial valve is more convex than the pedicle and curves to the sides, with a bro^d, flattened mesial fold, well-developed from the upper third of the shell. The surface is marked by fine concentric striae and also by fine radiating striae, which are usually most prominent on the sides of the shell. From three to seven low, rounded plications occur in the sinus, and from four to eight in the fold. The specimens usually have from one to three low, rounded plications on the sides of the valves, which diminish in relief toward the lateral margins. All of the plications radiate from the beaks and they are almost invariably clearly defined from the beaks to the margin of the shell. This new variety difi"ers from Leioi'Jiynchiis madisonense in the greater convexity of the valves; the normally greater number of plications in the fold and sinus, and in the height and width being more nearly equal. This new variety differs from Leiorhynchus kellogi in the lesser number of plications on each side of the fold and sinus, and in having the plications extending all the way from the margin to the apex, instead of half-way or less, as in L. kellogi. The type is in the Carnegie Museum. Locality. — Specimens are numerous in the gray limestone, number 4, and also in the green shales, number 5, at Three Forks, Logan, and the other localities in that region. Twenty-four specimens were collected by Dr. Raymond in 1905 and seventeen by the writer in 1912, and about ten in 1913. 12. Leiorhynchus utahense var. ventricosum var. nov. (Plate VIII, figs. lo-ii.) Cf. Leiorhynchus ulahensis Kindle, Bull. Am. Pal., No. 20, p. 27, PI. 3, figs. i-ic. Cf. Leiorhynchus greeneanum (Ulrich), Cont. Am. Pal., I, 1886, p. 26, PI. 13, fig. i. Shell large, ventricose on brachial side, and flattened on side of pedicle. Ratio of width to height i : .94. Thickness usually some- what less than height. The type specimen has a width of 37 mm., Haynes: Fauna of the UrPER Devonian in Montana. 41 height 35 mm., and convexity 28 mm. The largest specimen obtained has a height of 47 mm., a width of 42 mm., and a convexity of 47 mm. This specimen has a ratio of width to height of .89 : i, and a convexity equal to the height. The cardinal view of all of the specimens is sub-semicircular in outline. Valve of pedicle gibbous at the umbo, flattened toward the sides, and deeply sinuate toward the front. Beak small, acute, and closely incurved over the umbo and brachial valve. Two low, rounded pli- cations and three broad furrows are present in the sinus, which is scarcely defined at the umbo, but becomes broad and fairly deep at the anterior margin. Brachial valve ventricose, with a well-defined low fold, consisting of three rather broadly rounded plications, the one in the middle somewhat narrower than the other two. Surface of both valves marked by fine concentric lines, with more prominent uneven growth-wrinkles at increasingly frequent intervals toward the margin of the valves. The sides of the shell show distinct radiating striations, about four to one millimeter, and there are faint indications of them on the sinus and on a part of the fold. This form is considered to be a variety of Leiorhynchus ufahense Kindle, of the Jefferson limestone of Utah, from which it difi'ers in its sub-semicircular and not sub-trigonal outline, and in its larger size, and lesser number of plications in the sinus and fold. The type is in the Carnegie Museum. It differs from Leiorhynchus greeneanum (Ulrich) in its greater height in relation to its width; in having a sub-hemispherical rather than a sub-trigonal cardinal view, and in having the fold clearly marked to the anterior extremity of the valve, and containing three distinct plications, instead of two or three irregular, faint plications. Leiorhynchus greeneanum is a younger form, and occurs in the Keokuk limestone of Indiana. Locality. — Specimens of this new variety were collected from the base of limestone number 4, and the top of green shale number 5, chiefly from Three Forks and Logan. Dr. Raymond collected three specimens in 1905 and the writer collected six in 1912 and ten in 1913. 13. Leiorhynchus jeffersonense sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 9.) Shell large, sub-ovate and moderately convex on the brachial side; flattened on the pedicle side. Width of an average specimen 44 mm.; 42 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. height 28 mm.; ratio I : .635. Width of a smaller individual 38 mm.; height 23 mm.; ratio i : .6. Valve of pedicle flattened toward the sides, with a moderately deep sinus, which starts from the beak. Sinus flat, and bordered by a single, usually prominent, rounded plication on each side. Four or five distinct, evenly spaced, rounded plications in the sinus, and on a few specimens one or two faint plications on the sides of the valve. Brachial valve convex, with a prominent flat-topped fold, which starts from the beak, and is composed of five or six rounded plications. One or two very low plications are visible on the sides of the valve in a few specimens. This species diff'ers from Leiorhynchus utahense var. ventricosum, with which it is associated in the field, in its greater width in relation to its height; in the lesser convexity of the valves, and in the possession of a greater number of plications in the fold and sinus. One specimen referred to this species was collected by Dr. Raymond in 1905, and eight specimens were collected by the writer in 1912 from the base of the gray limestone, number 4, and the upper limestone in green shale number 5, in the east and west valleys north of Three Forks. In 1913 two well-preserved specimens were obtained from this same horizon near Sappington, and a few were obtained from Logan, and Lombard. The type is in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. 14. Leiorhynchus mesacostale Hall. Leiorhynchus mesacosialis Hall, 1867, Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, p. 362, PI. 67, figs. 18-25. Leiorhynchus mesacostale Raymond, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, No. 2, 3, 1909. Fossils referred to this species are fairly common in the limestone and green shale of member number 5, at all of the localities. These are all rather small flattened forms, with the plications limited to the fold and sinus. There are usually three plications in the sinus and four in the fold, but the number is rather variable. They are all evenly spaced, and in that respect difi"er from L. mesacostale as figured by Hall. In general appearance they resemble Camarophoria subreni- formis which is described by Tschernyschew from the Ural Mountains, but without material for comparison it is not possible to tell how closely these forms compare. Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana, 43 15. Leiorhynchus cf. laura (Billings). Cf. Leiorhynchus miiUicosta Hall, Pal. N. Y., IV, 1867, p. 358, PI. 56, figs. 26-40. Cf. Leiorhynchus clarkei Prosser, Ohio Geol. Surv., 4th Ser. Bull. 15, 1913. Several specimens from the green shale and limestone member, number 5, from Three Forks and Logan, are referred with some doubt to this species. They are small flattened shells with three or four low, rounded plications on each side of the sinus and fold, as well as in the sinus and fold. They compare closely with L. miilticosta as figured by Hall, but that is a Hamilton form, and these Montana specimens are in a higher horizon. The Montana specimens are also similar to L. clarkei Prosser, but are much smaller in size. Genus Camarotcechia Hall & Clarke. 16. Camarotcechia contracta Hall. Rhynchonella {Stenocisma) contracta Hall, 1867, Pal. N. Y., IV., p. 351, Pl. 55, figs. 26-39. Camarotcechia contracta? Kindle, U. S. G. S. Bull. 391, p. 22, PI. VI, figs. i-2a. Camarotcechia contracta Raymond, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1909, p. 141. Specimens apparently identical with those from Colorado and New Mexico, which are identified as C. contracta, occur as one of the most abundant forms in the green shale and limestone member number 5, and also in smaller numbers in the overlying gray limestone, at all of the localities where fossils were collected from the formation by the writer. The specimens vary greatly in the number of plications in the sinus and fold. The average number is three in the sinus and four in the fold, but a considerable number of specimens have more or less. The extreme numbers in the sinus are from two to five, and in the fold from three to six. Family ATHYRID^ Phillips. Genus Cleiothyridina Buckman. 17. Cleiothyridina devonica Raymond. Cleiothyridina devonica Raymond, Ann. Carnegie Museum, Vol. V, 1909, p. 143. A very large number of specimens of this species were collected by the writer in 1912 and 1913 from the gray limestone number 4, and from the green shale and limestone member number 5, at all of the localities. This species is described in detail by Dr. Raymond from its occurrence at Three Forks and Logan. 44 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Genus Meristella Hall. i8. Meristella barrisi Hall. (Plate VII, fig. 2.) Meristella barrisi Hall, Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, 1867, p. 304, PI. 49. Meristella barrisi Kindle, Bull. 391. U. S. G. S., p. 30, PI. 9, figs. 7-9. Four specimens identified by the writer as of this species, were collected from the limestone layers in the middle part of the green shale, number 5, from the west valley, north of Three Forks. They closely resemble the forms figured by Dr. Kindle from New Mexico, and also those figured by Hall from the state of New York. Order PROTREMATA. Superfamily STROP HOME NA CEA Schuchert. Family ORTHID.F: Dalman. Genus Schizophoria King. ig. Schizophoria striatula var. australis Kindle. (Plate VIII, figs. 3-5-) Schizophoria striatula var. australis Kindle, U. S. G. S., Bull., 391, p. 21, PI. 2, figs. I and 2. About thirty specimens identified as this variety, were collected by the writer from the middle and upper part of member number 5 at Three Forks and Logan. The specimens are not as well preserved as those from New Mexico figured by Dr. Kindle, but they resemble them sufficiently closely to make the identification fairly certain. Genus Rhipidomella Oehlert. 20. Rhipidomella vanuxemi(?) Hall. (Plate VIII, figs. 3-5.) Orthis vanuxemi Hall, 1858, Geol. Surv. Iowa, I, pt. 2, p. 487, pi. 2, figs. 2 and 3. A large, number of specimens, identified as this species, were col- lected by Dr. Raymond and the writer from the top of the gray lime- stone, number 4, and the base of the yellow shale, number 2, chiefly at Logan. A few specimens were obtained from near Sappington and Rekap, and in the east and west valley at Three Forks. The specimens are all nearly circular in outline, and are very flat, with no sinus or fold, and the plications have numerous pores as in R. vanu- xemi. This horizon is higher than that in which R. vanuxemi occurs in New York, but, because of the very close correspondence in shape and details, these forms from Montana are identified with some doubt as belonging to this species. Haynes: Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. 45 Family STROPHOMENID^ King. Genus Schuchertella. 21. Schuchertella chemungensis var. arctostriata (Hall). (Plate VII, fig. 6.) Slreptorhynchiis chemungensis var. arctostriata Hall, Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, PI. 9, fig. i. Hemipronites chemungensis var. arctostriata Meek, 40th Pari. Surv., PL 3, fig. 2, Schuchertella chemungensis var. arctostriata (Kindle), Bull. Am. Pal., No. 20, p. 26. PI. 2. About ten specimens, identified as this variety, were collected from the limestone bands in the green shale, number 5, in the valleys near Three Forks, and eight specimens were collected from the same horizon at Logan by Dr. Raymond in 1905 and by the writer in 1912 and 1913. One very well preserved specimen was obtained by the writer in 1913 from the gray limestone member near Sappington. These specimens show a considerable range in size, but they all seem to belong to the same species and variety. The dimensions of an average specimen are: width on hinge 25 mm., height 18 mm. A rather small specimen has a width of 9 mm. and a height of 7.5 mm. All of the specimens show the characters of the variety as noted by Hall. The surface is covered with close, crenulated, radiating striae, increasing mainly by interstitial addition. The specimens appear to be identical with those figured by Dr. Kindle from the Jefferson limestone of Princeton and Livingston, Montana. Family PRODUCTID.E Gray. Genus Productella Hall. 22. Productella spinigera Kindle. (Plate VIII, fig. 3.) Productella spinigera Kindle, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 391, p. 19, PI. V, figs. 1-4. About twenty-five specimens, identified as this species, were collected by Dr. Raymond and the writer from members numbers 4 and 5 at the various localities. These specimens show very little variation and correspond very well with the description and figures of the Ouray species of Dr. Kindle. 23. Productella coloradensis Kindle. (Plate VII, figs. 5 and 7-8.) Productella coloradensis Kindle, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 391, p. 17, PI. IV, figs. 2-8. About thirty specimens collected by Dr. Raymond and the writer from members 4 and 5 were identified by the writer as this species. 46 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 24. Productella coloradensis var. plicata Kindle. Productella coloradensis var. pUcatus Kindle, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 391, p. 18, PI. IV, figs. 9-12. The writer obtained two well-preserved specimens from the upper portion of member number 5, north of Three Forks, which show the detailed characters of this variety. 25. Productella laminata Kindle. (Plate VIII, fig. 6.) Productella lantinatus Kindle, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 391, p. 18, PI. IV, figs. 13-14- About ten specimens from the upper portion of member number 5 in the collections of Dr. Raymond and the writer were identified as of this species. 26. Productella cj. depressa Kindle. Productella depressa Kindle, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 391, p. 20, PI. V, fig. 5, sa. Five specimens collected by Dr. Raymond from member number 5 are referred by the writer, with some doubt, to this species. 27. Productella cf. arctirostrata Hall. Productella arctirostrata Hall. Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, 1867, p. 182, pi. 26, figs. 16-23. About thirty poorly preserved specimens from limestone member number 4, and the overlying yellow shale of number 2 are referred to this species with some doubt. Most of the specimens have continuous plications, rather than a row of elongate spine-bases as shown in most of the figures of this species. The following rather unsatisfactory determinations of poorly pre- served Prodiictellas are merely listed here without comment. They are all from the upper part of member number 5 or from number 4. Productella cf. hirsiita Hall, a rather common form. Productella cf. hirsutiformis Walcott, a very rare form in the col- lections. Productella cf. subaculeata Walcott, a rare form. Productella cf. subalata Hall, a fairly abundant form. This completes the description of the Brachiopoda from members numbers 4 and 5 of the Three Forks formation. A description of the Pelecypoda of the formation is in preparation for a later paper in this series. 48 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Explanation of Plate V. Fig. I. Spirifer raymondi Kaynes, s[>. nov. (Top view showing shape of area.) X 2. Fig. 2. Spirifer raymondi Haynes, sp. nov. X 2. Fig. 3. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. gallatinensis Haynes, var. nov. (Showing parallel-sided area.) X 2. Fig. 4. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. gallitinensis Haynes, var. nov. (Ventral valve of specimen shown in Fig. 3.) X 2. Fig. 5. Spirifet whitneyi Hall. X 2. Fig. 6. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. ntonticola Haynes, var. nov. (Showing spiniform cardinal angle.) X 2. Fig. 7. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. Fig. 8. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. Fig. 9. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. Fig. id. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. (Figs. 7 to 10 inclusive show details of surface markings.) Fig. II. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. animasensis (Girty). (Side view.) X 2. Fig. 12. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. animasensis (Girty). (Ventral valve of specimen in Fig. 11.) X 2. Fig. 13. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. animasensis (Girty). (Top view showing high area of same specimen.) X 2. X4- No. 1766. X4- No. 172&. X4. No. 172c:. X4. No. i']2d. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUoEUM, Vol. X. Plate V. -^^Jt^ '^/1 ^ •-T-S t ! ] -{ tl^A "^"^f mil} m 13 Brachiopods from Green Shales. (See opposite page.) 50 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Explanation of Plate VI. Fig. I Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6 Fig. 7 Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. II. Fig. 12. Fig. 13 Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X i. No. 174a. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X i. No. 1746. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X i. No. 174c. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X i. No. 174^. Spit if er whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X i. No. 174c. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X i. No. 174/. Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X i. No. I74g. (Figs. I to 7 show variations from a long, narrow form to a short wide form, and also in height of area and length of hinge-line.) Spirifer whitneyi Hall. X 2. Spirifer whitneyi Hall. (Top view of specimen shown in Fig. 8.) X 2. Spirifer whitneyi Hall. Lime Creek, Iowa. X 2. Spirifer whitneyi Hall. Lime Creek, Iowa. (Top view of specimen shown in Fig. 10.) X 2. Spirifer raymondi Haynes. Three Forks, Montana. (Ventral valve of extreme mucronate type.) X 2. Spirifer raymondi Haynes. Three Forks, Montana. (Exfoliated ventral valve, showing slight fold in sinus.) X 2. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X Plate VI. . ,;j.|/|j'- 1,-, ^ : ■;_ n;-. Brachiopcds from Green Shales. (See opposite page.) 52 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Explanation of Plate VII. Fig. I. Lingula hubbardi Haynes, sp. nov. X 2. Fig. 2. Meristella barrisi Hall. X 2. Fig. 3. Productella spinigera Kindle. X 2. Fig. 4. Orbiculoidea lodiensis (Vanuxem). X 2. Fig. 5. Productella coloradensis Kindle. X 2. Fig. 6. Schuchertella chemungensis var. arctosiriaia (Hall). X 2. Fig. 7. Productella coloradensis Kindle. X 2. Fig. 8. Productella coloradensis Kindle. (Top view of specimen shown in Fig. 7.) X 2. Fig. 9. Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall. (?). X 2. Fig. 10. Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall. (Enlarged figure showing detail of surface of specimen given in Fig. 9.) Fig. II. Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, sp. nov. X 2. Fig. 12. Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, sp. nov. (Dorsal valve of speci- men in Fig. II.) X 2. Fig. 13. Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, sp. nov. (Ventral valve of smooth-sided form.) X 2. Fig. 14. Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, var. gibbosum Haynes, var. nov. X§. Fig. 15. Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, var. gibbosum. (Dorsal valve of specimen shown in Fig. 14.) X |. Fig. 16. Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, var. gibbosum, (Side view of same showing plications on side of shell.) X f . ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X, Plate VII. Brachiopods from Green Shales. (See opposite page.) 54 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Explanation of Plate VIII. Fig. I. Schizopkoria sUiatula, var. australis Kindle. X f. Fig. 2. Schizopkoria striatula, var. australis. (Top view of specimen shown in Fig. I.) X f. Fig. 3. Rhipidomella vanuxetni Hall. (A small specimen showing area about umbo.) X 2. Fig. 4. Rhipidomella vanuxetni Hall. Logan, Montana. X 2. Fig. 5. Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall. Logan, Montana. (Same specimen as shown in Fig. 4.) X 2. Fig. 6. Produdella laminata Kindle. Three Forks, Montana. ColJ. Haynes. X2. Fig. 7. Spirifet disjunctus Sowerby = 5. verneuili Murchison. Boulonnais Duval Coll. (To be compared with 5. whitneyi Hall.) X 2. Fig. 8. Leiorhynchus dunbarense Haynes, sp. nov. Holotype, Carn. Museum, Three Forks, Montana. Coll. P. E. Raymond. X |. Fig. 9. Leiorhynchus jeffersonense Haynes, sp. nov. X i. Fig. 10. Leiorhynchus utahense Kindle, var. venUicosum Haynes, var. nov. X 2. Fig. II. Leiorhynchus utahense Kindle, var. ventricosum lHaynes. (Side viewj inverted.) X 2. Fig. 12. Spirifer disjunctus Sowerby. Try pres Walfourt. (To be compared with 5. whitneyi var. gallalinensis Haynes.) X 2. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X Plate VIII. Brachiopods from Green Shales. (.See opposite page.) III. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPHAGEBRANCHUS FROM THE BAHAMAS. (Plate IX.) By C. H. Eigenmann. The genus Sphagebranchus is characterized by the absence of all fins and the small inferior gill-slits. Snout very sharply pointed, mouth large, horizontal, inferior, the lower jaw sharply pointed; gular region somewhat expanded, and with longitudinal grooves; gills large, gill-slits small, converging forward along the inner edge of a pair of comma-shaped depressions, the bottom of the depressions with a thin membrane ; -nostril inferior, not completely divided into anterior and posterior; lateral-line pores prominent. About twenty-three recurved teeth in the lower jaw, about twenty-seven similar teeth in a compact row along each side of the upper jaw, those in front smallest, four similar, but much larger, teeth on the snout in front of the regular series; about ten recurved teeth on a median line in the roof of the mouth. No tongue. Sphagebranchus conklini sp. nov. 6710, C. M. Type, 235 mm. From coarse sand in ten feet of water, just inside the bar at entrance to harbor, New Providence, Bahamas, April 27, 1907. Collector, E. G. Conklin. Tip of snout to anus 88 mm., to gill-opening 18; tail 147 mm.; gape of mouth 4 mm.; snout to eye 3.3 mm.; eye .66 mm.; width of body 4 mm. Over no pores in the lateral line; eye covered, but visible, the pupil a horizontal slit. This species is evidently related to S. anguiformis Peters, the type of which was taken in the open Atlantic 15° 40' i" north, 23° 5' 8" west. The location of Nassau is 25° 5' 6" north and 77° 21' 2" west. The differences may be tabulated as follows: 55 56 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. S. conklini. Head and trunk 1.67 in length of tail. Head to gill-openings 4 in the trunk, 13 in the total length. Eye 5 in the snout. Flesh color. S. anguiformis. Head and trunk less than 1.5 in length of tail. Head 6 in the trunk, 17 in the total length. Flesh color with minute dark spots. After being caught this specimen was observed to rapidly make its way through the sand, which had been brought up by the dredge. It was presented to the Carnegie Museum by Professor E. G. Conklin of Princeton University. IV. SOME MARINE FISHES FROM COLOMBIA AND ECUADOR.* By Charles Wilson. The specimens enumerated in the present paper were collected (a) by C. H. Eigenmann in January of 191 2 in the bay and on the shores of the Caribbean Sea at Cartagena, and in March, 1912, at Buena- ventura on the Pacific shores of Colombia; (b) by Arthur Henn and Charles Wilson in January, 1913, at Tumaco and in the Rio Rosario, both near the southwestern corner of Colombia; and (c) by Arthur Henn in May, 1913, at Guayaquil, Ecuador. The primary object of the expeditions to Colombia and Ecuador was to collect freshwater fishes. No attempt was made to make complete collections of marine fishes at any of the localities which were visited. The work of Professor Eigenmann was under the auspices of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum. The types and first series collected by him are in the Carnegie Museum. The work of Mr. Henn and myself in Colombia was under the auspices of the jndiana University and was equipped and financed by Mr. H. McK. Landon and Mr. Carl G. Fisher, both of Indianapolis. The types and first series collected by us are in the collections of the Carnegie Museum, which has engaged to publish the results of these expeditions. The second series obtained by the above expeditions are in the Museum of Indiana University. The work of Mr. Arthur Henn in Ecuador and in the lower San Juan was under the auspices of Indiana University and was financed by Mr. Hugh McK. Landon of Indianapolis. The tj'pes and first series collected by him are, for the most part, in the collections of the Indiana LTniversity, the second series is in the Carnegie Museum. A few of the marine fishes collected by Mr. Max Ellis during the Gimbel expedition to Guiana and by Mr. John Haseman for the Carnegie Museum are also listed. In the following list of species and specimens the numbers refer * Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 149^ 57 58 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. to the Catalog of Fishes of the Carnegie Museum (C. M.) and to that of Indiana University Museum (I. U. M.). Family GALEID.^. I. Charcharhinus cerdale (Gilbert). 5670 0, C. M.; 13508 o, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador, May, 1913. Arthur Henn. 5671 a, C. M.; 13509 a, I. U. M. Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigen- mann. Family SPHYRNID.E:. 2. Sphyrna tiburo (Linnaeus). 5675 a, C. M.; 13514 0, I. U. M. Market in Guayaquil, Ecuador, May, 1913. Henn. Family PRISTID.E.i 3. Pristis pectinatus Latham. 13512 a, \. U. M. Georgetown Harbor, British Guiana. Max IVL Ellis. 4. Pristis perrotteti Valenciennes. 135 13 o. !• U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador, May, 1913. Arthur Henn, Family RHINOBATID.E. 5. Rhinobatus leucorhynchus Giinther. 5674 a, C. M.; 13511 a, L U. M. Tumaco, Colombia, Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson. Family SILURID.^. 6. Galeichthys simonsi Starks. 5586 a-f, C. M.; 13218 a-b, \. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena- ventura, Colombia. Eigenmann. 6721 a-b, C. M., 220-265 rniTi- Buenaventura. Eigenmann. 5663 a-b, C. M.; 13223 a-b, \. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia, Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson. 5664 a, C. M.; 13224 a, \. U. M. Rio Rosario, Colombia. Henn. 5665 a, C. IVL; 13225, L U. M. Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigen- mann. > A species of Pristis is abundant both in the Atrato and in the San Juan Rivers. Wilson: Marine Fishes from Colombia and Ecuador. 59 Genus Felichthys Swainson. This marine genus is composed of four species, two of which occur in the Pacific and two in the Atlantic. We have the two Pacific species, F. panamensis and F. pinnimacidatus from Buenaventura, and F. pinnimaculatus, from Guayaquil. a. Dorsal spine not produced in a long filament, occipital process large and shaped like a clover-leaf, anal with dark margin. Head 3.66-4.25; depth 4.66-5.5; D. I, 7; A. 28 to 30 panamensis Gill. aa. Dorsal spine produced in a long filament, occipital process normal; anal with a large dark blotch on the anterior lobe. Head 4-4.75; depth 4-4.8; D. 1,7; A. 28 to 30 pinnimacidatus Steindachner. 7. Felichthys pinnimaculatuS (Steindachner). j^lnrichthys pinnimacidatus Steindachner, Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXIV, Ichthyol. Beitr., IV, 1875, p. 15, pi. VIII, figs. 1-3 (Panama); Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., 1882, p. 34 (Panama); Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1882, p. 662 (Panama); Eigenmann & Eigenmann, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser , Vol. I, 1888, p. 148 (Panama); South American Nematognaths, 1890, p. 35 (Panama). Felichthys pinnimaculatus Gilbert & Starks, Mem. Cal. Acad. Sci., Vol. IV, 1904. p. 20 (Panama); Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, Vol. i, 1896, p. 117. 6680 a, C. M., 453 mm. Guayaquil. Henn. 13553, I. U. M., 245 mm. Buenaventura. Eigenmann. 8. Felichthys panamensis (Gill). 6679 a, C. M., 305 mm. Buenaventura. Eigenmann. 9. Sciadeichthys troscheli (Gill). 6723 a-e, C. M., 210-240 mm.; 13554, I- U. M., 195-260. Tumaco. Henn. 10. Netuma kessleri (Steindachner). 6722 a, C. M., 245 mm. Buenaventura. Eigenmann. Family SYNODONTID^. II. Synodus scituliceps Jordan & Gilbert. 5669 a-c, C. M.; 13506 ff-c, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia, Jan. 2,. 1913, Henn & Wilson; 13507 a, I. U. M., Guayaquil market, Henn. The specimens from Tumaco and Guayaquil market agree with S. jenkinsi Jordan & Bollman, which Gilbert and Starks (California.. 60 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Academy of Sciences, V'ol. IV, p. 50) consider synonymous with S. scituliceps Jordan & Gilbert. Family HEMIRAMPHID^. 12. Hyporhamphus roberti (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 13503 a, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. May, 1913. Henn. Family SYNGNATHID^. 13. Hippocampus punctulatus Guichenot. 5653 a, C. M.; 13430 a, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 14. Siphostoma rousseau (Kaup). 5673 a, C. M.; 13510, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 15. Siphostoma eigenmanni Wilson, sp. nov. 5672 c, C. M. Type 121 mm. Rio \>rmelho, Bahia. Oct. 24, 1907. J. D. Haseman. Body-rings eighteen, caudal rings twenty-eight, dorsal rays forty- five, commencing before the vent and extending on one-and-a-half plus seven rings. Snout slender and compressed; its length is contained •one and five-eighths times in total length of head. Diameter of eye •contained five and one-half times in length of snout and eight and one- iifth times in total length of head. Space from the anterior border of the orbit of eye to the posterior border of the opercle is contained one ■and five-eighth times in the length of snout. Head is contained in total length, including caudal, five and three-fourths times. Depth of body before dorsal is contained two times in the space between the posterior border of the opercle and the anterior border of the orbit of the eye. Distance from vent to tip of caudal is contained in the dis- tance from vent to tip of snout one and seven-hundredths times. Keels sharp and high; each body-ring bearing two ventral, two lateral, and two dorsal keels. Lateral line interrupted above the vent. Five radiating ridges pass from the anterior border of the opercle backward and downward. The uppermost dorsal ridge passes ventral to the blotches. The three central ridges are visible without lens. The upper two-thirds of the opercle covered with brown blotches. A brown line commences on the anterior ventral border of the snout and passes backward and laterally through the eye and along the dorsal border Wilson: IMarine Fishes from Colombia and Ecuador, 61 of the opercle and is continued as a broken line to its termination above the vent. Center of caudal rays dark. A brown line on ventral surface extends from vent to head. Color in alcohol pale, with brown blotches on the sides of each ring. Family MUGILID^. 1 6. Mugil cephalus Linnaeus. 5244 a-e, C. M., 13204 a-e, I. U. M. Eighteen duplicates. Tumaco, Colombia. Henn & Wilson. 5644, C. M. Barra de Penedo. Mouth of Rio San Francisco. J. D. Haseman. 17. Mugil brasiliensis Agassiz. 5245 a-b, C. M., 13205, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 18. Mugil curema Cuvier «& Valenciennes. 5642 a, C. M. Cachoeira. April 17, 1908. J. D. Haseman. 5643 a, C. M.; 13429 a-b, I. U. M. Chone, Province Manabi, Ecuador. Henn. The specimens from Ecuador examined agree with the description of ilf. gaimardianus Desmarest, but Regan in the Biologia Centrali- Americana, Pisces, p. 72, considers the difference between M. curema and M. gaimardianus to be due merely to individual variation. Family POLYNEMID^. 19. Polydactylus approximans (Lay & Bennett). 5576 a, C. M.; 13207 a, I. U. M. Buenaventura. Eigenmann. 20. Polydactylus virginicus (Linnaeus). 5583 a-h, C. M.; 13208 a-d, I. U. M. Cartagena. Eigenmann. 5263 a, C. IVL Cachoeira. April 17, 1908. J. D. Haseman. 5264 a, C. IVL Rio Vermelho, Bahia. Oct. 24, 1907. J. D. Haseman. Family HOLOCENTRID.^E. 21. Holocentrus ascensionis (Osbeck). 5575 0-&. C. M.; 13212 a, I. U. M. Cartagena. Eigenmann. Family MULLID,^. 22. Upeneus grandisquamis Gill. 5581 a~b, C. M.; 13206 a, I. U. M. Tumaco. Henn & Wilson. 62 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Family CARANGID/E. 23. Oligoplites refulgens Gilbert & Starks. 5652 a, C. M.; 13436 a, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. Henn. 24. Oligoplites mundus Jordan & Starks. 5655 a-c, C. M.; 13439 a-c, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena- ventura, Colombia. Eigenmann. 5656 a-d, C. M.; 13440 a-d, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. Henn. 5659 a-b, C. M.; 13443 a, I. U. M. West Bank, Georgetown Harbor, British Guiana. Max M. Ellis. 25. Oligoplites altus (Giinther). 5657 a-b, C. M.; 13441 a~b, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. Henn. 13445 a, I. U. M. Rio Rosario, Colombia. Henn & Wilson. 26. Oligoplites saurus (Bloch & Schneider). 5658 a-e, C. M.; 13442 a-e, I. V. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 27. Caranx hippos (Linnaeus). 5650 a, C. M.; 13434 0, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. Henn. 5660 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 28. Caranx caballus (Giinther). 13435 a, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Henn & Wilson. 29. Trachinotus fasciatus Gill. 13209 a, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Henn & Wilson. 30. Trachinotus culveri Jordan & Starks. 5661 a-f, C. M.; 13444 "~^' I- U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eligen- mann. 31. Trachinotus glaucus (Bloch). 5662 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia, lugenmann. 32. Selene vomer (Linna>us). 13239 a, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson. Wilson: Marine Fishes from Colombia and Ecuador. 63 33. Vomer setipinnis (Mitchill). 5265 a, C. M.; 13240 a, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson. Family CENTROPOMID^. 34. Centropomus pectinatus Poey. 5256 a-c, C. M.; 13232 a-d, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 5258 a, C. M.; 13233 a-b, I. U. M. Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 5252 a-g, C. M. Rio Vermelho, Bahia. Oct. 24, 1907. J. D. Haseman. 35. Centropomus grandoculatus Jenkins & Evermann. 5257 c, C. M.; 13234 a-b, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena- ventura. Eigenmann. D. vii, i. 10, A. iii, 7. Scales 8-54 to 56-13, before first dorsal 25. Specimens 4022 and 7743, I. U. M., have D. vii, i. 10. A. iii, 7. Scales 8-54-13, number scales before first dorsal (4022, I. U. M.) 24 and (7743, I. U. M.) 26. Gilbert & Starks (California Academy of Sciences, Vol. I\', p. 90), say: " C. grandoculatus is certainly not separable from C. mediits Giinther, or from C. pedimacida Poey. The describers of grandocu- latus seem to have neglected the first spine, which is very short and often concealed by scales. The first dorsal contains eight spines as in all other species of the genus." Regan {Biologia Centrali- Americana, p. 47) considers C. grandocu- latus and C. viedius Gunther as the same species. Gunther {Fishes of Central America, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. Vol. I I 3 VI, 1868, p. 406), describes C. medius as having: "D. 8 I — ; A. — ; L. 10 / lat. 57." Jordan & Evermann (Bulletin U. S. National Mus., No. 47, Part I, p. 1120) described C. grandoculatus as having D. vii-i, 10; A. iii, 7; scales 8-52 to 54-13, 23 to 26 before dorsal. I consider C. grandoculatus Jenkins & Evermann to be a distinct species. Specimens 4022 and 7743 have only seven spines in the first dorsal. The specimens collected at Buenaventura, Colombia, have only seven spines in the first dorsal. The specimens e.xamined by 64 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Gilbert & Starks were evidently C, medius Giinther, and not C. grandoculatus Jenkins & Evermann. 36. Centropomus parallelus Poey. 5251 0, C. M. Barbados, B. \V. I. Eigenmann. 37. Centropomus undecimalis Bloch. 5255 a-h, C. M.; 13231 a-b, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 38. Centropomus viridis Lockington. 5254 a-b, C. M.; 13230 a, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. Henn. 39. Centropomus nigrescens Giinther. 5250 a, C. M.; 13229 a-b, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil. Henn. 40. Centropomus ensiferus Poey. 5253 a, C. M. Cachoeira, Brazil. April 17, 1908. J. D. Haseman. 41. Centropomus armatus Gill. 5243 a-h, C. M.; 13226 a-c, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena- ventura, Colombia. Eigenmann. 5248 a, C. M.; 13227 a-h, I. U. M. Puerto Negria, Colombia. Eigenmann. 5249 a, C. M.; 13228 a-h, I. U. M. Rio Rosario, Colombia. Henn & Wilson. Family SERRANID.^. 42. Epinephelus maculosus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 5641 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. Family LUTIANID^. 43. Neomaenis griseus (Linnaeus). 5259 a-c, C. M.; 13235 a-g, I. U. M. Nine duplicates. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 44. Neomaenis apodus (W'albaum). 5574 a-e, C. M.; 13216 a-b, I. U. M. Three duplicates. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 13215 a, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Henn & Wilson. Wilson: Marine Fishes from Colombia and Ecuador. 65 45. Neomaenis argentiventris (Peters). 5579 a, C. M.; 13213 c, I. U. M. Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 46. Neomaenis analis (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 5582 a-j, C. M., 132 14 a-e, L U. IVI. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 47. Neomaenis mahogoni (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 5573 c-J, C. M.; 13217 a-c, I. U. M. Cartegena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 48. Neomaenis aratus (Gunther). 5260 a-h, C. M.; 13236 a-c, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson. In young specimens I find the scales in the lateral line to be from forty-five to fifty; soft rays in dorsal twelve to fourteen; soft rays in anal seven to nine; interorbital area broad, width four to five times in head. 49. Ocyurus chrysurus (Bloch). 5261 a-h, C. M.; 13237 a-b, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. Family HAMULI D^. 50. Haemulon plumieri (Lacepede). 5578 a-d, C. M.; 13219 a-c, I. U. M. Cartagena. Eigenmann. 5577 a, C. M.; 13220 a, L U. M. Soplaviento. Eigenmann. 51. Haemulon macrostomum Gunther. 5585, eight specimens, C. M.; 13222 a-c, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colom- bia. Eigenmann. 52. Haemulon scudderi Gill. 5262 a, C. M.; 13238^0, I. U. M. Guayaquil Market. Henn. 53. Haemulon parra (Desmarest). 5267 a-c, C. M., 13243 a-b, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 54. Haemulon sciurus (Shaw). 13221 a, I. U. M. Cartagena. Colombia. Eigenmann. 66 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Family POMADASID^. 55. Pomadasis macracanthus (Giinther). 5651 a, C. M.; 13243 a, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigenmann. 56. Pomadasis branicki (Steindachner). 5266 a-b, C, M.; 13241 a, I. U, M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena- ventura, Colombia. Eigenmann. Family SPARID.^. 57. Archosargus unimaculatus (Bloch). 5648 a-h, C. M.; 13433 a-d, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 58. Calamus brachysomus (Lockington). 5649 a, C. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigenmann. Family GERRID.E. 59. Gerres simillimus Regan. 5268 a, C. M.; 13437 a-b, I. L^. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. Henn. 60. Gerres cinereus (Walbaum). 5269 a-o, C. M.; 13244 a-f, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 61. Gerres rhombeus Cuvier & \'alenciennes. 5270 a, C. M. Cachoeira, April 17, 1908. Haseman. 62. Gerres lineatus (Humboldt). 5274 a~f, C. M.; 13248 a-f, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena- ventura, Colombia. Eigenmann. 5273 a, C. M.; 13247 a-b, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Jan. 2, 1913, Henn & Wilson. 63. Gerres aureolus Jordan & Gilbert. 13249 a, I. U. M. Rio Rosario, Colombia. Henn & Wilson. 5375 a-/. C. M., 13250 a-f, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena- ventura. Colombia, Eigenmann. 'M. Wilson: Marine Fishes from Colombia and Ecuador. 67 64. Gerres olisthostomus Goode & Bean. 5276 a-b, C. M.; 13426 a-b, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. 65. Gerres patao Poey. 5272 a, C. M.; 13246 0, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 66. Eucinostomus pseudogula Poey. 5241, C. M.; 13201 fl-rf, I. U. M, fifteen duplicates. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 5584, thirty-two specimens, C. M., 13203 a-h, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia, Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson. 67. Eucinostomus gula (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 5242 a-e, C. M.; 13202 a-e, I. U. M. Forty-seven duplicates. Car- tagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 68. Eucinostomus californiensis (Gill). 5271 a-c, C. M.; 13245 a-f, I. U. M. Guayaquil Market. Henn. Family SCL^NID.E. 6g. Umbrina tumacoensis Wilson, sp. nov. (Plate X.) 5654 a, C. M. Type, 163 mm. Paratypes 90-121 mm. 5654 b-c, C. M.; 13438 a-b, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Henn & Wilson. D. X, i, 24; A. ii, 6; scales in lateral line 50-52. Length of head three and one-half times in total length, including caudal. The height of the body is contained three and one-half times in the total length without caudal. Snout produced beyond the mouth. Diameter of eye is contained four times in head, and one and one-half times in snout. Symphyseal barbel short, scarcely longer than posterior nostril. Preoperculum distinctly serrated; the serrae slightly enlarged at the angle. The second and third spines of first dorsal fin subequal, contained one and one-half times in the length of head. Color dark above, silvery below; a dark blotch on the opercle; dark olive stripes follow the centers of the scale-rows upward and backward on the sides and back; spinous dorsal and anal dusky; ventrals with punctulations; gill-membrane and peritoneum pale. Maxillary extending to center of pupil. 68 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Family LABRID^. 70. Iridic bivittatus (Bloch). 5278 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 71. Iridic bimaculata sp. nov. 5280 a, C. M. Type, 170 mm. Paratype, 5280 b, C. M. 112 mm» 13428 a, Paratype 164 mm., I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigenmann. D. IX, II; A. Ill, 12. Scales 3-27-10. Length of head contained three times in total length, not including the caudal. Width contained three and one-half times in total length, not including the caudal. Diameter of eye contained in length of head six and one-half times. Anterior canines in lower jaw subequal. Dorsal spines slender. First anal spine much reduced. Caudal rounded. Ventrals not reaching^ vent, but extending beyond the vertical from hind margins of pectorals. Lateral line continuous; the posterior portion running on the third series below the anterior portion. A spot on soft dorsal extending^ from behind the second ray to the fourth ray. A spot at the base of caudal equal to two-thirds the diameter of eye. Above grayish olive; below pale. Family SCARID.E:. 72. Scarus crcicensis (Bloch). 5279 a-f, C. M.; 13427 a-d, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen- mann. Family BALISTID^. 73. Balistes pclylepis Steindachner. 5646 a, C. M.; 13431 a, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia, Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson. 74. Balistes naufragium Jordan & Starks. 5647a, CM.; 13432 a, I. U. M. Marketof Guayaquil, Ecuador. Henn. Family MONACANTHID.E:. 75. Mcnacanthus cppcsitus Poey. 5277 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. Wilson: Marine Fishes from Colombia and Ecuador. 69 Family TETRAODONTID^. 76. Spheroides annulatus (Jenyns). 5246 a-6, duplicates C. M.; i32ioa-&, I. U. M. Tumaco, Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson. 5247 a, C. M. Rio Rosario. Henn & Wilson. 77. Spheroides testudineus (Linnaeus). 5580, C. M., 13211 a-e, I. U. M. Thirty six specimens. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 5666 a, C. M. Barra de Penedo. April 8, 1908. J. D. Haseman. Family GOBIID^. 78. Philypnus maculatus (Giinther). 5680 a-c, C. M.; 13518 a-c, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. May, 1913. Henn. 13519 0, I. U. M. Rio San Juan at Mouth of Rio Cucurrupi, Colombia. Henn. 79. Philypnus dormitor (Lacepede). 5687 c, C. M. Rio Vermelho, Bahia. Oct. 24, 1907. J. D. Haseman. 80. Eleotris picta Kner and Steindachner. 5681 a-b, C. M.; 13520 a-b, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. May, 1913. Henn. 5682 a, C. M.; 13521 a-b, I. U. M. Chone, Province of Manabi, Ecuador. Henn. 81. Dormitator maculatus (Bloch). 5679 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann. 82. Dormitator latifrons Richards. 5676 a-d, C. M.; 13515 a-d, I. U. M. Fifteen duplicates. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. May, 1913. Henn. 5677 a-d, C. M.; 13516 a-d, I. U. M. Eight duplicates. Chone, Province of Manabi, Ecuador. Henn. 5678 a-b, C. M.; 13517 a-b, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena- ventura, Colombia, Eigenmann. 70 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 83. Gobius soporator Cuvier & Valenciennes. 5683 a, C. M.; 13522 a, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson. 5684 a-b, C. M.; 13523 a-h, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia, Eigen- mann, 5686 a-d, C. M.; 13524 a-d, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. May, 1913. Henn. 5685 a-d, C. M. Rio Vermelho, Bahia. Oct. 24, 1907, J. D. Haseman. Family PLEURONECTID^. 84. Citharichthys gilberti Jenkins & Evermann. 5667 a-f, C. M.; 13504 c-/, I. U. M. Market of Quayaquil, Ecuador. , May, 1913. Henn. 5668 a, C. M.; 13505 a-h, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson. V. ON APAREIODON, A NEW GENUS OF CHARACID FISHES.* By Carl H. Eigenmann. (Plates XI-XII.) Apareiodon^ is in all respects like Paradon except that there are no teeth in the side of the lower jaw. The ampulla on the upturned edge of the lower jaw, with which the teeth are associated in Paradon, is less well-developed in this genus. Distribution. — Western Panama and Ecuador, Rio San Francisco, La Plata. Type: Parodon piracicabce Eigenmann. Key to the Species of Apareiodon. a. Mouth distinctly inferior. b. A dark streak along the lateral line and a second one above the first or second row of scales above it. c. Head 5; lateral line 41 or 42; interorbital 3, or less than 3, in the length of the head i. piracicabce (Eigenmann). cc. Head 4.5; lateral line 35 or 36; interorbital 3 in the length of the head 2. itapicuruensis Eigenmann & Henn. bb. A dark streak along the lateral line and dark shades across the back, at least in the adult. d. Lateral band continuous. e. Two teeth in the maxillary; lateral line 40-44; predorsal scales 12-14; eye 4 in the head, interorbital less than 3. 3. ajjinis (Steindachner). ee. One tooth in the maxillary; lateral line usuallj^ 37 (41 in one specimen); predorsal scales 10-12, usually 11. 4. hasemanni Eigenmann. dd. Three broken stripes; dorsal and caudal lobes with cross-bands. 5. dariensis Meek & Hildebrand. ddd. Lateral band moniliform; one maxillary tooth; lateral line 37; pre- dorsal scales 11-12 6. ecuadoriensis (Eigenmann & Henn). aa. Mouth terminal; a simple lateral band. . .7. terminalis (Eigenmann & Henn). I. Apareiodon piracicabae (Eigenmann). Parodon affinis Eigenmann & Norris (nan Steindachner), Revista Museu Paulista, Vol. IV, 1900, p. 356. * Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 143. ' a privative, iraptio. = the cheek. 656}V, = tooth; Apareiodon = without teeth in the cheeks, or side of the mouth. 71 72 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Parodon piracicaba Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXXIII, 1907, p. 6, (Piracicaba, Province Sao Paulo, Brazil); Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Pata- gonia, Vol. Ill, 1910, p. 423. Habitat. — Basin of the Tiete. 9292 a-c, I. U. M. 1 12-127 mm. Piracicaba, von Ihering. Types. 6588 a, C. M. 150 mm. Piracicaba, July 23, 1908. Haseman. 5705 a-e, C. M. 61-125 mm. Salto Avanhandava, above the falls. Sept. 14, 1908. Haseman. 12660 a, I. U. M. 93 mm. Puerto Bertoni, Alto Parana. Bertoni. Head 5 (4.5 in the smallest); depth 4.33-4.75; D. 10-12; A. 8.1; P. 14; scales 4-40 to 43-3; eye 3.6-4 in the head, snout about 3, equal to interorbital; depth of caudal peduncle equals one-half the depth at the dorsal. Dorsal and ventral profiles about equally arched. Four premaxil- lary and two maxillary teeth; origin of dorsal about equidistant from snout and middle of adipose or some point behind the adipose in the young, highest dorsal ray about equal to head less half the opercle, its margin obliquely truncate, the longest ray scarcely projecting be^'ond tip of last ray; end of anal about on vertical from origin of adipose in adult; height of anal a little greater or a little less than length of head. A dark stripe from tip of snout along lateral line to end of middle caudal rays, obscure on head, well marked on sides; a second band, narrower and less intense between first and second scale below dorsal from occiput to adipose dorsal; a silvery band below the lateral band; one to three dusky spots along the middle of the back in front of the dorsal, usually obscure or absent in the adult; dark shades across the back just in front of the adipose, between dorsal and adipose, at the dorsal, and at the nape, a partial band confined to the sides between the bands at the dorsal and at the nape. These cross-shades are well marked in some of the young, very obscure or absent in the adult. 2. Apareiodon itapicuruensis Eigenmann & Henn. (Plate XI, fig. 2.) 5804 a, C. I\I. Type. 78 mm. Rio Paiaia, tributary of Rio Ita- picuru. Nov. 8, 1907. Haseman. 5805 a-c, C. M. Paratypes, 62-72 mm. Same place and date. 5806 a-e, C. M.; 13542 «-c, I. U. M. Paratypes, 46-66 mm. Que- imadas, Rio Itapicurii, March 2, 1908. Haseman, Eigenmann: On Apareiodon. 73 5807 a-m, C. M. (Young) 24-43 mm. Same lot as 5806, C. M. Haseman. 5808 o, C. M. 26 mm. Timbo, Rio Itapicuru, IVIarch 5, 1908. Haseman. 5809 a, C. M. 48 mm. Rio Aqua Branca, Nov. 6, 1907. Haseman. Closely related to A. piracicahm (Eigenmann), differing in the slightly larger scales, longer head, and in coloration. Head 4-4.5; depth 4-4.5; D. 11, rarely 12; A. 8, the first ray, a mere rudiment; scales 4-35 or 36-3. Eye 1.25 in snout, 3.5 in head; snout equal to interorbital, which is 3 in the head. Occipital process bluntly rounded, bordered by two or three scales; no fontanels. A regular median predorsal series of ten or eleven scales. Dorsal profile gently curved, ventral profile flattened, horizontal or curved. Depth of caudal peduncle about half the depth at dorsal. Snout conical; mouth inferior; four slender multicuspid premaxillary teeth, two minute maxillary teeth, no mandibular teeth. Origin of the dorsal equidistant from the tip of the snout and a point four or five scales behind the adipose, its height equal to the head less half the opercle. End of anal on, or slightly in advance of, the vertical from the adipose, its height equal to the snout and eye. Ventrals overlap the anus, their origin equidistant from the tip of the snout and the tips of the middle rays of the caudal. Caudal forked, the lobes rounded, their length somewhat less than the head. Upper border of snout margined with brownish; a broad band of the same color extends from the upper angle of the opercles along the lateral line to the tips of the middle rays of the caudal. A narrower band extends above and parallel to this through the center of the third row of scales from above the eye to the base of the caudal. The space between these two bands and the ventral surface is whitish or silvery. Extending from the upper band across the dorsal ridge to the corresponding band of the other side is a series of broad vertical bands forming blotches; the first, midway between occiput and dorsal, another through the center of dorsal, and the last over the adipose. These often show through the clear space between the two lateral bands; others, midway between these, extend only over the dorsal ridge. All fins hyaline or colorless, except for faint markings at the base of both lobes of the caudal. Young specimens (5807) have all the markings less distinct; the upper lateral stripe is especially late in making its appearance. 74 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 3. Apareiodon aflinis (Steindachner). (Plate XI, fig. i.) Parodon afflnis Steindachner, Neue & Seltene Fisch-Arten, 1879, p. 20, pi. Ill, fig. 3 (La Plata); Eigenmann & Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 49; Berg, An. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Vol. V, 1897, P- 279 (Rio de La Plata; Paraguay); Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, Vol. XIV, 1896, p. 34 (North Paraguay); Bull. Mus. Torino, Vol. XII, 1897 (Caiza; Mission de San Francisco). Eigenmann, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Pata- gonia, Vol. Ill, 1910, p. 423; Eigenmann & Kennedy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, p. 512. Parodon paraguayensis Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXXIII, 1907, p. 6 (Asuncion); Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. IV, 1907, p. 124, pi. XXXIX, fig. i, 1907 (Asuncion); Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. Ill, 1910, p. 423. Habitat. — La Plata Basin. 6589 a~d, C. M. 128-138 mm. Sao Joao del Rei, Rio das Mortes, emptying into Rio Grande, this into Parana. May 17, 1908. Haseman. ?57o6 a-c, C. M. 21-31 mm. Rio Paranahyba bridge, Aug. 15, 1908. Haseman. 6591 a-f, C. M. 92-101 mm. Cacequy, Rio Ibicuhy, emptying into Rio Uruguay. Feb. i and 2, 1909. Haseman. 6590 a-t, C. M. 28-120 mm. Uruguayana, February 5, 1909. Haseman n. 6592 a-&, C. M. 91-106 mm. Asuncion, March 29, 1909. Haseman. 10237 a-n, I. U. M. 45-80 mm. Asuncion. Anisits. 6594 a, C. M. Corumba. April 27, 1909. Haseman. 6593 a-k, C. M. 87-112 mm. Villa Hayes. April 13, 1909. Hase- man. 9953 ^~o, I. U. M. 52-80 mm. Asuncion, Paraguay. Anisits. 9952 a-j, I. U. M. 76-96 mm. Asuncion, Paraguay. Anisits. 9975 (^~(^> !• U. M. Between 40 and 50 mm. Asuncion, Paraguay. Anisits. Head 3.5-4.5; depth 4.33-5.5; D. 11 or 12; A. 7 or 8; P. 12-14; 40 41 42 43 44 , , , -1 scales 4 , — , — , — , — ; 12 to 14 predorsal scales; eye 3.5-4 in the 2 2 3 2 12 head, snout 3, about equal to interorbital; width of mandible 5-5.5 in the head. Origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and tip of adipose or a little farther back; height of dorsal equal to the portion of the head in front of upper angle of gill-opening; margin of dorsal obliquely truncate, the highest ray extending beyond tip of last; adipose fin over the anal. EiGENMANN: On Apareiodon. 75 A dark band from tip of snout along lateral line to tip of middle caudal rays, a silvery band below it; back with faint dark cross- shades, narrower and usually more numerous than in piracicabce, one below tip of adipose, one in front of the adipose, two or three between adipose and dorsal, one or two below dorsal, one just in front of dorsal, one or two between dorsal and nape, and one at nape. Sometimes only one between dorsal and the one just in front of adipose, and but one between that under the dorsal and that at the nape. Some of the smaller specimens with only three cross-shades; at the adipose, under the dorsal, and at the nape. Sometimes the cross-shades in front of the dorsal are broken. Parodon affinis was described by Steindachner as having two teeth on the side of each mandible. I have examined the types in the Vienna Museum, and was not able to detect any teeth. I had, however, described a new species, Parodon paraguayensis, largely because it differed from affinis in having no teeth on the sides of the lower jaw. The two species seem therefore to be synonymous. None of the many specimens examined have teeth in the mandibles. The figure (PI. XI, fig. i) is from the type of P. paraguayensis. 4. Apareiodon hasemani, sp. nov. (Plate XII.) 6587 a, C. M. Type, 75 mm. Pirapora, Dec. 15, 1907. Haseman, 6585 a-l, C. M. Paratypes, 61-75 mm.; same place and date. Hase- man. 6584 a-J, C. M. Paratypes, 35-63 mm. Cidade do Barra, Dec. 6, 1907. Haseman. 6583 a-/, C. M. Paratypes, 44-68 mm. Januaria, Dec. 12, 1907. Haseman. 6586 a, C. M. Paratype, 53 mm. Lagoa Pereira, Dec. 23, 1907. Haseman. 6582 a-j, C. M. Paratypes, 72-85 mm. Penedo, March 20, 1908. Haseman. Head 4.5-5; depth 4.5; dorsal 11 or 12. Anal 7 or 8; interorbital equal to snout, 3 in head in the smaller specimens; 2.66 in 6582 a, in which the interorbital is a trifle greater than the snout. Lateral 36 37 38 40 41 ^ , , , 10, II 12 , , , , , line ^, ^^, ^^, ^^, ^^. Predorsal scales -- — , — ; depth of caudal 4-9931 22 21 3 peduncle half, or more than half the greatest depth. In general shape like the other species of the genus; dorsal and ventral profiles equally curved from the snout; mouth inferior, below the middle 2 Number of individuals having the given character. 76 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. point between snout and eye; four premaxillary teeth, only one maxil- lary tooth; no mandibular teeth. Base of the dorsal a little nearer the snout than to the end of the lateral line; second, third, and fourth rays projecting slightly, equal to head less half the opercle; origin of ventrals about equidistant from snout, and middle of dorsal; ventrals reaching anus, or a little shorter. Straw-colored, probably translucent in life; sides of head metallic silvery; a silvery lateral band with a sharp ventral margin; chromato- phores on the upper half of the scales of the lateral line in front, on the entire scale of the lateral line on the caudal peduncle, continued as a dark streak on the middle rays of the caudal; upper part of snout in front of nares dark, upper half of opercle with numerous chromato- phores; very faint dark shades across the back. The color is poten- tially like that of affinis of the same size. The chromatophores are similarly distributed, but less intensely pigmented. 6582 a-j, 59-85 mm. Penedo, March 20, 1908. Haseman. The specimens from Penedo are larger than any of the others; the dark shades across the back are more evident, the stripe along the lateral line less evident. The scales are more numerous, the lateral 39 40 41 line being - — , ^-, — . The latter character evidently varies with the 2 71 locality; in the Pirapora specimens it is — , — , in the Januaria speci- 36 37 38 . ^, . r-A ^ A u 36 37 38 mens — , — , — , m those irom Cidade do Barra — , — -, — . Ill 362 5. Apareiodon dariensis (Meek & Hildebrand). Parodon dariensis Meek & Hildebrand, Field Museum Publications, No. 166, Zool. Ser., Vol. X. 1913, p. 83. Habitat. — Western slopes of Southern Panama. 6. Apareiodon ecuadoriensis (Eigenmann & Henn). Parodon ecuadoriensis Eigenmann & Henn, Indiana University Studies, No. 19. 1914, p. 12 (Vinces River, and forest pools). Habitat. — Western slopes of Ecuador. 7. Apareiodon terminalis (Eigenmann & Henn). Parodon terminalis Eigenmann & Henn, Indiana University Studies, No. 19, 1914, p. 12 (Vinces River, and forest pools). Habitat. — Western slopes of Ecuador. H-; Oh ^^ s CS n^ H J3 c .^ 0/ ta U rt ■2 u i s "S z ■« D< H 5 y W •^ -^ -5^ ^ fc tt* LlJ z ■< o ■^ ^ VI. NEW AND RARE FISHES FROiM SOUTH AMERICAN RIVERS.* By Carl H. Eigenmann. (Plates XIII-XVI.) Several species of fishes have recently been described by myself, without figures {Indiana University Studies, Nos. 20 and 23) and by Fowler^ {Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia). Fowler's species were for the most part based on small speci- mens. The notes and figures here given are intended to supplement these descriptions. This paper also includes the description of a new species of Characin, Stethaprion crenatus, and of seven new species of Nematognaths. The latter will be figured and more fully described in a forthcoming report upon the fishes collected in Colombia. I. Agonlates anchovia Eigenmann. (Plate XIII.) The description in the Indiana University Studies, No. 20, 1914, p. 46, is herewith given and supplemented by a figure of the type,. No. 5216 C. M., from Villa Bella on the Amazon (Plate XIII) and by the accompanying figure which shows the dentition of both the upper and lower jaws, greatly enlarged. The original description is. as follows: 5216, C. M., Type 127 mm., 5217 C. M. Paratypes, nine, 87-10? mm. Villa Bella. Haseman. Head 5; depth 4.75-5; D. ii; A. 31-34; scales 5-45 to 48-4; eye 1.25 in snout, 4.2 in head, 0.8 in interorbital. Long and slender; head compressed, anchovy-like; preventral area keeled, prepectoral ridge being very sharp; predorsal area rounded, without a complete median series of scales; dorsal profile nearly straight from tip of snout to dorsal; ventral profile regularly arched from the chin to the ventrals; occipital process about 13 in the distance from * Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 144^ 1 Gymnocorymbus nemopterus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1914, p. 247. is a synonym of Ephippocharax orbicularis (Valenciennes). Astyanax rupununi Fowler is a synonym of A. biinaculatus. 77 78 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. its base to the dorsal; skull slightly rounded, narrowed forward; frontal fontanel extending to above the anterior margin of the pupil, narrower ^--•v.^ than the parietal, but of about equal length; mouth very oblique, narrow, a distinct angle be- tween the premaxillary and the maxillary, the upper anterior margin of which is rounded; lower jaw with about ten conical teeth, the first small, the next two larger and equal, the third very long, the middle one of the remainder largest; a pair of small conical teeth behind the first pair of the front series; premaxillary with three con- ical teeth in an outer series and four long conical teeth graduated from the large first one, a min- ute notch on one or both sides of these teeth near their tip; maxillary with about twenty con- ical teeth, smallest and close-set near the pre- maxillary ; second suborbital leaving a wide naked margin; gill-rakers 7 + 13, the lower limb of the arch long; adipose lid leaving only the pupil free. Lateral line complete, sharply decurved on its first four scales and then running straight to the middle of the lower caudal lobe; fins naked; axillary scales large; a large flap just above the pectoral more than half the length of the head. Dorsal very small, its origin equidistant from base of middle caudal rays and head or nearer the former; adipose fin small; anal low, its origin under the origin of the dorsal; ventrals very small, almost half as long as the head; pectorals large, longer than head. A dusky stripe from upper angle of opercle to the middle of the caudal. Fig. I. Mouth oiA. anchovia Eig. (greatly enlarged). 2. Corydoras metae Eigenmann. (Plate XIV, Fig. i.) Only the type of this species is known. The description in the Indiana University Studies, No. 23, 1914, p. 230, is supplemented by the figure cited above. 3. Otocinclus spectabilis Eigenmann. (Plate XIV, Figs. 2 and 3.) Ten specimens of this species were collected by Gonzales at Villa- vicencio. The description in Indiana University Studies, No. 23, Eigenmann: New and Rare Fishes from South America. 79 1914, p. 229, is supplemented by the figures of the type, No. 13451, I. U. M. Gnathocharax Fowler. Gnathocharax Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 560, fig. 19. Type, Gnathocharax steindachneri Fowler. Closely allied to Gilhertolus of transandean Colombia, with which it agrees in the broad but trenchant breast, the large pectorals which reach the anal, in the length of the anal, the position of the dorsal over the anal, the shape and size of the mouth, etc. It resembles in the general form the species of the genus Charax. It difTers from Gil- hertolus in having four canines of about equal size in the portion of each mandible opposed to the premaxillary; two small conical teeth between the first and second canines, and about fourteen sharp, pointed teeth along the portion of the mandible opposed to the maxillary; premaxillary with a series of about fourteen conical teeth, those op- posed to the canines of the lower jaw smaller than the others; maxillary with a series of over twenty conical teeth along its entire length; maxillary slipping under the pre-orbital for most of its length, its posterior edge thickened; lateral line short. This is the Gnathocharax of Fowler. Fowler says his specimens have no maxillary teeth, three pairs' of canines in the lower jaw, and no axillary scale. He places it with the Chalcininae, to which it is but very remotely related. His specimens are very small and the size and difficulty of making out the characters account for the ap- parent dififerences. 4. Gnathocharax steindachneri Fowler. (Plate XV.) Gnathocharax sleindachneri Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 561, fig. 19 (Igarape de Candelaria, tributary of the Madeira; Madeira river; tribu- tary of Madeira near Porto Velho). 6608 a, C. M. 56 mm., Manaos, Nov. 30, 1909. Haseman. Head 4-I-; depth 3.33; D. 9; A. 31; scales 36, eleven between dorsal and anal; eye 2.4 in the length of the head; interorbital equals snout, 4 + in the length of the head. Compressed; ventral profile from chin to ventrals a segment of a circle, anal base straight; profile from snout to occiput slightly concave, from occiput to dorsal slightly curved, from origin of dorsal to caudal similar to the corresponding ventral profile; breast broader than any other portion of the body, with a median ridge; back narrow, about 80 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. eighteen predorsal scales, not forming a distinct median series; occipital process short, extending about one-eighth the distance to the dorsal; fontanels large, the anterior very sharp-pointed in front, as long as the parietal. Mouth very large and very oblique, the preorbital very narrow; maxillary-premaxillary border equal to the length of the head without the opercle; maxillary very slender, reaching to below the middle of the eye, nearly to the angle of the mandible; suborbitals covering the entire cheek, preopercle very narrow, gill-membranes free from each other and from the isthmus. Gill-rakers about 2 -f 7; origin of dorsal equidistant from eye and end of the lateral line; dorsal pointed, about equal to the head; adipose well-developed; caudal forked, the lobes a little shorter than the head; origin of anal about equidistant from tip of snout and end of lateral line; height of anal lobe about equal to head without opercle; ventrals small, reaching anal; pectorals very large, reaching the anal, with seventeen rays. Caudal naked, a few scales in a single row along the bases of the anterior anal rays; a small axillary scale. Scales thin, without radial striae, everywhere regularly imbricate; lateral line indicated on about five scales. 5. Stethaprion crenatus sp. no v. (Plate XVI.) 5228 a-c, C. M. Type (c) 95 mm., paratypes 53 and 85 mm. San Joaquin, Bolivia, September 4, 1909. Haseman. 5756 a, C. IVI. Paratype 96 mm., Cachoele de Riberao de Rio Madeira, October 17, 1909. Haseman. Head 4; depth 1.5 in largest, 1.75 in smallest; D. 12; A. 3 + 42 or 43; scales 21 to 23-66 or 67-16 or 17; eye. 3 in head, interorbital 2-2.33. Much compressed; dorsal profile steep to the dorsal, depressed over the eyes; ventral profile a nearly perfect segment of a circle from the gill-opening to the end of the anal; predorsal line scaled, but without a regular median series of scales; about five series of narrow scales ending in spines along the ventral edge, the scales on either side of these not quite symmetric; occipital process extending one-third of the distance to the dorsal; frontal fontanel oval, considerably shorter than the parietal, its anterior margin over front of pupil; a naked area about a fourth as wide as the second suborbital at its widest point, extending around its entire free margin; maxillary-premaxillary border longer than eye; premaxillary with four teeth in the outer series, five Eigenmann: New and Rare Fishes from South America. 81 five-pointed teeth In the inner series; mandible with four five-pointed teeth and about eight abruptly smaller, mostly conical teeth on the sides; maxillary with one or two teeth. Gill-rakers about ii + i6. Origin of dorsal little nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, its highest ray 3.4-4 in the length; adipose scaled on its basal half, pre- ceded by a short dermal ridge; caudal lobes about as long as the head; origin of anal equidistant with origin of dorsal from the end of the Fig. 2. Predorsal spine of Stethaprion crenatiis Eigenmann. (Greatly enlarged.) lateral line; margin of anal slightly rounded, without a lobe; ventrals about equal to the postorbital part of the head, their origin equidistant between tip of snout and origin of the dorsal; pectorals almost as long as head, reaching beyond the line joining origins of dorsal and ventral. Fig. 3. Scale of Stethaprion crenatus Eigenmann. (Greatly enlarged.) Scales covering all but a narrow fringe of the caudal and anal; concentric free edges of the scales crenate; the scales symmetrically arranged except over anal musculature. No distinct markings. 82 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 6. Trachycorystes fisheri^, sp. nov. 6667 a, C. M., type, 217 mm., male, Rio Sucio, Eigenmann. 6668 a-e, C. M.; 13495 I. U. M., paratypes, 151-226 mm. Rio Sucio, Eigenmann. 6669 c, C. M.; 13496 I. U. M., paratypes, 75-103 mm. Quibdo. Wilson. 6670 a-f, C. M., 13497 I- U. M., paratypes, 46-89 mm. Rio Truando. Wilson. D. I, 6; A. 21-25 (Type 24); head 4-4.5; width of head 4-4.5; depth 3.3-4; snout 2.7-3 iri head; eye 1.5-2 in snout. Head flat, granular, as broad as long. Profile of head slightly- convex to above the eye, thence strongly concave to the articulation of the dorsal spine. Maxillary bone extending beyond gill-opening in adult male; to anterior border of eye in adult female. Adipose short, 3 in head. Dorsal spine equal to length of head, which is equal to length of pectoral spine, curved forward in male, with entire anterior surface covered with short, heavy, irregularly placed spines; in the female straight and almost smooth. Humeral process short and pointing slightly upward, reaching only one-third of the distance to. the end of the pectoral spine. Pectoral spine strong with strongly- recurved teeth on its inner margin; its outer margin almost smooth. Creamy white below, brownish above. Back and sides covered with very black, irregular, longitudinal flecks and streaks, much more abundant dorsally. Middle of caudal with a dark bar in most speci- mens. 7. Imparfinis microps Eigenmann and Fisher, sp. nov. 8778, C. AL, type, 75 mm. Rio Negro at Villavicencio, Colombia, Gonzales. Head 5.5; depth 7; D. 7; A. 12; snout 2.6 in the head; interorbital nearly 4; eye 12 in the head, nearly 5 in the snout; adipose fin 4.4 in the length. Head depressed; jaws equal; all barbels extending to gill-openings, when laid straight back; origin of dorsal behind vertical from front of ventrals; base of anal slightly less than length of head. Fins hyaline, body with numerous brown chromatophores, more abundant on back and anteriorly. 5 Named for Carl G. Fisher, of Indianapolis, who helped to make possible a second expedition to the type locality of this species. Eigenmann: New and Rare Fishes from South America. 83 8. Nannorhamdia nemacheir Eigenmann & Fisher, sp. nov. 7125, C. M., type, 105 mm., Girardot, Colombia. Eigenmann. Heads; depth 7; D. 7; A. loorii; eye 5 in the head; snout 2.4-3; interorbital .8. First dorsal and pectoral rays prolonged beyond the rest of the fin, the prolongation more pronounced in the female than in the male; maxillary barbel reaching to the end of the ventral. A narrow, dark, lateral band, indictinct in some specimens. A dark band across the nape, other cross-shades at the origin, at the latter half, and behind the tips, of the short rays of the dorsal. Fins hyaline; Cetopsorhamdia Eigenmann & Fisher, gen. nov. First dorsal and first pectoral rays not spinous; anal moderate; lower caudal lobe the longer; origin of ventrals under the dorsal; adipose fin three times as long as high; a small frontal fontanel, far removed from the long parietal fontanel; skull covered with skin, not granular; occipital process minute; orbit without a free margin; head subconical, the snout projecting. Vomer and palate without teeth. 9. Cetopsorhamdia nasus Eigenmann & Fisher, sp. nov. 7124, C. M., type, 72 mm. Honda, Colombia. Eigenmann. Head 4.3; depth 6.25; adipose 6.3; snout 2.5 in head; eye 7.5 in head, 2 in interorbital; D. 7; A. 10. Maxillary barbel reaching a little beyond the beginning of the pectorals; base of anal shorter than adipose. Everywhere with small purplish dots, which are most numerous dorsally. A dark band at base of caudal. A light band, about as wide as the eye, across the base of the occipital. 10. Ancistrus melas sp. nov. 7335' C. M., type, male, 106 mm.; 13650, I. U. M., paratypes, two, 62 mm., Condoto. Wilson. 7336a, C. M.; 13651, I. U. M., paratypes, two, 52 and 65 mm. Raspa- dura. Wilson. These specimens came from contiguous localities on opposite sides of the continental divide. D.I, 7; A.I, 4. Length to end of plates at base of caudal 78 mm.; length of head 84 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 28 mm.; its width 23 mm.; depth of body 13 mm.; eye 4 mm.; interorbital 12.5 mm.; ramus of lower jaw 3.1 mm.; first dorsal ray 25 mm.; last dorsal ray 13 mm.; distance between dorsal and spine of the adipose fin 12 mm.; depth of caudal peduncle 9 mm.; length of caudal peduncle from anal to base of the plates at root of caudal 20 mm.; outer ventral ray 21 mm.; pectoral spine 29 mm. Snout with a narrow naked margin, with eight small tentacles, only the two median ones bifid; no tentacles on middle line of head; about fourteen interopercular spines. Twenty-four scutes in the median series, six between dorsal and adipose, eleven between anal and caudal; pectoral extending to third fifth of ventrals, ventrals to tip of anal; caudal obliquely truncate, length of upper ray 25 mm., length of lower 30 mm. Black, tips of the fin-rays very narrowly light. The larger specimen from Raspadura (13651 I. U. M.) has six tentacles. The two smaller specimens from Condoto and the smaller one from Raspadura have each a small tentacle on the margin of the snout near the angle of the mouth, none elsewhere; but tentacles are indicated also along the anterior part of the margin of the snout in one of the smaller specimens from Condoto. II. Hemiancistrus landoni sp. nov. 13654, I. U. M., type, 255 mm. over all. Naranjito, Ecuador. Henn. Head 3.14; depth 5.35; D.I, 7; A.I, 4. Length to plates at root of caudal 198 mm.; length of head 63 mm.; width of head 60 mm.; depth of body 37 mm.; eye 7 mm., interorbital 22 mm., snout 37 mm., ramus of lower jaw 11 mm. Scales along the side 26 -|- i at root of caudal; 7 between dorsal and adipose, 15 between anal and caudal fulcrum, base of dorsal equal to its distance from the middle of the spine of the adipose; length of caudal peduncle 68 mm. from anal to base of plates at root of caudal. About ten large interopercular spines and numerous graduated smaller ones, the longest of the larger spines about 2.66 in the head, ventral surface entirely covered with small plates; supra-occipital with a slight median elevation, bordered by a single plate; plates of sides carinate, the ridges on the second row from the top strongest; length of dorsal spine but little less than length of head. Pectoral spine with strong hooks toward the tip, reaching second third of ventrals; ventrals beyond base of anal. Caudal symmetric, very Eigenmann: New and Rare Fishes from South America. 85 slightly emarginate, the outer rays a little prolonged. Four dark cross-shades, one behind eyes, one at end of dorsal, one at adipose, and one at base of caudal; a row of large dark spots on each of the dorsal membranes; caudal, anal, ventrals, and pectorals with similar spots on rays and membranes; similar obscure dark spots on the sides, larger ones on the belly; faint light streaks along the carinse of the lower rows of plates. Named for Hugh McK. Landon of Indianapolis. II. Pseudancistrus carnegiei sp. nov. 7346, C. M., type, no mm.; 13661 I. U. M., two paratypes, 87 and no mm. Rio San Gil, Santander, Colombia. Gonzales. 7347a-d, C. M., paratypes, 13662, I. U. M., nine, largest 41 mm. Quebrada de Honda, Santander, Colombia. Gonzales. Most readily distinguished by the number of dorsal rays. Measurements of two Males, the Type and Largest Paratype from the Rio San Gil. Mm. Length to base of plates at root of caudal 82 Length of head 30 Depth of body 15 Width of head 30 Depth of head 13 Interorbital width 7.5 and 8 Ramus of lower jaw 9 Length of snout 18 Length of eye 3 Length of dorsal spine 15 and 17 Length of last dorsal ray 11 and 12 Length of base of dorsal 20 and 21 Distance of dorsal from spine of the adipose 12.5 and 12 Length of caudal peduncle 20.5 and 22 Depth of caudal peduncle 8 and 8.5 Length of pectoral spine 35 Length of ventral 20 and 21.5 Length of anal 10 Distance from snout to dorsal 37 and 38 Distance from snout to ventral 41 Head 2.66; depth 5.46; D.I, 9 in nine of the specimens, I, 8 in two; A.I, 5; plates 25 or 26, 7 between the dorsals, 10 or 11 between anal and caudal; eye 10 in the head; ramus of lower jaw a little greater than interorbital. 86 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Head depressed, without ridges; snout broadly rounded, margined with short, thick bristles; interopercle with about eight spines, the longest in the smaller specimen, a female from Santander, being about one-third as long as the head. The longer ones are lost from the larger males; last dorsal ray joined at the base only to the scute following it; caudal slightly, but very obliquely, emarginate; pec- toral spine in the male reaching beyond middle of ventrals, shorter in the female. Scutes spinulose, not carinate; lower surfaces of head and body naked. Adult nearly uniformly dark brown, all the fins with obscure spots on the rays; caudal in the young with two or more cross-bars. Named in honor of Mr. Andrew Carnegie, the founder of the Carnegie Museum. o a ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM^ Vol. X. Plate XIV. Fi;;. I. Corydoras meix Eigenmann. Type. No. 13451, I. U. M., 54 mm. Barrigona. Fig. 2. Olocindus spectabilis Eigenmann. Type. No. 13253a, I. U. M., 38 mm. Villavi- cencio. Gonzales Coll. (Inferior view.) Fig. 3. Otocinclus spectabilis. (Superior view.) z. VII. DESCRIPTION OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF CHARACID FISHES.i By Carl H. Eigenmann and Arthur \V. Henn. (Plate XVII.) I. Hemiodus parnaguae, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.) 5701, C. M., type, 57 mm.; 5762 a-b, C. M., 48-62 mm.; 13541, I. U. M., 64 mm., paratypes. Lagoa de Paniagua, Jan. 17, 1908. Haseman. Related to Hemiodus longiceps Kner and H. microhpis Kner. Head 3.5-3.6; depth 3.5-4; D. lo-ii; A. 11-12; scales 20-80 to 83-12. Eye equal to, or slightly greater than, snout, 3.5 in head, I in interorbital. Slender, compressed; dorsal and ventral profiles equally arched; snout pointed; mouth sub-terminal. A single series of about twenty multicuspid teeth in the upper jaw. Origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and tip of adipose, the height of its second ray, which is longest, equal to the head plus one- third of the eye. Anal emarginate, its origin twice as distant from a point between the eye and the edge of the opercle, as from the base of the caudal. Adipose elongate, slightly less in length than the eye. Caudal deeply forked, lobes longer than head; pectorals lanceolate, not reach- ing ventrals, the latter barely reaching the vent. Lateral line slightly decurved in front, thence horizontal, very slightly below the mid-line of the body. Scales minute, cycloid, in well defined rows, with few striae; lower abdominal rows but slightly increasing in size. A large axillary scale; fins naked. A silvery lateral streak; opercle shining silvery; an oval black spot nearly the size of the eye, midway between the end of the dorsal and the origin of the anal. The upper half of the lower caudal lobe is black and the lower half is speckled with scattered chromatophores. Outer half of anal black; other fins colorless. A single mutilated specimen from the same locality (5703 C. M.) ap- parently this species, has the following characters: length to broken 1 Contributions from the ';^Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 145. 87 88 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. end of caudal peduncle 113 mm.; head 4.5; depth 3.8; D. 1 1 ; scales 20-82-12; teeth 34. 2. Leporinus ecuadorensis sp. no v. 131 16 a, I. U. M. Type, 325 mm. Rio Barranca Alta near Naran- jito, Ecuador, Arthur Henn. 5428 a-b, C. M.; 131 16, I. U. M. Six paratypes. Largest 187 mm. Rio Baranca Alta, Naranjito. Henn. 5426 a-i, C. M.; 13113. I. U, M. Nineteen, 128-264 ^"^- Vinces. Henn. 5427 a-b, C. M.; 131 14, I. U. M. Several. Guayaquil. Henn. 131 15, I. U. M., several. Colimes. Henn. This species differs from typical specimens of L. friderici from British Guiana, chiefly (i) in having the dorsal set farther back, i. e., equi- distant from snout and a point midway between the adipose and caudal; (2) the anal set somewhat farther forward and very seldom reaching the caudal; and (3) the presence of three persistent lateral spots. L. niuyscorum has the dorsal as in L. friderici, but the sharp caudal and the anal placed as in this species. L. muyscorum and the present form should probably be regarded as subspecies of L. friderici, ( 3.8 3.9 4 4.1 4.2 \ Head •^.8-4.2 { ^^ — , — , — , — , — I denominator representing \ 2 I 20 I I / the number of individuals having the given character; depth 3.3-3.8 3-3 34 3-5 3-6 3-8\ n t. t. / ^^ 13 \ , _ . ^ ^ . — , — , — , — , — ; D. 12-13 — 1 — ; A. 10, in twenty six 4 4 12 4 2 / \25 I / , / 39 40 41 \ . , specimens; scales 5-39 to 41-4 or 5 I — , — , — : eye 1.5-2 in the \ I 20 5 / snout, 4.5-5.5 in head, 2-3 in interorbital; four teeth in each side of each jaw. Origin of dorsal equidistant from the tip of the snout and a point beyond the adipose or generally midway between the adipose and the base of the upper caudal fulcrum. The height of the third or longest dorsal ray is equal to the head less one-half of the opercle. Caudal sharp, deeply forked, not obliquely truncate or lobate, as in L. friderici, the upper lobe about half an orbital diameter longer than the lower. Anal but slightly emarginate, the distance from its origin to the base of the caudal equal to the head, or the head plus an orbital diameter. The height of the third or longest ray^equals the head minus the snout; only very rarely reaching the lower caudal fulcrum as is commonly EiGENMANN AND Henn: Three New Species OF Characid Fishes. 89 the case in L.friderici. Pectorals reaching nearly three-fourths of the distance to the ventrals, the latter more than half way to the anus. Each scale of the sides and back has a dark area at the base. Dorsal area steel-blue or bluish-green, ventral region and belly yellowish. Young specimens have alternating bluish blotches and transverse pinkish bars on the back. Sides with a series of three heavy black spots or blotches, the first below the dorsal, or midway in the length without caudal, the third at the end of the caudal peduncle, and the center one ending before the vertical from the adipose. These are present in all specimens, and occupy each about four scales in the lateral line and the series beneath it. Dorsal, pectorals, and caudal dusky, without definite bands of color ; ventrals and anal blackish, with a broad, white, outer margin. 3. Astyanax magdalenae sp. nov. 5822 a, C. M., type, 53 mm. Girardot. Eigenmann. 13611, I. U. M., paratype, 61 mm. Apulo. Gonzales. Closely related to A. stilhe (Cope) differing in the greater depth, the shorter anal, and the lack of a median series of preventral scales. Head 3.5-3-8; depth 2.33; D. 11 ; A. 33-34; scales 8-36 or 37-7 (to ventrals), snout 1.3 in eye, 4-4.5 in head; eye 3-3.3 in head and equal to interorbital. Dorsal and ventral profiles equally and strongly arched; predorsal area without a median series of scales, those of the two sides over- lapping, an occasional median scale near the origin of the dorsal; preventral area keeled, scales of the two sides apposed in the mid-line. Interorbital convex, smooth; occipital process elongate, sharp, about one-fourth of the distance from its base to the dorsal, bordered by three large scales. Frontal fontanel bluntly triangular, as wide as the parietal and about two-thirds as long as the parietal without the occipital groove. Second and third suborbitals leaving a narrow naked margin behind and below. Maxillary as long as the eye, shorter than the mandible, which is equal to the snout and half the length of the eye. Premaxillary with four broadly tricuspid teeth in the outer row and five brown-tipped four- to five-pointed teeth in the inner row. Maxil- lary with a single minute tooth in the upper angle. Mandible with five sharp three- to four-pointed teeth. 90 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Origin of dorsal about equidistant from the snout and the base of the caudal, or slightly nearer the snout, its anterior rays 3.4 in the length; caudal sharp, lobes equal and as long as the head; anal not emarginate, short, its longest ray equalling length of ventrals or the head without snout and half the eye. Origin of anal slightly in ad- vance of vertical from last dorsal ray. Scales regularly imbricate, below the lateral line from above the ventrals posteriorly they are deflected or decurrent to the anal. Anal sheath, a single row of oblong scales decreasing in size progressively towards the last rays; a short axillary scale. Lateral line gently de- curved throughout its length. Silvery; a lateral streak of bright silver from operculum to caudal; a single round black humeral spot; a horizontally oval spot at the end of the caudal peduncle. VIII. ON THE SPECIES OF SALMINUS. By Carl H. Eigenmann. The species of the genus Salminus are salmon-like characid fishes found in the Trans-andean region of Colombia and northern Ecuador, in the La Plata basin, and northward into the San Francisco basin, and sparingly in the Amazon and Orinoco basins. The species are very similar to each other. Key to the Species of Salminus. a. Scales between the dorsal and lateral line 14-16; lat. 1. 92-98; A. 25-29. I. maxillosus Cuv. & Val. aa. Scales between the dorsal and lateral line 11; lat. 1. 77-79; A. 27-30. 2. hrevidens Cuvier. aaa. Scales between the dorsal and lateral line 10; lat. 1. 66-72; A. 24-26. 3. hilarii Cuv. & Val. aaaa. Scales between the dorsal and lateral line 12; lat. 1. 73. 4. affinis Steindachner. I. Salminus maxillosus Cuvier and Valenciennes. 6565 a-c, C. ]\I. 1 19-146 mm. Uruguayana, Feb. 7, 1909. Hase- man. 6566 G, C. IVI. 185 mm. Salto Avanhandava, Sept. 15, 1908. Haseman. 6610 a, C. M. 485 mm. Porto Alegre, Jan. 22, 1909. Haseman. The localities from which this species has been recorded are: Amazon; La Plata; Missiones; Paraguay; Dock Central; Isla Santiago; Puerto Viejo; Asuncion. 2. Salminus brevidens Cuvier. 6559 a, C. M. 257 mm. Joazeiro, Nov. 28, 1907. Haseman. 6560 a, C. M., about 225 mm. Cidade do Barra, Dec. 6, 1907. Haseman. 6561 a-c, C. M. 147-197 mm. Penedo, March 20, 1908. Haseman. The localities from which this species has been recorded are the Rio San Francisco and the Rio Cipo. 91 92 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 3. Salminus hilarii Cuvier and Valenciennes. 6562 a, C. M. 153 mm. Bom Jardin. Rio Grande above the falls, July 7, 1908. Haseman. 6563 c, C. M. 332 mm. Piracicaba, July 23, 1908. Haseman. 6564 a-b, C. M. 143-145 mm. Sapina, July 29, 1908. Haseman. 6567 a, C. M. 169 mm. Salto Avanhandava, Sept. 15, 1908. Hase- man. The localities from which this species has been recorded are the Rio San Francisco; Amazon; Vermejo; Rio das Velhas; Rio Tiete; Ypiranga; Apure. 4. Salminus affinis Steindachner. 12816, I. U. M.; 5023 a-h, C. M. 455, 530, and 600 mm. Honda. Eigenmann. This species has been recorded from the Cauca and from the Rio Santiago in western Ecuador. IX. ON VARIOUS SOUTH AMERICAN PCECILIID FISHES. By Arthur W. Henn.^ (Plates XVIII-XXI.) Introductory. The present account is largely based upon collections made from 1907 until 1910, by Mr. John D. Haseman in central South America, during the expedition of the Carnegie Museum. An account of this expedition with a list of the localities, where Mr. Haseman made collections, was published in these Annals, Volume VII, pp. 288-314. A review of the specimens obtained by Professor C. H. Eigenmann during a reconnaissance of the basins of the Magdalena, Cauca, Dagua, San Juan, and Atrato Rivers of Colombia is included. This expedi- tion was under the auspices of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum. Besides this material I have examined and included a list of the specimens obtained in 1913, by Mr. Charles E. Wilson when on the Landon-Fisher Expedition of Indiana University to western Colombia, and those secured by the writer in southwestern Colombia and Ecuador in 1913 and 1914 during the Landon Expedition of Indiana University. A review of the last three expeditions appeared in Science for 191 4, pp. 602-606. The numbers, unless otherwise stated, are the catalog numbers of the Carnegie Museum and the Indiana University. A full series of the fishes obtained by the Indiana University Expeditions is included in the collections of the Carnegie Museum. I have had constantly at hand for reference the collections in the Museum of Indiana Uni- versity, where this paper was prepared. For the species mentioned I have given in most cases the synonymy and bibliography subsequent to the publication of Carman's mono- graph of this family: " The Cyprinodonts," Mem. Mus. Comp. Zocil., V'ol. XIX, No. I, 1895. In a few cases, where the synonymy in that work was inaccurate or obscure, I have given the complete synonymy since the earliest reference to the species. 1 Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 125. 93 94 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. The genera defined or accepted in this paper are largely based upon the variously arranged hooks and barbs at the tip of the modified anal fin of the male and the arrangement and shape of the teeth. Dr. Eigenmann (1907, p. 425) first used the former characters in defining genera of Poeciliids. He examined microscopically the anals of a number of species, and among others based the genera Phal- loceros and Phalloptychiis on these characters. The study of the anal has been greatly extended in a recent paper by Mr. C. T. Regan (c. 1913),^ who revised all of the Poeciliince. The examination of the anal is somewhat tedious. The anal of the male must be mounted in damar, or balsam, and studied with a compound microscope. Un- questionably, however, such procedure demonstrates true relation- ships, and no new species should be described without an examination of the anal. These characters are small since the males of these fishes are among the least of vertebrates. Were these fishes larger in size and easily examined, these characters would long ago have been used in generic descriptions. It will be unfortunate, however, if this system should lead to needless multiplication of genera. Some of the closely related genera already recognized by Regan should prob- ably be united. Within recent years these little fishes on account of their bright colors and interesting habits have been extensively introduced as aquarium fishes, especially into Germany. Various popular accounts have appeared in some of the fanciers' journals, such as the " Wochen- schrift Aquarien-Terrarienkunde " and the " Blatter Aquarien-Ter- rarienkunde." These have not been accessible to me. In a contri- bution from the Zoological Institute of the University of Berlin, Erich Philippi, {d. 1908) has reviewed the more significant of these notices and has added extensive observations of his own. Of this very thorough paper I have given considerable summaries in English, particularly of the parts dealing with the breeding habits. Philippi reared and observed in the aquarium two species, Phalloceros candomaculatiis and Cnesterodon decem-maculatus. In his account the former is constantly spoken of as Glaridichthys {Phalloptychiis) januarius. But he did not have and did not know P. januarius, and his systematic deductions are therefore quite in error. In a number of instances observations, especially in regard to the development and differentiation with age, number of young, etc., are 2 The reference is to the bibliography of the subject which is given on p. 107. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 95 my own. For such studies I have had at command more than two thousand of Lebistes reticiilntus and more than eight hundred specimens of Pseudopcecilia fria, representing all sizes and conditions, as well as large numbers of other species. This paper was prepared at Indiana University under the super- vision of Professor C. H. Eigenmann, to whom I am under obligations for having given me the opportunity to make these studies, and who aided me by giving me access to the literature, and making valuable critical suggestions. To Dr. W. J. Holland I am indebted for the editorial revision of the manuscript and the reading of the proofs while going through the press. New Genera and Species. The following new species and genera are described by the author: Rividus compressus sp. nov., Diphyacantha chocoensis gen. et sp. nov., Heterandria hasemani sp. nov., Neoheterandria elegans gen. et sp. nov., Phalloptychns eigenmanni sp. nov., Phallotorynus fasciolatus gen. et sp. nov., Limia hollandi sp. nov. The following species, considered to be new, are jointly described by Eigenmann and Henn: Rivulus magdalencc sp. nov., Gamhusia caliensis sp. nov. The Pceciliid.e. The Pceciliidse, or Cyprinodontidae,^ were long placed in the hetero- geneous assemblage of the order Haplomi. Regan (c, 191 1) has lately investigated their structure and placed them along with the blind fishes (Amblyopsidse) in a new order, the Microcyprini. This he divides into the suborders Amblyopsoidea and Pcecilioidea. The principal differences between the Haplomi and the Microcyprini are given in the following extract: " The Haplomi are physostomous, the maxillary enters the gape, the mesethmoid is represented by a pair of dermal bones, and the ribs are borne on autogenous parapophyses. The Microcyprini appear to be physoclistic, the mouth is bordered 3 Gill (1894, p. lis) gives the reasons for preferring the name Poeciliidae. 96 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. above by the premaxillaries only, the mesethmoid is unpaired, and all or most of the ribs are inserted on strong transverse processes. Whereas the Haplomi show relationship to the more generalized iso- spondylous fishes, the Microcyprini bear more resemblance to the Sal- mopercae and Synentognathi, especially the latter." In the Oligocene and Miocene of Europe occur the fossil remains of Prolebias, a generalized form, related to the recent genus Fundidus. From this central type adaptive radiation has taken place, resulting in considerable modification of the form of the body and structure. Differences in the character of the teeth and the length of the ali- mentary tract have arisen in the same subfamily through adaptation to a carnivorous or a vegetable diet. In some cases evolution in one species has paralleled that in another, unrelated species. For instance, the ventrals have been lost in Orestias and Empetrichthys. The family consists of oviparous forms, in which the eggs are de- posited in the usual manner, and viviparous forms, in which the ova undergo development within the ovarial sack and the young are born in a more or less advanced stage of development. The oviparous species are contained in three sub-families, the Cyprinodontinae, Orestiinae, and Fundulinse, in which the sexes do not greatly differ from each other. Of viviparous forms there are five subfamilies. In these fertilization of the female is effected, with but one exception, with the aid of the anal fin, which is modified to serve as a so-called intromittent organ. In the FitzroyiincE or JenynsiincB, and the Anablepince, both of which are monogeneric and contain but few species, the anal rays are rolled up into a tube. The Characodontincc resemble the oviparous Fiindu- lincE in appearance, but the male has the first five or six rays of the anal short and stiff and separated by a notch from the rest of the fin. This subfamily, with the exception of a few species, is found only in the basin of the Rio Lerma of Mexico. This type of anal structure is much more simple than that in the Pa'ciliincE, in which the anterior rays are thickened and lengthened to form a lever. The viviparous forms were thought to be entirely confined to the western hemisphere. Quite recently Regan (b. 1913) has described Phallostethus duncken, a remarkable new Poeciliid and the type of a new subfamily. This fish, which ie from Johore on the Malay Penin- sula, is viviparous. While in all I lie other viviparous forms, which Henn: South American P(eciliid Fishes. 97 are limited to the Americas, it is the anal fin which serves as the intro- mittent organ, it seems that in males of this species the ventral fins have become modified into a large muscular appendage, or intromittent organ. This might indicate that viviparity in this subfamily may be of independent origin. Postnatal Development in the Subfamily Fceciliin^.. In most of the viviparous forms the sexes at birth are indistinguish- able. The anal fin of the male occupies the same position as that of the female, its shape is the same, and the individual rays are clearly apparent. The location is usually below the posterior part of the dorsal fin. As development proceeds, the third, fourth, and fifth rays become lengthened, although they still remain separate and distinct for some time. Eventually these attain their full length and appear to be fused. While distinct, they are closely apposed and form a stiff- ened rod or lever. The length varies with the difl^erent genera; usually it is about one-third of the whole length of the fish. The tip of this intromittent organ is provided with hooks and spines, the arrangement of which difi"ers in the various genera. While these modifications have been taking place, the whole fin has been gradually moving forward, so that, when development is complete, the position of the fin has changed from abdominal ta thoracic. The external openings of the genital tract, the ureter and the intestine, which lie just before the anal, have also moved with it^ This migration of the vent is evidently similar to that which takes- place in the blind-fish {Amblyopsis spelams), where the opening of the oviduct along with that of the intestine and the ureter move forward,, so that the eggs may pass into the gill-chamber, where they are incu- bated. The ventral fins also travel forward, and the final position of these and of the anal is close up under the pectorals. A support, which is necessary for the mass of muscles involved in the complicated movements of the anal fin during copulation, is pro- vided in the males through a modification of the posterior praecaudal vertebrae. A process or stay extends forward from each of the arches uniting the parapophyses of the last few praecaudal or rib-bearing vertebrae. In the vertebrae thus modified the ribs are absent, but their places are taken by short processes which project backward in the median line. The number of vertebrae bearing these stays varies greatly. In Pmcilia vivipara (Fig. i) there are only two; in some forms 98 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. there are as many as five. In Cnesterodon there are none. In Phal- lotorynus there are three, the first and last are long and needle-like a-nd the central one is expanded or club-shaped at the tip. Just before these there is a single short sta^'. Garman {h, Plate VIII) has figured many of the different species. The muscular mass enveloping the base of the anal is directly attached by a tough ligament to the vertebral column. Fig. I. Diagrammatic sketch of Pcecilia vivipara, cf , showing modification of last two precaudal vertebrge to form a support for the intromittent organ, i, intestine; I, liver; t, testicle; abl, air-bladder; ii, ureter; ctr, ends of ribs cut off to show abdominal cavity. For the modified subvertebral processes Philippi {d. 1908) has pro- posed the term ' gottapophysis.' In Pcecilia vivipara (Fig. i) the first •of these processes joins directly with the enlarged first interha?mal. The other interhsemals or radialia, with which the rays of the anal fin are articulated, are sharp and slender, and all, including the first en- larged one, are enclosed in the mass of muscles, which controls the movements of the fin. The forward position of the anal fin in the male causes the crowding of the viscera into the extreme forward end of the body-cavity. In females the development of young within the ovarial sack likewise causes a pushing of the viscera toward the head. In this sex the air bladder is a simple oval sack, but in males the development of the sub- vertebral stays causes a split in the organ, so that posteriorly it is bilobed, with the subvertebral processes occupying a position between the lobes. Breeding Habits. The act of copulation in the viviparous Poeciliids has not often been seen. Agassiz (1853, p. 135) witnessed it in Mollienisia latipimia, and in this manner learned that the two forms, which had previously Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 99 been considered members of different genera, were in reality male and female of the same species. He gave no details of the behavior of the two sexes. Ryder (1885, p. 155) published a more detailed account of the ac- tions of Gambusia patruelis, based on observations related to him by A. A. Duly, an employee of the National Museum. The head of the male was said to be turned in the direction of the tail of the female during coitus and the prolonged anal fin thrust into the external opening of the ovarian duct. This account, according to the observa- tions of both Philippi and Seal, is entirely wrong. Philippi had opportunity to see the copulation in both P. caudo- maculatus and C. decem-maculatiis. The habits of the two species are essentially alike. The anal fin of the male, which normally lies folded against the abdomen, is in breeding males suddenly thrust for- ward and somewhat sidewise. The male slowly follows the female, but maintains a certain distance, going through exactly the same motions as the female. In general the male swims somewhat under and be- hind the female. It suddenly darts upward toward the female, and with extraordinary speed places the tip of the anal bearing a sperm capsule upon the urogenital papilla of the female. With equal speed its course is continued and the anal is withdrawn into the usual posi- tion. Seal (191 1, p. 92) observed the breeding habits of Gambusia hol- brooki and Heterandria formosa, which he kept in aquaria. The habits are said to be exactly alike. He says: " The male follows in- cessantly and warily after the female, on the left side and to the rear, the female frequently turning and making savage dives at him, causing him to turn and flee, but to return immediately and follow, watching for a moment when her attention will be distracted, when he will make a sudden dash, sometimes succeeding in inserting the intromittent organ into the genital pore, but of tener apparently missing, because of a quick turn of the female from which he flees in apparent terror. The contact is so sudden and brief that it required many observations to verify it. In these movements the male organ is thrust forward and to the right toward the female. In small jars the males are frequently killed, especially when the female is full sized, or if there are two or three females to one male. . . . There is never more than one male following a female. If others approach, the male turns and drives them off." 100 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. These accounts are In almost entire accord and are the most com- plete yet given. The manner of conducting the spermatozoa from the genital opening to the tip of the anal, however, is yet to be made known. In most of the viviparous forms, except Fitzroyia and Anableps, the genital duct of the male opens immediately in front of the base of the anal fin. In certain genera, such as Pcecilia, Molli- enisia, Limia, and Xiphophorus, the ventral fins, which adjoin the anal, are elongated, and, if pressed against it, would form a tube extending nearly to the end of the anal, through which the spermatozoa might pass. In the majority of the viviparous genera, however, such as Heterandria, Phalloceros, and Cnesterodon, the ventral fins are alto- gether too small to be of such service. Further observations on living fishes will be necessary to determine the manner in which the sperm bodies are transferred to the tip of the anal. In Fitzroyia and Ana- bleps the ureter and the sperm-duct continue to the end of the anal, which in this case is an actual tube. Garman (c, p. 1012) observed that in Anahleps the tip of the tubular anal of the male is invariably pointed either to the right or to the left. In females the genital orifice is protected by a large scale, which is fastened either on one side or the other, and permits the entrance of the anal of the male only from the opposite side. This Garman fancifully thought wa? a unique device to insure cross-fertilization. It is obvious that a male with the tip of the anal directed toward the right can mate only with a female having the left side of the genital orifice free through the fastening of the protective scale upon the right side. Garman thought that in the same brood probably all males and all females were of the same type of structure and that interbreeding would thus be prevented. In Fitzroyia the anal of the male is also tube-like and the direction of its tip is fixed. But since in this genus the genital orifice of the female is unprotected by a scale or otherwise, it seems probable that mating can be accomplished by either type of male with any female. There would thus be no provision to insure cross-fertilization in this genus. Philippi observed that, although both sides of the anal are alike in P. caudomaculatus and C. decem-maciilatiis, the anal can in any one individual be used only on one side of the body. In P. caudomaculatus it is prevailingly the left side, and in C. decem-maculatus the right, from which the anal may be thrust out. This it is presumed means that males of C. dcceni-maculatiis approach the female from the left side, Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 101 and of P. caudomaculatus from the right. A variant is sometimes found which moves the anal on the side of the body opposite that which is characteristic of the species. The males of P. caudomaculatus and C. decem-maculatus are, accord- ing to Philippi, sexually active throughout the year. In the aquarium they follow other specimens about continually, even though these are immature individuals of either se.\. That this is not due to playful instincts, or to similar reasons, is shown by the constant folding and unfolding of the anal and the restless swimming up to the other fishes from below and behind, which are characteristic actions of breeding males. Females however show a definite rest-period, which in Berlin happens during the winter. At this time one of the females under observation sank to the bottom of the basin, where it remained sur- rounded by the waiting males, but free from their attacks, since these must rise upward from below in order to effect a transfer of the sperm. Aggregations of Sperm, or " Spermozeugmata." A slight pressure upon the abdominal wall of narcotized male fishes causes expulsion of the sexual products (Philippi). These consist of numerous milk-white bodies, which stick fast to the first available object. These collections of sperm are elliptical in shape and measure in P. caudomaculatus 122 microns in length and 73 microns in width; in C. decem-maculatus they are 220 microns long and 107 microns wide. By fixation and staining with haematoxylin-eosin they are seen to consist of closely crowded spermatozoa, the long axes of which are per- pendicular to the surface of the body. The heads of the spermatozoa lie at the periphery, while the center is composed of the tails and a few heads of spermatozoa. The whole mass is held together by a sticky substance, which is acquired in the lumen of the testicle. This sticky material probably causes the sperm-body to fasten to the genital papilla of the female. The entire outer portion of the genital tract of the breeding male is filled with these elliptical capsules. For similar aggregations of sperm in insects, which likewise lack an externa! investment, Ballowitz (1895, p. 458) has proposed the name " spermo- zeugma," plural " spermozeugmata.'' Although the spermatozoa are ejaculated in the masses called sper- mozeugmata, the latter are never found in the oviduct. A number of these sperm-masses, immediately after being taken from the male. 102 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. were placed in normal salt solution, where they sank to the bottom. After eighteen hours the majority were unchanged; one had released a wisp of sperm, which remained about the otherwise unchanged mass, some showed softening, but very few had broken up. The following day the great majority were still unchanged, although somewhat swollen, and on the fourth day they still remained unchanged. A number of these sperm-bodies were placed in a dish in which the ovary and genital tract of a freshly killed female had been crushed. Within a very short time (six minutes) after coming under the influence of the ovarian fluid these bodies had dissolved and the individual spermatozoa were set free. A receptaciilum seminis is formed by numerous unsymmetrical folds in the lining of the oviduct. Within these folds the spermatozoa are found in incredible numbers, and they remain here even after the birth of the young. Subsequent Fertilization from a Single Mating. Zolotnisky (1901, p. 65) observed that a female of P. caiidomacidatus , which had been separated from males after the appearance of a brood of young, produced another within six weeks, and a third brood four weeks after this. This occurred, although copulation subsequent to the first parturition had not taken place. Philippi also isolated females at, or slightly before, parturition. In every instance the females became pregnant for a second time, and one specimen produced a third brood forty-six days after the appearance of the second. Poey noted these facts many years ago. Many notices of " hybrids " among the viviparous species have appeared in the literature of fish-fanciers. These presumable hybrids have certainly arisen through the ability of bringing forth young with- out fertilization between broods. A female of one species, for ex- ample, which has borne young is placed with a male of another species. After some weeks young appear, which are taken for hybrids, but are in reality a product of the first mating. Actual hybrids can be ob- tained only by carefully rearing young fishes until discrimination of the sexes is possible. After this they must be kept rigidly separated, and the first mating of the young female must be made with a male of a diff'erent species. Unless this method has been practised, accounts of " hybrids " among these fishes are worthless. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 103 Birth. In the two species, which Philippi had under observation, the young were born singly and at intervals of a few minutes. Delivery usually took place before eight o'clock in the morning, but in a few instances it took place about noon. During this period the female, when not tormented by males, remained just below the surface of the water. The young are not expelled in a definite position; either the head or the tail may appear first, and occasionally the young is expelled doubled upon itself. Delivery is much slower when the young appear tail first. In this case the adult may swim about for awhile with the half- protruding young. The position of the young in the ovary, as shown by cross-sections, is likewise undetermined. Contrary to Ryder's statement that fright seemed to hasten par- turition, Philippi found that excitement tended to greatly retard or postpone delivery. For better observation he placed females in the act of delivery in smaller aquaria. This usually caused a delay of four or five hours, and when parturition was resumed a number of unripe eggs were also cast out. The cannibalistic habits of the fishes are pronounced, and when the birth is at an end the adult will seize upon her own young. This takes place even when the tank is well supplied with food. The males likewise devour the young fishes, and if they are to be reared, they must be separated from the adults. Seal (1911, p. 93) states that the young of Gambusia holbrooki and Heterandria formosa are born one at a time. The ejection of each fish is so rapid that they appear as though shot out with some force. " This, however, might be due to the bursting of the follicle and the uncoiling of the fish as it is released from restraint. When they first appear they are still in a somewhat curved form, but they quickly straighten out and swim into hiding. . . . The intervals between the extrusions vary from several minutes to as many hours." Seal also noted the presence of two or more generations in a single season; fishes born early in May were themselves mature and producing young by the middle of August. Number of Young in Some Viviparous Species. The number of young at birth in a given species is evidently quite variable. The appended table gives the number of embryos found in 104 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. females of various species. The ovaries have been dissected out and the number of young ascertained by carefully picking the ovary to pieces. In pregnancy the abdomen is greatly distended and the ovary fills a large part of the body-cavity. The ovary is exceedingly thin-walled, and as suggested by Ryder, the gravid follicles are hung together very much in the manner of a bunch of grapes. They are readily separable. Species. Size. Date Locality. Contents of ovary. p vivipara • 55 mm. April 14 1908 Cachoeira, Bahia 34 small ova. .71 mm. Ill small em- bryos, 3 small ova .61 mm. 66 embryos, 2 ova. " " .44 mm. June 18, 1908 Munez Friere 32 ova. '• " .45 mm. " " " 21 small embryos p fria .23 mm. .27 mm. .22 mm. Aug. II. 1913 Vinces, Ecuador 2 large embr>'os, 2 ova. 4 large embryos, 6 small em- bryos, 3 ova. 2 very large em- bryos, I small embryo. .23 mm. I very large em- bryo, I small embryo, 3 ova. .24 mm. I large embryo, 2 small em- bryos, 2 eggs. D. • chocoensis .34 mm. May 9. 1913 Choco, Colombia 5 embryos, 8 ova. P. caudomaciilalus . .55 mm. July 26, 1908 Raiz da Serra Sao Paulo 39 embryos " " .45 mm. July 26, 1908 Raiz da Serra 25 ova. " " .42 mm. July 25. 1908 Alto da Serra Spent. " " .38 mm. July 25. 1908 Alto da Serra IS small ova. C. decemmaculalus . .38 mm. Dec. 22, 1908 Serrinha Parana, Rio Iguassu 16 embryos. " " .45 mm. Dec. 22, 1908 Serrinha Parana, 55 embryos. " " .39 mm. Dec. 22, 1908 Serrinha Parana, 28 embryos. " " .40 mm. Dec. 22, 1908 Serrinha Parana, 20 embryos. " " .36 mm. Dec. 22, 1908 Serrinha Parana, 31 embryos. Lirnia hollandi . . . . .42 mm. July 31. 1908 Rio Pilao, S. Paulo , 24 embryos. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 105 The ova are quite large, yellowish in appearance, and spherical, measuring on an average 1.5 mm. in diameter. In this list I have counted as ova those which show no differentiation. When develop- ment begins the optic vesicles early become pigmented, and are the first major indication of the initiation of development. Examination with a binocular microscope is sufficient to distinguish a small embryo from an undifferentiated egg. It will be seen that the same females often contain both large and small embryos and undifferentiated ova. The latter are often quite small and the birth of the young which they are to produce will be postponed considerably after the birth of the larger ones. Specimens of Diphyacantha chocoensis, which externally seemed pregnant and had evidently just been delivered of one brood, judging from the collapsed ovaries, still contained a few small embryos and ova. Similar conditions were found in specimens of Pseudopcecilia fria. These observations are to be correlated with the observations of Philippi, who noted successive births from a single mating. In other specimens it is common to find a few embryos considerably behind in development, when compared with the average. These probably are the result of later fertilization. The period in which delivery takes place is also variable, since in the same locality specimens are found with the con- tents of the ovary ranging in different examples all the way from small ova to embryos nearly ready for birth. Usually, when taken during the breeding season, all of the mature females from a given locality are pregnant. Occasionally, however, fully mature individuals contain neither ova nor embryos. The presence in the ovary at the same time of both ova and embryos in one or two different stages of development seems to have previously been noticed by only one observer. E. G. Boulenger (1912, p. 906) remarked these facts in Lebistes reticulatus, but there is no indication that his observations were based on actual dissection of the ovary. He says, " As breeding goes on all through the year, at least in cap- tivity, the female is in an almost permanently pregnant condition, and within a fortnight of having brought forth a brood (such a period re- presenting the duration of the gestation, at a temperature of over 70°) once more brings a generation into the world. It should be borne in mind, however, that a single impregnation is sufficient for the fertiliza- tion of several broods, the embryos of the second and third generation being already in an advanced condition when the first young are born." 047 106 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. The Sex Ratio. The general predominance of females in collections of viviparous Poeciliids has been repeatedly noticed by students of these fishes. The bright colors of the males and structure of the anal fin make the dis- crimination of the sexes in mature examples an easy matter. Garman (1895, p. 7), after observation of numbers of specimens, was impelled to say, " By common experience collectors find males to be less nu- merous than females. The striking appearance of the male will no doubt be claimed as evidence of selection, because of a possible benefit in enabling the female more readily to find him; it may also be utilized in explaining the discrepancy in numbers, since it must be efTectual in making him an object of more prominence and a more frequent prey than the other sex for enemies of the species." Most writers are inclined to attribute the discrepancy in numbers of the two sexes to the much smaller size of the male, which causes it to be overlooked by collectors and also enables it to escape through the meshes of seines, which readily hold the bulkier females. From a study of the Haseman collections I observed that in nearly every species the number of females is more than double that of the males. I have carefully examined all of the specimens in a pint of Lebistes reticulatiis taken under Dr. Eigenmann's direction in the Barbadoes. This collection was taken with a very finely meshed net and represents the conditions actually found in nature, since it includes specimens of minute water-insects, plant-rootlets, and other things. Many fishes, not larger than five millimeters, have been included and it is quite evident that few went through the seine. This lot comprises 2,070 specimens, of which 520 are males, 630 are females, and 920 are too small to be determined. The latter average about eight or ten milli- meters; when that stage has been passed it becomes easier to distinguish the sexes. Males then exhibit the characteristic markings, the anal fin becomes advanced and modified, and full maturity is reached when the male is about fifteen millimeters in length. Females are much larger and may reach a length of from twenty-five to thirty milli- meters. It is c}uite certain that this count of males includes only members of that sex, while a few of the smaller specimens regarded as females may really have been immature males. It will thus be seen that the sex ratio, when an adequate collection is at hand, does not materially differ from that found in other fishes. Mr. Edward Henn: South American Poeciliid Fishes. 107 G. Boiilenger (1912, p. 906), who has reared this species, likewise notes the equality of sexes in very small broods; a fact, however, which in the prevailing idea of the numerical inequality of the sexes he considers remarkable. References to the Literature. Agassiz, L. Recent researches of Prof. Agassiz (given in a letter to J. D. Dana). American Journal of Science and Arts, (2), Vol. XVI, 1853, p. 134-136. Ballowitz, Emil. Die Doppelspermatozoen der Dystisciden. Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., Vol. LX, 1895, pp. 458-499. Boulenger, Edward G. Notes on the Breeding of the "Millions" Fish {Girardi- nils pceciloides). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1912, pp. 906-908. EiGENMANN, C. H. The Poeciliid Fishes of Rio Grande do Sul and the La Plata Basin. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, Vol. XXXH, 1907, pp. 425-433. Garman, S. (a) Sexual rights and lefts. Am. Nat., Vol. XXIX, 1895, pp. 1012- 1014. {b) The Cyprinodonts. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XIX, No. i, 1895, pp. 1-179, Plates I-XII. (c) Cross fertilization and sexual rights and lefts among vertebrates. Am. Nat., Vol. XXX, 1896, p. 232. Gill, T. N. The nomenclature of the Family Poeciliidae, or Cyprinodontidae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, Vol. XVII, 1894, pp. 115-116. Philippi, Erich, (a) Kurzer Beitrag ,^ur Kenntnis der Teleostier-genera Glari- dichthys Garman und Cnesterodon Garman. Sitzber. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, Jg., 1906, pp. 229-232. (b) Ein neuer descendztheoretisch interessanter Fall von Viviparitat bei einem Teleostier. Ibid., Jg. 1906, pp. 235-237. (c) " Spermatophoren " bei Fischen. Verb. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., Leipzig, Vol. XVII, 1907, pp. 105-108. (d) Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der viviparen Teleostier Glaridichlhys januarius und G. decem-maculatus in ihrem Einfiusz auf Lebensweise, makroskop- ische und mikroskopische Anatomic. Zool. Jahrb., Vol. XXVII, 1908, pp. 1-94, 7 plates. Regan, C. T. (a) The Osteology and Classification of the Teleostean Fishes of the Order Microcyprini. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), Vol. VII, 19x1, PP- 320-327. (b) Phalloslethus dunckeri, a remarkable new cyprinodont fish from Johore. Ibid., Vol. XII, 1913, pp. 548-555- (c) A revision of the cyprinodont fishes of the subfamily Pceciliinae. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, pp. 977-1018, 3 plates. Ryder, John A. On the development of viviparous osseous fishes. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. VIII (1885), 1886, pp. 128-156, 6 plates. Seal, Wm. P. "Breeding Habits of the Viviparous fishes Gambusia holbrookii and Helerandria formosa." Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Vol. XXIV, 191 1, pp. 91-96, plate I. ZOLOTNISKY, N. "Les moeurs du Girardinits decem-mactdatus, Poisson vivipare.'' Arch. Zool. Exper., (3), Vol. IX, 1901, pp. Ixv-lxxi. 108 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Genera and Species of P(eciliid^. Genus RivULUS Poey. Rivulus Poey, Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de Cuba, II, 1858, 307, 383; Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoo!., XIX, i, 1905, p. 134; Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 495. Type, Rivulus cylindraceus Poey. Small, usually depressed, oviparous fishes, in which the margins of the eyes are not free and the gill-membranes are separate and free from the isthmus. Dorsal smaller than the anal and placed much farther back. The sexes do not differ, except that the female is generally brighter and usually has a caudal ocellus. Teeth in each jaw, an outer series of sharp, recurved canines, with several rows of minute teeth behind them. 1. Rivulus cylindraceus Poey. 5812 a, C. M. 35 mm. Los Indios, Isle of Pines. Gustav Link. 2. Rivulus hartii (Boulenger). Haplochilus hartii Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), VI, 1890, p. 190; Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1906, I, p. 389, pi. XXI, fig. 2. Rivulus hartii Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 501. 13608, L U. M. Three, 25-46 mm. Quebrada Cramalote, V'illa- vicencio, Colombia. Gonzales. 13609, I. U. M. Two, 23-47 mm. Barrigona, Rio Meta. Gonzales. These specimens are provisionally placed here. D. 8-9; A. 12, 13, 14 and 15; lat. 1. 38-40. They resemble R. hartii, but the caudal is rounded and without a black margin. 3. Rivulus elegans Steindachner. Rivulus elegans Steindachner, Denkschr. Akad. Wissen. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 85, pi. VI, fig. 6; Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 498 (Rio Condoto, Colombia); ibid., 1913, p. 471- 5810 a-d, C. M.; 13601 L U. M. Twelve, 23-45 mm. Rio Condoto, Colombia. Wilson. 5811 a-i, C. M.; 13602 I. U. M. Twenty three, 17-31 mm. Rio Truando. Wilson. Head 4-4.2; depth 5; depth of caudal peduncle 7-5-8 in length to base of caudal and 2 in head. Eye 3.5 in head and 1.5 in interorbital. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 109 _ 7 8 , 12 13 14 , , , U. — , -; A. — , — , — (the denominator represents the number of 13 I 3 II I individuals) ; scales 33-37 in a lateral series, 9 in transverse series. Origin of. dorsal over last three rays of anal, about twice as distant from the operculum as from the base of the caudal, its height equal to the length of the pectoral. Origin of anal slightly nearer operculum than base of caudal. Ventrals small, equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal; their length equal to the diameter of the eye. General coloration of males (specimens from Condoto) light oli- vaceous, center of each scale lighter, their edges forming longitudinal stripes, belly whitish. Top of head dusky, an oblong dark spot under- lying the operculum. All fins dusky, unspotted; anal with a clear whitish border at the base, becoming darker outwardly, it and the lower caudal margin edged with deep black. In females the dark longitudinal stripes are broken by light patches, which form transverse oblong blotches. The dorsal and caudal fins are heavily spotted and the anal more lightly. In none of the specimens from the Rio Condoto is there a caudal ocellus. In the specimens from the Rio Truando almost half of the females possess a distinct caudal fleck and are much darker. Rividus godmani Regan, of which I have examined numerous speci- mens, recorded as R. elegans by Miller {Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIII, 1907, p. 104) from Los Amates, Guatemala, seems only to dififer from R. elegans in having the dark edge of the lower caudal lobe of the males broadened to form an intramarginal stripe with a pale lower margin. 4. Rivulus magdalenae Eigenmann & Henn, sp. nov. 5813, C. M. Type, 56 mm. 5814 a-m, C. M.; 13603 I. U. M., twenty-five paratypes, 24-62 mm. Ibague, (elevation 4,250 ft.). 5815 a-h, C. M.; 13604 I. U. M., fifteen, 20-45 mm., Rio Guaduas, Dept. of Cundinamarca. Gonzales. 5816 a-b, C. M.; 13605 I. U. M., four, 25-46 mm. Rio Villeta. Gon- zales. 5817 a-h, C. M.; 13606 I. U. M., fifteen, 20-42 mm. Quebrada de Chamisal. Gonzales. 5818 a-h, C. M., two small specimens, 11-15 mm., probably belong here. Boquia. Eigenmann. 110 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. All of these localities except Boquia, which is in the Cauca basin west of the central Cordilleras, are in the highlands of the Magdalena Basin, west of Bogota. Very similar in proportions to R. elegans, differing in the smaller , scales and in coloration. Head 3.8-4; depth 5-5.2; caudal peduncle 7-8 in length and 2 in the head. Eye 3 in head; 1.5 in interorbital. D. 9-1 1; A. 15-16; scales 40-42 in lateral series, 9 in transverse series. Origin of dorsal twice as distant from the point a snout-length behind the eye as from the base of the caudal, or about two head- lengths behind the operculum. Other fins as in R. elegans, except that the caudal is sub-truncate, not oval or rounded. Olivaceous, streaked and blotched with dark brown. Dorsal and caudal streaked with the same color. Operculum underlaid with blackish. A series of heavy vertical purplish blotches in the mid- lateral line. Females have a circular caudal ocellus surrounded by a white margin. Males have the tip of the anal and both caudal edges margined with black. 5. Rivulus waimacui Eigenmann. Regan (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 191 2, p. 497) regards Rivulus waimacui Eigenmann as synonymous with R. holmice Eigenmann. These species while similar are, however, distinct. The distinguishing characters are sufificiently indicated in the key accompanying the orig- inal descriptions while other points are: a. Origin of dorsal about two, or less than two and one-half, head-lengths behind the operculum; D. 8-9; A. 16; scales in lateral series forty-three or forty- four, with about three on the base of the caudal; a median predorsal series of about twenty-seven scales; this series is discontinued five or six scales before the dorsal, where those of the two sides dovetail or overlap the median line; females with a caudal ocellus R- holmicB. aa. Origin of dorsal two and one-half, or more, head-lengths behind operculum; D. 8; A. 14; scales in lateral series forty-seven to fifty, with three or four on base of caudal; a regular median series of thirty-three to thirty-eight scales between occiput and dorsal; females without a caudal ocellus. . .R. waimacui. 6. Rivulus urophthalmus Giinther. Rivulus urophthalmus Gunther, Cat. Fishes, Brit. Mus., VI., 1866, p. 327; Regan. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 498. 4631, C. M. Eight, 24-33 mm., Alagoinhas, Rio Catu, Bahia. Hase- man. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. Ill 4632, C. M. Ten, 23-43 "''"''• Raiz da Serra, Sao Paulo. Haseman. 4633, C. M. Six, 27-45 mm. Cubatao, Rio Cubatao, Sao Paulo. Haseman. 5821, C. M. Two, 52-56 mm., Iguape, Rio Ribeira da Iguape. Haseman. 7. Rivulus obscurus Garman. Rivnlus obscurus Garman, Mem. Mtis. Comp. Zool., XIX, 1895, p. 140; Pellegrin, Bull. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris, 1899, p. 157, (Rio Spuie); Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 502. 5820, C. M. Four specimens, 27-30 mm. Manaos. Haseman. D. 5, A. 7, lat. 1. 29 in 2 specimens: D. 5, A. 8, lat. 1. 29 in another, and D. 6, A. 9, lat. 1. 30 in the last. These agree in all respects with the original description, except that the dorsal is completely posterior to the anal. 8. Rivulus punctatus Boulenger. Rivulus punctatus Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Torino, X, No. 196, 1895, p. 3 (Colonia Risso); EiGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 430; Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 454. * 4625, C. M. Two, 16 and 22 mm. Villa Hays, Paraguay. Hase- man. 4626, C. M. Nine, 14-30 mm., Urucum Mts., Corumba, Matto Grosso. Haseman. 4627, C. M. One, 24 mm. Puerto Suarez. Bolivia. Haseman. 4628, C. M. One, 22 mm., Rio Santa Rita, into Rio Paraguay,. IMatto Grosso. Haseman. With these is probably to be included, 4629, C. M., a specimen' 22 mm. long from the Rio Boa V'entura, Alatto Grosso of the Rio- Guapore. These specimens agree very well with the description of Boulenger D. 5-6; A. 1 1 ; P. 10; y. 5; lat. 1. 30-31 ; 9 transverse series of scales. Head 4, depth at anal origin 7; caudal peduncle 10. Finely spotted; caudal with a number of cross-bars. 9. Rivulus compressus Henn, sp. nov. (Plate XVHI, fig. i.) 5819, C. M. Type, unique, 55 mm. Manaos, Nov. 30, 1909. Hase- man. This may be R. micropus Steindachner, but it seems to differ in the more forward position of the dorsal, the longer head, etc. Head 4; depth 5.2; caudal peduncle 8 in the length; 2 in head. Eye 112 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 3.5 in head, 1.5 in interorbital and equal to the snout. D. 7; A. 14; 42 scales in horizontal series, 8 between dorsal and anal. Head broader than deep. Very much compressed posteriorly, greatly depressed anteriorly, width of fish at ventrals one-half its width at the occiput. Profile slightly arched, cleft of mouth hori- zontal. Origin of dorsal three times as distant from the tip of the snout as from the base of the caudal, inserted over the last anal ray. Origin of anal equidistant from operculum and base of caudal, ventrals equi- distant from tip of snout and base of caudal, one and one-half as long as eye. Coloration olivaceous, a narrow brown stripe between the rows of scales. Top of head and dorsal ridge darker. 10. Rivulus brevis Regan. Rivulus brevis Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 504 (Colombia). University of Michigan, ten specimens, 26-45 mm., from Fundacion, near Santa Marta, Dept. of the Magdalena, Colombia. , Much deeper and more compressed than most of the species of this genus. Head deeper than broad in mature examples; in young, as broad as deep. Head 3.3-3.5; depth at origin of ventrals 3.5-3.8; depth of caudal peduncle 5.5-6 in length and 1.6 in head. Eye 3 in head, slightly less than interorbital. Width of the head 1.5 in the depth, which is 1.5 in the length. D. 8-9; A. 12-13; scales 29-30 in a lateral series, 8 or 9 in transverse series. Origin of dorsal twice as distant from the anterior margin of the orbit as from the base of the caudal. Dorsal rises over the middle of the anal. In adult specimens the rays of all the fins are prolonged. The eighth to the eleventh rays of the anal are extended to form a streamer, which reaches to the base of the lower caudal fulcrum. Dorsal rays also prolonged. Middle rays of pectoral prolonged and reaching almost to middle of ventrals, which are extended on to the base of the anal. Caudal rays elongated, lowest rays often forming a streamer, basal third with a heavy sheath of small scales. All fins blackish. Genus Gambusia Poey. Gambusia Poky, Memorias de Cuba, I, 1855, p. 382; Regan, Proc. Zool. See. London, 1913, p. 981. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 113 II. Gambusia caliensis Eigenmann & Henn, sp. nov. 6700 a, C. M. Type, 9, 34 mm., length to base of caudal 28 mm. Cali, Colombia. Eigenmann. 6700 b, C. M. An immature specimen, 16 mm. From the same locality. In the absence of adult males the generic afifinities of this species are, of course, uncertain. It has the mouth and dentition of Gambusia. Head 4.6; equal to the depth at the origin of the anal; depth of caudal peduncle 7 in the length. Eye 3 in head; 1.5 in interorbital; snout 1.5 in eye. D. 9; A. 10; P. 10; V. 6; 30 scales in a lateral series with 2 on the base of the caudal; 7 in transverse series. There is a median predorsal series of twelve scales; this series ceases within four scales of the dorsal, where the rows of scales of the sides overlap. Dorsal profile rising or curved to the middle of the total length, then dipping to the dorsal; ventral profile much less curved. Origin of dorsal equidistant from the tip of the caudal and the posterior margin of the orbit, or 1.6 times as distant from the anterior margin of the orbit as from the base of the caudal. Dorsal inserted over the last ray of the anal. Origin of anal about equidistant from base of caudal and posterior margin of orbit. General coloration olivaceous, top of head and operculum darker. Outlines of scales broadly margined with chromatophores. A faint series of dusky, transverse bars. In the type, a pregnant female, the abdomen is distended and underlaid with purplish black. Genus Diphyacantha* Henn, gen. nov. Teeth, very similar to those of Gambusia, i. e., an outer widely spaced series of conical teeth; in immediate conjunction an inner series of small, closely set, similar teeth. Anal in the males an elongate organ, equal in length to one-third of the total length of the fish. The terminal portion of this intro- mittent organ resembles that of Pcecilia and Pseudopcecilia; it differs from these and other genera in the character of the first prolonged ray, which lacks a prepuce, bears both dorsally and ventrally a sub- terminal series of retrorse hooks, and terminates in a single appendage or finger-like process. This, while much smaller, is median and unpaired, as in Cnesterodon. * 8i.(t>vr]s = twofold; aKavOa, 17 = a spine, with reference to the bipartite struc- ture of the hooked segments in the first prolonged ray of the male anal. 114 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. In females the ventrals are normal in shape and barely reach the vent. In males the ventrals, although proportionately of the same size, are slightly more lanceolate and are set more closely to the anal, which they overlap for a third of their length. 40 Fig. 2. Diphyacantha choco'ensis Henn. Distal end of intromittent organ. X — • No. 13,620, I. U. M. Rio Calima, Colombia. 12. Diphyacantha chocoensis Henn. sp.nov. (Plate XIX, figs, i and 2.) 13618, I. U. M., Type, male, 31 mm. 13619, I. U. M.; 5825 a-j, C. M., Paratypes, twenty-five specimens, four males, twenty-one females, 18-35 mm. Small creek near mouth of Rio Calima, a tribu- tary of the lower San Juan, Choco, Colombia. Henn. 13620, I. U. M. Two males, four females, 22-37 mrti- Rio Calima, small brushy creek near Boca del Guineo. Henn. Head 3.8-4.2; depth at origin of anal, in females 4-4.2, in males 3.8; depth of caudal peduncle 6.5-7 in length without caudal and about 1.3 in head. Eye 2.5 in head; 1.5 in interorbital. Premaxillary very short, mandible longer, forming anterior border of mouth, chin steep and oblique, cleft of mouth almost vertical. Upper profile almost horizontal, lower gently curved. D. 7; A. 10 (in 12 specimens); P. 12-13; V. 6; scales 28 in a lateral series, which is underlaid by a black canal; 7 in transverse series, exclusive of median dorsal series; 16-18 scales between the large occipital scale and the origin of the dorsal, predorsal region very broad and flat. Origin of dorsal far back in both sexes, twice as distant from the anterior margin of the orbit as from the base of the caudal, or equi- distant from the posterior margin of the orbit and the tip of the caudal. Origin of anal in females equidistant from base of caudal, and upper angle of gill-opening, slightly less in length than the head. In males Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 115 the origin of the anal is very slightly nearer the tip of the snout than the base of the caudal. Its length is one-third that of the entire length of the fish. Pectorals nearly equal to the head, caudal rounded or oval. Olivaceous, margins of each scale outlined with chromatophores. Coloration more or less even throughout, except the belly, which is white or colorless. Occiput chocolate-brown; a narrow median line to dorsal, a similar line on the ventral keel of the caudal peduncle. Operculum underlaid with silvery. In specimens less than 25 mm., there are about ten, or fewer, narrow, indistinct, vertical lines of darker, distributed between the head and caudal. All mature females have a very conspicuous black area surrounding the vent. All of the fins are colorless. Genus Priapichthys Regan. Priapichthys Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913. P- 99i. text-fig. 170 B. Type, Gamhnsia annectens Regan. 13. Priapichthys nigroventralis (Eigenmann & Henn.) Gambusia nigroventralis Eigenmann & Henn, Indiana Univ. Studies, No. 16, 1912, p. 26. (Rio San Juan at Istmina.) Priapichthys nigroventralis Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 992- Gambusia caudovitlata Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), XH, 1913, p. 47i (Rio Condoto of San Juan); Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 986. 4835 a, C. M., Type, 4835 a-e, C. M.; 12689 «"/. I- U. M., paratypes. Istmina. Eigenmann. 6697 a-g, C. M.; 13613 I. U. M. Fifteen, four males, eleven females, 15-25 mm. Tambo. C. E. Wilson. Fig. 3. Priapichthys nigroventralis (Eigenmann & Henn). Distal end of intro- mittent organ. X — . No. 12,689, L U. M. Istmina, Colombia. 13614, I. U. M. Four small specimens, 10-20 mm. Manigru. Wilson. 13615, I. U. M. One male, 21 mm. Quibdo. Wilson. 6698 a-g, C. M.; 13616 I. U. M. Fifteen, seven males, eight females, 15-22 mm. Raspadura. Wilson. 116 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 6701 a, C. M. A single specimen. 15 mm. Rio Calima. Henn. A brightly colored, small species, resembling P. episcopi (Stein- dachner) in the heavily pigmented anal, but having the sides of a uniform color and lacking the series of lateral spots. Basal fourth of the dorsal in the male with a heavily pigmented band, middle portion clear, outer third again pigmented. Outer portion of caudal in both sexes broadly banded with dusky. This species occurs in the Rio Atrato and in the Rio San Juan. Genus Heterandria Agassiz. Heterandria Agassiz, American Journal of Science, (2) Vol. XVI, 1853, p. 135. In this genus the length of the male intromittent organ is about one-third of the entire length. The ventrals are minute, thoracic, and barely reach to the base of the anal. 40 Fig. 4. Heterandria formosa Agassiz. Distal end of intromittent organ. X — • No. 6846, I. U. M. Jacksonville, Florida. The third or first prolonged ray of the anal of the male has the distal portion club-shaped, without serrations or hooks, the fourth ray ends in an antrorse point, the fifth ray bears dorsally a series of retrorse hooks, the sixth and seventh rays unite terminally to form the dorsal margin of the fin. As restricted by Regan, (P. Z. S., 1913, p. 995) this genus includes the type, H. formosa Agassiz, ranging from the Carolinas to Florida, and H. jasciata (Meek) from southern Mexico. The males of the latter i ies have not been d escribed. 14. Heterandria hasemani Henn, sp. nov. (Plate XX, fig. i.) 4663, C. M., type, a female, probably immature, 20 mm. 4664 a-c, C. M., paratypes, three females, 19-23 mm. Puerto Suarez, Bolivia (Paraguay Basin) May 7, 1909. Haseman. The limited number of specimens and the lack of males, makes the generic reference doubtful. The teeth are spike-like, in several series. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 117 and resemble those of Heterandria formosa Agassiz, which is the type of the genus. It is improbable that the genus Heterandria extends so far south, and this species may possibly be a member of Pamphorich- thys Regan. Head 4; depth at origin of dorsal 5.3; depth of caudal peduncle 8 in length; caudal peduncle twice in head; D. 6-7; A. 7-8; P. 9; V. 6; 27 scales in horizontal or lateral series; 7 in transverse series. The eye is rather large, 2.3 in length of head, and is equal to the interorbital width. Body rather elongate. Origin of the dorsal about opposite to that of the anal and slightly in advance of the middle of the entire length. Fins only slightly pigmented. Pectorals reach over the middle of the ventrals, which are lanceolate, and have the middle rays longest, reaching to base of anal. Caudal rounded. Lateral line a conspicuous black canal from the ninth scale back- ward. Above the lateral line the outlines of the scales are distinctly margined with dark brown chromatophores; below the lateral line these are lighter. The dark peritoneum gives a bluish appearance to the visceral cavity. I name the species for Mr. John D. Haseman, to whose energy and zeal as a collector is to be attributed the greater portion of the collection upon which this p9.per is based. Genus Neoheterandria Henn, gen. nov. Intermediate between Heterandria and Pseudopcecilia. The dentition consists of an outer series of widely spaced, long, recurved, conical teeth, with slightly expanded tips and an inner series of small, spike-like teeth in a narrow band. Fig. 5. Neoheterandria elegans Henn. Distal end of intromittent organ. X — • No. 5824, Carnegie Museum. Rio Truando. Modified anal of the male, a narrow, moderately long organ with a bluntly rounded tip. First and second rays minute; third to seventh rays prolonged and modified. Third ray with a few recurved hooks 118 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. on the ventral surface near its tip. Fourth ray tapering and termi- nating in an abrupt downward hook. The fifth ray bears dorsally and terminally a series of four retrorse hooks and two rudiments, 1 5. Neoheterandria elegans Henn, sp. nov. (Plate XIX, figs. 4 and 5.) 5823 a, C. M., type, a male, 16.5 mm. Paratypes, 5824 a-g, C. M. One male, 15 mm., six females, 14-16 mm.; 13612, I. U. M. Two males, 14-16 mm., six females, 14-18 mm. Rio Truando, a trib- utary of the Lower Atrato, in Colombia. Charles E. Wilson. An exceedingly minute fish, greatly resembling Heterandria formosa in size, coloration, and general appearance. Its small size makes an accurate description difficult. Head 4; depth at origin of anal in females 4.5, in males about 4-4.5; depth of caudal peduncle 6-7 in length to base of caudal. Eye large, about 2.3 in head and slightly less than interorbital. Snout short, 1.3 in eye. Cleft of mouth vertical, lower jaw the longer. D. 8; A. 10; scales 28 in longitudinal series, about 8 in transverse. Origin of dorsal over last ray of anal in females, equidistant from the base of caudal and upper angle of gill-opening. Origin of anal in females equidistant from the base of the caudal and the center of the eye. The long modified anal of the male arises at the anterior third of the total length and is about equal in length to one-third of the length of the fish. The ventrals of males are minute and thoracic and barely reach to the base of the anal. Coloration, similar to that of Heterandria formosa, in having a series of from six to nine vertical bars, beginning just posterior to the visceral cavity, differing irom formosa in having the second bar above the center of the anal in females (above the ends of the posterior anal rays in males) broadened to form a conspicuous vertically oval black spot. Dorsal and anal barred or banded with blackish. None of the females are pregnant. They may not be mature. Genus Pseudopcecilia Regan. Pseudopcecilia Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 995. text-fig. 170 F. Type, Pcecilia festce Boulenger. This genus is very closely related to Heterandria and is in reality connected with that genus through Neoheterandria. The dentition consists of an outer series of widely spaced, broadened, or expanded, incisors with recurved pointed tips, and an inner series of Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 119 much smaller spike-like teeth. In dentition, Pseiidopcecilia, although having much heavier teeth, more closely resembles Neoheterandria than it does Heterandria. The anal of the male is an elongate organ with a decurved tip, equalling in length about two-fifths of the length of the fish. The ventrals are minute and unmodified. The anal in males is inserted at about the second fifth of the entire length. Another character, possibly peculiar to this genus, is the series of large pores about the margin of the pre-operculum. 1 6. Pseudopoecilia festae (Boulenger). P Cecilia festce Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, XIII, 1898, No. 329, p. 13, (San Vicente, near Santa Elena, Ecuador). Pseudopcecilia festcB Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 996. No specimens of this species were secured. 17. Pseudopoecilia fria (Eigenmann & Henn). Poecilia fria Eigenmann & Henn. Indiana Univ^. Studies, No. 19, Jan. 16, 1914, p. 13 (Vinces, Ecuador). This species may be identical with the preceding, but seems to difi'er in the number of scales. It has scales 3-29 or 30-4 (to ventrals). P. festce is said to have 33-35 scales in a longitudinal series and 12-13 in a transverse series. Fig. 6. Pseudopcecilia fria (Eigenmann & Henn). Distal end of intromittent 40 organ. X — . No. 13,107, I. U. M. Vinces, Ecuador. The anal fins show slight differences which may be specific. Regan's figure of the anal of the male of P. festce shows nine or more hooks on the third prolonged ray. In all of six examples of P. fria examined for this character, the number of these spines is eight. Genus Poeciliopsis Regan. Poeciliopsis Reg.a.n, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 996, text fig. 170 D. Type, Pcecilia presidionis Jordan and Culver. 120 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 1 8. Poeciliopsis amates (Miller). Poecilia amates Miller, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXIII, 1907, p. 108, fig. X (Los Amates, Guatemala). This is a valid species of the genus Pceciliopsis as shown by the struc- ture of the anal fin of the male. {Cf. Fig. 7.) Pceciliopsis pittieri (Meek); Field Mus. Pubs. Zool., X, 1912, p. 71, from La Junta, Costa Fig. 7. Pceciliopsis amates (Miller). Distal end of intromittent organ. X — , No. 11,375, I- U. M. Los Amates, Guatemala. Rica, may be identical with this species. These two and the following species are the only members of the genus with distinct cross-bars or color-bands, which in most cases are confined to the male. 19. Poeciliopsis colombiana (Eigenmann & Henn.). Heterandria colombiamis Eigenmann & Henn, Indiana Univ. Studies, No. 16; 1912, p. 27 (Rio Dagua, Colombia); Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 996. This well-marked species is different in coloration from the other members of the genus. The distinct chocolate streaks extend the full height of the fish, are widely spaced, and are equally distinct in both sexes. Genus Phalloptychus Eigenmann. Phalloplychus Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 430, fig. 6. Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 999. Type by original designation Girardinus jannariiis Hensel. The dentition consists of an outer series of compressed, slightly recurved, spoon-oar-shaped teeth, with a broad band of minute, club-shaped teeth immediately behind them. Anal of the male, when folded, i. e., in the normal state, a long, needle- Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 121 like intromittent organ, contained 2.2 to 2.3 in the entire length. It is inserted forward of the anterior third of the entire length. Ventrals anterior to the origin of the anal, minute; rays not modified. Male elongate, greatest depth about 5 in length to base of caudal. Eigen- mann, loc. cit., p. 430, fig. 6, gives excellent figures of the male anal fins. First and second anal rays of the male, minute; third, fourth, and fifth greatly prolonged. In the normal folded position, these lie closely apposed, forming a simple needle-shaped organ. Distal part of third ray club-shaped, near the tip free from the fourth, which tapers evenly and bears dorsally a series of strong, retrorse hooks. These lie downward or enclose the folded organ. Fifth ray heavy and tubular, closely joined to the fourth. Other rays much shorter. Cnesterodon difi"ers from this genus in the presence of a long terminal hook. Key to the Species of Phalloptychus. a. D. 8; A. 9; V. 6; depth 4; vertical bands usually nine or fewer. I. eigenmanni Henn. aa. D. 9; A. 10; V. 5; depth 3.5, vertical bands usually more than nine. 2. januarius (Hensel). 20. Phalloptychus eigenmanni Henn, sp. nov. (Plate XX, figs. 2 and 3.) 4665 C. M., tjrpe, female, 29 mm. 4666, C. M., paratypes, two males, 20-22 mm.; eight females, 25-30 mm. Alagoinhas, Rio Catu, Bahia. March 4, 1908. Haseman. D. 8; A. 9; P. 10; V. 6; head 4; equal to depth at origin of anal; caudal peduncle 6 in length to base of caudal and 1.5 in head. Eye 3 in head; 2 in caudal peduncle and equal to the interorbital width. Scales 27-29 in lateral series, 8 in transverse series. Snout short, 1.3 in eye; chin steep. Distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal, slightly less than distance from anal origin to tip of middle caudal rays. Dorsal origin over last rays of anal. Pectorals as long as the head minus the snout; ventrals just reaching the vent. Caudal elongate, rounded. A series of from seven to nine vertical bands of color adorn the sides. The last two are often united to form a trident. Peritoneum silvery; color-bands absent over the visceral cavity. This species differs from P. januarius (Hensel) in the more elongate form, smaller dorsal and anal, larger ventrals, and the fewer color- bands. Named in honor of my respected professor. Dr. C. H. Eigenmann. 122 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 21. Phalloptychus januarius (Hensel). Girardinus januarius Hensel, Arch, fiir Natiirgesch., XXXIV, 1868, p. 360; ihid., XXXVI, 1870; EiGENMANN & EiGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, p. 65; Von Ihering, Siisswasserf. v. Rio Grande do Sul, 1893, p. 28; Stein- DACHNER, Sb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, CXVI, 1907, p. 492. Pcecilia januarius Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, p. 636. Glaridodon januarius Berg, Anales Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, V, 1897, p. 289 (in part). Phalloptychus januarius Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 431; Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 458; Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 999, PI. C figs. 7, 8 and text fig. 171 A. Girardinus iheringii Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct., 1889, p. 266; Eigen- mann & Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, p. 65. ? Gambusia gracilis Perugia, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova., X, (2), 1891, p. 652. Range: Santa Catharina, Rio Grande do Sul, and Uruguay'. D. 9; A. 10; P. 10; V. 5; head 3.8-4; equal to from .82-87 of the depth at the origin of the anal; this depth 3.1-3.6 in length to base of caudal; caudal peduncle 6.4-6.7 in length and 1. 5-1. 7 in head. Eye 3.5 in head; 2 in caudal peduncle; equal to interorbital. Scales 29 in lateral series, 8 in transverse series. The vertical color-bands in this species are narrower and more numerous than in the preceding. They vary in number from nine to twelve. No specimens were secured by Mr. Haseman. This description is based upon adult females from Rio Grande do Sul, received from Dr. H. von Ihering (Ind. Univ. Mus. No. 4899). This species has been confused by Garman^ and others following him, with Girardinus caudomaciilatiis Hensel (Phalloceros). Garman considered the two to be identical, and, since Girardinus januarius Hensel stood first in pagination, G. caudomaciilatus should ha^■e become a synonym of G. januarius. Garman placed G. januarius in his new genus Glaridodon, with Girardinus uninotatus Poey of Cuba as the type. Glaridodon was later shown to be pre-occupied and replaced by Garman* with Glaridichthys. It is quite evident from Carman's figure of a male of '' Glaridodon januarius " (Plate VIII, fig. 15) showing the antler-like processes, that his specimens were not this species, but were G. caudomaciilatus. 5 The Cyprinodonts, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIX, No. i, 1895, p. 42. ^American Naturalist, XXX, 1896, p. 232. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 123 Garman was followed by Berg^ in confusing the two species, in a more elaborate synonymy than had been given by Garman. Eigen- mann* in 1907, maintained the separateness of the two species and created for G. januarhis, a new genus, Phalloptychus, based on the long unhooked anal of the male. For G. caudomaculatus was created the genus PJialloceros, based upon the antler-like processes at the tip of the male intromittent organ. Philippi* in an excellent resume of the published records, again confused the two species and considered them identical. His illus- trations (Tafel I, figs. I and 4) show that he actually had P. caudo- 7naculatus, and did not have P. jannarins. Taf. I, fig. 3 illustrates an " Unvollstandig ausgebildetes Gonopodium eines subadulten Mann- chens von G. januarius, ohne Klammerapparat (Phalloptychus- stadium)." This type of anal without hooks is found in developing males of most viviparous genera, and does not represent the type of structure on which Phalloptychus is based. Genus Phalloceros Eigenmann. Phalloceros Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 431, fig. 7; Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 999. Type by original designation Girardinns caudomaculatus Hensel. There is an outer series of compressed, oar-shaped teeth, which on each ramus flare outward toward the angle of the mouth. Their margins toward the tips are in contact and only the tips protrude from the jaw. Behind these, lies an inner series of very small, conical teeth. The anal fin of the male is modified into a long, intromittent organ, its origin slightly forward of the anterior third of the total length. Its length is contained 3.3 times in the length of the fish. Ventrals short, hardly reaching the anal, their origin directly below that of the pectoral. Caudal rounded. First and second anal rays in the male minute; third, fourth, and fifth anal rays united and greatly prolonged; other rays much shorter. The tip of the fin bends gracefully downward; the fourth ray ends in an obtuse point, bent downward at right angles to the rest of the fin. ' Anales del Mus. Nac. de Buenos Aires, V, 1897, p. 289. 8 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII. 1907, p. 425. 9 " Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der viviparen Teleostier Glaridichthys januarius und G. decem-maculatus in ihrem Einfluss auf Lebensweise," etc., Zoologische Jahrbiicher, XXVII, 1908, pp. 4 et seq. 124 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. The fourth ray bears dorsally a series of recurved hooks, which are protected by the fifth. At the tip, the organ bears on the under side two antler-like processes. These bear a prong near their tips. Girardinus and Glaridichthys of Cuba differ from each other by the presence in the latter of an inner series of teeth. Phalloceros differs from Glaridichthys by the lack of retrorse hooks on the posterior margin of the anal and the presence of the terminal antler-like processes. Reference should be made to the excellent figure of the generic char- acters, given by Eigenmann, loc. cit., p. 431, fig. 7. The genus up to date has remained monotypic. 22. Phalloceros caudomaculatus (Hensel). (Plate XVIII, fig. 2.) Girardinus caiidimaculatus Hensel, Arch, fiir Naturgesch., XXXIV, 1868, p. 362; ibid., XXXVI, 1870; Von Ihering, Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool., XXXVIII, 1883, p. 468, pi. 26; Eigenmann & Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, p. 65; Von Ihering, Siisswasserf. v. Rio Grande do Sul, 1893, p. 28; Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, XXXIII, 1894, p. 102. Pcecilia caudomaculaius Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, p. 636. Girardinus caudomaculatus Eigenmann & Norris, Revista Mus. Paulista, IV, 1900, p. 361; Eigenmann, Ann. Carnegie Mus., IV, 1907, p. 143. Phalloceros caudomaculatus Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 431; Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 458; Regan. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. IV, 1913, p. 999, PI. C, figs. 5, 6, and text-fig. 172 C, Glaridodon januarius Carman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIX, (i), 1895, p. 42,. pi. VIII, fig. 15; Berg, Anales Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, V, 1897, p. 289. ? Girardinus januarius Ribeiro, Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, XIII, 1906, p. 16. Glaridichthys januarius Philippi, Zool. Jahrb., XXVII, 1908, p. 4. The following specimens were all collected by Mr. J, D. Haseman. 4671, C. M. Seven, two males, four females, one young, 21 to 35 mm. From Entre Rios, Rio Parahyba. 4672, C. M. One female, 25 mm. Munez Freire, Rio Itapemerim. 4673, C. M. Six, two males, three females, one young, 16-28 mm. Barra da Pirahy, Rio Parahyba. 4674 C, M., six, two males, two females, two young. 14-32 mm. Santa Rita de Jacutinga, Rio Preto into Parahyba. 4675 C. M., seventy-nine, seventeen males, sixty-two females. 15-41 mm. Jacarehy, Rio Parahyba, Sao Paulo. 4676 C. M., thirty-one, four males, twenty-seven females. 20-41 mm. Mogy das Cruzes, Rio Tiete, into Parand. 4677 C. M., eight, two males, five females, one young. 16-30 mm. Jundiahy, Sao Paulo. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 126 4678 C. M., twenty-three, six males, fourteen females, three young. 19-56 mm. Raiz da Serra, Rio Mogy into Santos Bay. 4679 C. M., seven, five males, two young. 20-40 mm. Alto da Serra, Rio Tiete, into Parana. 4680 C. M., four, one male, two females, one young. 9-48 mm. Cubatao, Rio Cubatao. 4681 C. M., twenty-one, three males, eighteen females. 22-35 mm- Mogy Guassu, Rio Mogy Guassu into Rio Grande, into Parana. 4682 C. M., thirteen, three males, ten females, 21-45 mm. Salto de Avanhandava. Rio Tiete. 4683 C. M., five, all females; 19-37 rnm. Bauru, Rio Tiete. 4684 C. M., fifteen, five males, eight females, two young. 18-40 mm. Iguap6, Rio Ribeira da Iguape. 4685 C. M., fifteen, eleven females, four young. 8-43 mm. Morretes on Marumby into Rio Nhundiaquara. 4686 C. M., seventeen, one male, thirteen females, three young. 18-38 mm. Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul. 4687 C. M., four females, 20-35 rnm. Cachoeira, Rio Jacuhy, Rio Grande do Sul. 4688 C. M., nineteen, seven males, ten females, two young. 16-38 mm. Sapucay, Paraguay. 4689 C. M., three females. 17-28 mm. Villa Hays, Rio Confusso, into Rio Paraguay. Range: Rio de Janeiro to Uruguay and Paraguay. . Head 4.1-4.2; depth at origin of anal, in females 4.2-4.5, in males 4: depth of caudal peduncle, 7.2 8.5 in length to base of caudal, 1.7-2 in head; D. 8; A. 10; P. 10; V. 5; 29-30 scales in lateral series; 8 in trans- verse series. Eye equal to interorbital ; 2.8 in head. Origin of the dorsal about midway in the total length, slightly posterior or opposite to anal origin. Pectorals large, extending over ventrals; caudal rounded. General color in spirits olivaceous, scales margined with darker. Fins usually immaculate, sometimes spotted or tipped with chro- matophores. The most conspicuous marking is a vertical spot of black, slightly posterior to the dorsal, on the seventeenth or eighteenth scale posterior to the pectoral origin; the twelfth or thirteenth scale forward from the caudal, the fourth scale obliquely' from the dorsal. The darkened area usually extends under adjoining scales, forming a spot about half the diameter of the eye. In young specimens, a 126 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. series of very faint, narrow, vertical bars appears on the sides, in one of which the spot appears. Some variations from this general type of coloration occur. In the series of seven specimens from Entre Rios, the caudal spot is entirely lacking, faintly vermiculated bars taking its place. The same con- dition prevails in a number of specimens from Raiz da Serra. In a series of twenty-one specimens from Mogy Guassu, this vari- ation is considerable. These specimens have a series of oblong spots extending along the sides, varying in number from seven to the usual single spot. This latter spot always appears in the proper place. Hardly two individuals are alike. In the two hundred and sixty-two mature specimens in these collec- tions, there are fifty-five males and two hundred and seven females. The sex ratio of this species, as here represented is thus i : 3.76. The largest specimen, a pregnant female from Raiz da Serra, is 55 mm. in total length. This specimen was opened and found to contain thirty- nine well-developed embryos. The alimentary tract was about three times as long as the entire fish and was filled with mud. On account of the confusion of this species with Phalloptychus januarius, I have given the complete synonymy of the two species. When males are present, there should be no confusion, since the struc- ture of the anal fins is entirely different. Phallotorynus'*' Henn, gen. nov. Allied to Phalloceros. Distinguished at once from all described genera of the PoeciliidcB by the peculiar terminal organ of the anal fin of the male, which resembles a garden trowel or scoop. Anal in Fig. 8. Phallolorynus fasciolatus Henn. Side view of anal fin of male. X 9-5' No. 3753a, Carnegie Museum. Jacarehy, Sao Paulo, Brazil. "'o. 138 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 33. Limia hoUandi Henn, sp. nov. (Plate XIX, fig. 3.) 4643, C. M., type, female, 34 mm.; 4643 b-d, C. M., paratjrpes, three females, 13-34 rnm. From Penedo, Rio San Francisco. Haseman. Other specimens collected by Haseman are: 4635, C. M., seven females, 26-29 "in^- Lagoa, Barreiras, Rio San Francisco. 4636, C. M., five females, 15-32 mm. Baixa Grande, Rio Paqui. 4637, C. M., one female, 21 mm. Joazeiro, Rio San Francisco. 4638, C. M., two females, 27-28 mm. Cachoeira de Pirapora, Rio San Francisco. 4639, C. M., eleven, three males, eight females, 19-24 mm. Lagoa de Porto, Rio San Francisco. 4640, C. M., twelve, two males, eight females, two young. 16-26 mm. Boqueirao, Rio Grande, Rio San Francisco. 4641, C. M., twelve females, 18-27 rnm. Santa Rita de Rio Preto. 4642, C. M., five females, 18-33 mm. Rio Itapicurii near Timbo, Bahia. 4644, C. M., one female, 28 mm. Alto da Serra, Sao Paulo. 4645, C. M., three females, 41-43 mm. Rio Pilao near Santos, Sao Paulo. Head 3.8-4.2; depth at origin of dorsal about equal to length of head; caudal peduncle 6.5-6.8 in length, 1.6-1.7 in head. Eye equal to narrowest width of interorbital and 2.6-3 in head. Profile highly arched or humped. Head depressed and broad. D. 7; A. 8-9; P. 10; V. 6; scales 27-29 in lateral line; 7 in transverse series. Origin of dorsal over last rays of anal. In females the distance from the tip of the snout to the origin of the dorsal about equals that from the origin of the anal to the middle, or end, of the caudal. Ventrals lanceolate, middle rays longest, barely reaching the vent. In males the ventrals arise on a prominence directly under the pectorals. They are greatly produced, bear processes near their tips and are about as long as the head. The anal is about 1.5 as long as the head. The fins are without color. A single male from Barreiras has the lower portion of the dorsal heavily pigmented and an oblong spot at the base of the caudal. The posterior dorsal rays are not produced. A female from Rio Pilao, 42 mm. in total length, contained twenty- four embryos, curled, but seemingly ready for expulsion. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 139 Color in spirits, golden yellow. Margins of scales outlined with darker. A conspicuous dark zig-zag line of chocolate pigment is formed by the heavily pigmented upper margins of the scales in the sixth lateral series, counting ventrally and transversely from the dorsal. Then ext series of scales below forms a clear streak without pigment. The keel of the caudal peduncle is also slightly pigmented. Named for Dr. W. J. Holland, whose interest and support has made possible the extensive collections of South American fishes in the Museum of which he is Director. Genus Fitzroyia Giinther. Fitzroyia Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., VI, 1866, pp. 299, 307 {mullidentata). Jenynsia Gunther, ibid., VI, 1866, pp. 300, 331 (lineata). Type of genus by monotypy Lebias multidentata ] enyns = Lebias lineata Jenyns. The dentition consists of an outer series of compressed, slightly recurved, tricuspid incisors, immediately behind these a band of much smaller tricuspid teeth. Intestine about equal to, or less than, the length of the fish. Anal fin of the male modified to form a tube. Anal rays separate, but enclosed in a loose sheath, forming the tube. The tip of this organ, as pointed out by Carman, turns either to the right or left, the males are thus rights and lefts. The genital orifice of the female is sym- metrical. This fact seems to indicate that the male dextrality and sinistrality, at least in this genus, has no especial significance. The male organ of this genus is much simpler than in Anableps. In Anableps the anal rays are indeterminable, are heavily ensheathed in fleshy pads and are scaled. The anal tubular structure may thus have arisen independently in the two genera. Several young males of F. maculata show the development of the tube. An epidermal flap appears, surrounding the foremost anal rays, and eventually enclosing all of them. The anal tube of adult males is about equal to the length of the head. Body slightly depressed; snout short and blunt; cleft horizontal; lower jaw not extending beyond upper. Key to the Species of Fitzroyia. a. Scales less than eighteen between occiput and dorsal. b. Origin of dorsal slightly in advance of anal. c. Lateral line 29-30, a series of regular, longitudinal lines on the flank. 32. lineata (Jenyns). 140 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. cc. Lateral line 32-33, no lines or dots, large irregular blotches, ventral half of body darker 33. eigenmanni Haseman. hh. Origin of dorsal about opposite anal. A series of longitudinal rows of oblong spots 34. maculata (Regan). aa. Scales more than 18 between occiput and dorsal. Lateral line 32-35. 35- pygogramma (Boulenger). 34. Fitzroyia lineata (Jenyns). Lebias lineata Jenyns, Beagle Zool., Fishes, 1842, p. 116, pi. 22, fig. 2. Lebias muUidentata Jenyns, ibid., 1842, p. 117, pi. 22, fig. 3. Fitzroyia muUidentata Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., VL 1866, p. 307. Jenynsia lineata Gunther, ibid., 1866, p. 331; Garman, The Cyprinodonts, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XIX, 1895, p. 69, pi. VIH, fig. 2-3; Von Ihering, Siisswas- serf. V. Rio Grande do Sul, 1893, P- 28; Lahille, Revista Mus. de la Plata, VL 1895, p. 275 (Arroyo del Gato); Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Torino., X, No. 279, 1897, p. 4; Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), XL 1913. p. 232. Jenynsia muUidentata Boulenger, Boll. Mus. Torino, X, 1897, p. 4 (Lesser, Tala.). Fitzroyia lineata Berg, Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, V, 1897, p. 291. Fitzroyia lineata Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXH, 1907, p. 430; Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, IH, 1910, p. 457. 4670, C. M., seven, one male, six females, 44-66 mm. Rio Guahyba at Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul. Range: La Plata to Rio Grande do Sul. Head 4-4.3; depth at origin of dorsal 4-4.5 .depth of caudal peduncle 7 in length to base of caudal and 1.8 in head. Eye 3 in head, equal to interorbital. Snout 1.3 in eye. D. 8-9; A. 8; P. 14; V. 6; scales 14 between occipital and dorsal; 29-30 in lateral series; 8 in transverse series. Origin of dorsal slightly in advance of middle of the total length; anterior to origin of anal in both sexes. General form elongate. Pectorals large and round, caudal subtrun- cate. All fins usually without color. A series of from four to six continuous horizontal lines, formed by contiguous marks on overlapi^ing scales. The largest specimen, a female in the I. U. M., is 69 mm. long. Of the males, which range from 25-45 mm. in length seven ha\e the anal tube of the male turned to the right and fifteen to the left. 35. Fitzroyia eigenmanni Haseman. Fitzroya eigenmanni Haseman, Ann. Carnegie Museum, VH, 1911, p. 385, pi. LXXXn. Jenynsia eigenmanni Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), XL 1913, p- 233. Henn: South American Pceciliid Fishes. 141 2866, C. M., one, the type, 43 mm. 2867. C. M., thirteen, paratypes, 17-45 "ini- Rio Iguassu system, near Serrinha Parana, Brazil. Haseman. Head 4-4.5; depth at origin of dorsal about equal to head; depth of caudal peduncle 7.6-7.8 in length to base of caudal and 2 in head. Eye 3.3 in head. Interorbital 1.5 in eye. D. 8-9; A. 7-9; P. 14; V. 6; scales 16-17 between occipital and dorsal; 32-33 in lateral line; 8-9 in transverse series. The posterior 18-21 scales in the lateral series have a conspicuous central pit, or pore, the only approach to the usual lateral line pores, I have seen in any Poeciliid. The dentition is composed of an outer series of compressed tricuspids, an inner series partly of smaller tricuspids and partly of spike-like incisors. This species differs from the other members of the genus in being more elongate and more compressed. It differs also in coloration. A broad, horizontal, purplish lateral band formed by continuous blotches. In young specimens this is a narrow broken line. Ventral half of body darker. Belly prominent, yellowish in color. Fins with- out color, caudal truncate. 36. Fitzroyia maculata (Regan). Jenynsia maculata Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), XVIII, 1906, p. 154 (Cachi, Salta, Argentina); ibid., (8), XI, 1913, p. 233. 4667, C. M. Eleven, five males, 20-31 mm., six females, 20-52 mm. Arroyo Miguelete, Montevideo. Haseman. 4668, C. M. Twenty, 13-20 mm. Monte, Argentina. Haseman. 4669, C. M. Fifteen, three males, nine females, three young. 11-55 mm. Near Colorado, Rio Colorado, Argentina. Haseman. Range: Uruguay and Argentina. Head 3.4-4; depth at origin of dorsal 4-4.5; depth of caudal peduncle 6.5-7 ill length to base of caudal and 1.8-2 in head. Eye prominent, 3.4-4 in head; about equal to interorbital. Interocular width about 2.4 in head. D. 8-9; A. 9-10; P. 14; V. 6; scales 12 between occipital and dorsal; 28-30 in lateral line; 8 in transverse series. Origin of dorsal about opposite that of anal, sometimes slightly anterior. In males the anal is sometimes slightly in advance of the dorsal. Fins without color; pectoral large and round, caudal sub- truncate or slightly rounded. 142 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Closely related to F. lineata, from which it differs in having the continuous lines broken up into a series of large oblong spots. A female (48 mm.) taken at Colorado on March 6, iqo9, contained forty-eight embryos, averaging in length about 9 mm. They are straightened out and are evidently almost ready for expulsion. A large number of chromatophores are present and the lateral line is well-marked by a conspicuous row of these. 37. Fitzroyia pygogramma (Boulenger). Jeyiynsia pygogramma Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), IX, 1902, p. 336 (Cordova, Rio Cruz del Eje, Argentina); Regan, ibid. (8), vol. XI, 1913, p. 233. Fitzroya pyrogramma Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 457. No specimens were secured by Mr. Haseman. " D. 8-9; A. 9-10; L. lat. 32-35." This species appears to differ from F. lineata in the smaller scales "18 to 25 transverse series between the occiput and the dorsal fin " and in coloration. " Golden yellow above, speckled and spotted with black, white beneath . . . distinct black lateral streak . . . female with a large V-shaped, purplish-black marking, edged with orange, on the belly, the point on the vent." I have examined one of the paratypes, received from Rosenberg. It most resembles F. eigenmanni in coloration, but differs in the numerous series of small predorsal scales. Genus Anableps Artedi. Anableps A^T^m, Gen. Pise, 1738, p. 25. 38. Anableps anableps Linnaeus. Anableps anableps Linn.«us, Syst. Nat., Ed. 9, 1756, p. 55; Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Z06I., Vol. XIX, 1895, p. 77. 4618, C. M., one, 178 mm., Rio Caete, Para. Haseman. 4619, C. M., one, 98 mm., Para. Haseman. 39. Anableps microlepis Miiller and Troschel. Anableps microlepis Muller & Troschel, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1844, p. 36; Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XIX, 1895, p. 78. 4620, C. M., two, 125-143 mm. Rio Caete, Para. Haseman. 4621, C. M., two, 94-108 mm. Belem, Para. Haseman. 4622, C. M., two, 52-190 mm. Para. Haseman. r'/7 T'/"ft \ \ ; o (1) 03 ro n, 03 p. 03 (1, O d >> H 03 ^ O ^ ^ O r: d a >> c "5 to ffi a: W "5 "^ ^ -a s ?^ ?^ « « >^/jii N < rt of Comparative Zoology), and together with his field-notes was the basis of the first systematic account of the birds of the island. In this paper, published in 1905, Messrs. Bangs and Zappey pointed out for the first time the distinctness of several of the birds from the Isle 156 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. of Pines, and later Mr. Bangs characterized a few additional forms from the same collection. In December, 1908, Mr. Arthur C. Read, an enthusiastic amateur ornithologist of Toledo, Ohio, went to the Isle of Pines, where he has ever since resided. He soon began to send back notes for publication, mainly to the Oologist of Albion, New York. Many of his articles are merely lists of species seen at various times and places. Unfortunately, however, in some instances Mr. Read's earlier identifications were erro- neous, as is shown by the corrections which he himself makes. Some of the records, which up to the present he has allowed to stand, appear doubtful to the writer, and to have been admitted to his lists on insufificient grounds. In reply to an inquiry addressed to Mr. Read he writes that some of these records which seem open to question were based on the actual capture of specimens, but that the specimens were not in every case preserved; moreover, that he lost his entire collection of skins in the flood and hurricane of 1910, and has not started a ■new one since. This circumstance is very unfortunate, as it makes it impossible to authenticate the correctness of his determinations in cases of doubt. The list of a part of Mr. Read's collection, and a copy ■of some of his field-notes, have been kindly loaned by him for exami- nation, and have been freely used in the preparation of the present report. The Expedition of 1912-13. In May, 1910, a party of four from the staff of the Carnegie Museum was engaged for a few weeks in making collections of the plants and reptiles of the Isle of Pines. No particular attention was paid to the birds on this expedition, but, as the island seemed to promise good results for work in this line, Mr. Gustav A. Link of the taxidermic staff of the museum was detailed in 1912 to undertake the making of a representative collection of the birds of the island, and left in June of that year, accompanied by his son, Mr. John Link, as assistant. Beginning work at Nueva Gerona on June 26, he continued until July 12, when interference from the Cuban oflficials caused a suspension of his activities for over two months. He then went to Los Indios, in the southwestern part of the main island, which he made his head- quarters until January 25, 1913, making in the meantime several trips from there to points on Siguanea Bay and the " south coast." Los Indios and its vicinity proved to be a much better collecting-ground than the country about Nueva Gerona, this latter section being so Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 157 much more extensively cleared and cultivated than the other. Inter- mittent work was carried on at Nueva Gerona, however, from January 26 until April 9, the mountains in the vicinity being repeatedly visited, and several side-trips being made to certain lagoons on the north coast in search of water-birds. Returning to Los Indios on April 10, Mr. Link made a second trip to the " south coast," and also put in some time at the western end of the Cienaga, near Siguanea. May 10 to 21 was spent at Nueva Gerona, after which he undertook a trip to the eastern end of the Cienaga, at Pasadita, where he collected from May 23 to 28, returning to Nueva Gerona the next day, and leaving the island on June 5. The collection of birds brought back amounts to eight hun- dred and forty-two well-prepared specimens, representing one hundred and three species, including all of the forms peculiar to the island, and a larger series of aquatic forms than most collectors would think of taking. Seasonal Occurrence. One hundred and forty-two species are admitted to the present list of the birds of the Isle of Pines, or twenty-two more than were given by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey in 1905. For nearly all of these ad- ditions the work of Mr. Link is responsible, and there are specimens to support most of the new records. In every case the evidence for the occurrence of a given species has been carefully weighed, especially with reference to its known status in Cuba, and doubtful records have been relegated to the hypothetical list. A few species have been ad- mitted to the list solely on the basis of Gundlach's records as given by Mr. Cory. The voluminous notes made in the last few years by Mr. Arthur C. Read have somewhat perplexed the writer. Published in an amateur journal, the scientific names in many cases not being given, or else so mangled by the printer as to be almost beyond recognition, and with no indication that the author was aware of the very unusual character of certain of his observations, or of the necessity for their full authentication, there would seem to be ample justification for ignoring them entirely in a paper like the present. Nevertheless in spite of the defects, which are evident, it is plain that the good faith of Mr. Read cannot be called into question, and that there is much of interest and value in his notes. An effort therefore has been made to sift them, utilizing such as seem to rest on a sound basis, and calling attention to such as seem dubious, so that they may either be verified or corrected in the future. 158 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. As might be expected in the case of a locality lying so far within the Tropical Zone as the Isle of Pines, its avifauna is composed mainly of two classes of species as regards seasonal status, permanent resi- dents and winter visitants. Ninety-two species are included in the first category, all of which are known, or presumed, to breed in the island, and to remain (as a species) the year around. Not a few of the species in this list, however, are known to be more or less migratory, some of them being more numerous in the dry season, when their numbers are augmented by winter migrants from the north; while others are regularly more abundant, or at least more frequently observed, in the breeding season, most of the individuals retiring at its close to other parts. Some of these forms are more or less local in their distribution. Following is the list: Colymbus dominicus dominicus Podilymbus podiceps Anhinga anhinga Phalacrocorax aiiritus floridanus Pharacrocorax vigua mexicanns Pelecanus occidentalis Fregata magnificens Ixobrychus exilis exilis Ardea occidentalis repens Ardea herodias cidoxa Herodias egretta Dichromanassa rufescens Florida cceridea Egretta thula thtda Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis Biitorides virescens cubanus Butorides brunescens Nycticorax nycticorax ncsvins Nyctanassa violacea Ajaia ajaja Guara alba Mycteria americana Phcenicopterns ruber Dendrocygna arbor ea Cathartes aura aura Rostrhamus sociabilis Urubitinga gundlachii Falco sparverioides Polyborus cheriway Pandion haliaetus carolinensis Colinus cubanensis Rallus elegans ramsdeni Rallus longirostris leucophceus Gallinula chloropns cachinnans lonornis martinica Aram us vociferus Grus mexicana nesiotes Sterna maxima Sterna antillarum Himantopus mexicanns Oxyechus vociferus rubidns Pagolla ivilsonia wilsonia Jacana spinosa violacea Starncznas cyanocephala Geotrygon chrysia Geotrygon montana Chccmepelia passerina aflavida Zenaida zenaida zenaida Zenaidura macroura macroura Columba leucocephala Columba squamosa Columba inornata proxima Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 159 Ara tricolor Aratinga eiiops Amazona leucocephala palmar um Crotophaga ani Saurothera decolor Glaucidium siju vittatum Gymnasio lawrencii exsul Asia sty gins Tyto perlata furcata Setochalcis cubanensis Todus multicolor Xiphidiopicus percussus insulce- pinorum Centurus superciliaris murceiis Priotelus temnurus vescus Streptoprocne zonaris pallidifrons Tachornis phcenicobia yradii Calypte helence Riccordia ricordii ricordii Tyrannus dominicensis domini- censis Tyrannus cubensis Tolmarchus caudifasciatus Myiarchus sagrce sagrcn Blacicus caribceus Mimus polyglottos orpheus Myadestes elisabeth Mimocichla rubripes rubripes Corvus nasicus Vireo gundlachii gundlachii Petrochelidon fulva fulva Teretistris fernandince Dendroica petechia gundlachi Sturnella magna hippocrepis Agelaius assimilis Icterus hy Pamelas Ptiloxena atroviolacea Holoquiscalus caymanensis dispar Spindalis pretrei Melopyrrha nigra Tiaris olivacea olivacea Tiaris canora Of true summer residents there appear to be only three species, as follows: Chordeiles virginianus minor Progne cryptoleuca Vireosylva calidris barbatula This makes a total of ninety-five species known, or reasonably pre- sumed, to breed in the island, or two-thirds of its known ornis. There are forty-two species which occur as winter visitants from continental North America. Further work in the island should result in adding a considerable number to this list, judging from the many records of this class from Cuba and the other Antilles. That practic- ally all the migratory birds which regularly or casually visit Cuba should likewise reach the Isle of Pines seems entirely probable. Several of the birds in the following list have been observed more fre- quently during the season of migration than through the winter months. Pelecanus erythrorhynchos Querquedula discors Botaurus lentiginosus Chen hyperborea nivalis 160 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Circus hudsouius Falco peregrinus anatum Falco columharius Fulica americana Sterna sandvicensis acuflavida GalUnago delicata Limnodromus griseus griseus Pisohia minutilla Totanus melanoleucus Totanus flavipes Catoptrophorus semipalmatus semi- palmatus Actitis macularia Squatarola squatarola Oxyechus vociferus vociferus Charadrius semipalmatus Arenaria inter pres morinella Antrostomus carolinensis Streptoceryle alcyon alcyon Sphyrapicus varius varius Mimiis polyglottos polygioUos Diimetella carolinensis Polioptila ccerulea ccerulea Vireo griseus griseus Setophaga ruticilla Geothlypis trichas trichas Seiurus noveboracensis notahilis Seiurus aurocapillus Dendroica palmarum palmarum Dendroica discolor Dendroica dominica dominica Dendroica virens Dendroica coronata Dendroica ccerulescens ccerulescens Compsothlypis americana iisnecz Mniotilta varia Passerina cyanea Ammodramus savannarum aus- tratis Passerculus sandivichensis savanna The remaining five species belong to the class of transient visitants, appearing only during the migrations in spring and fall, on the way to and from their breeding-grounds. Future research may add a number of species to this list also. Chordeiles virginianus virginianus Dolichonyx oryzivorus Hirundo erythrogastra Dendroica striata Tringa sol it aria Faunal Affinities. Geographically speaking, the Isle of Pines is so closely related to Cuba that a rise of only about fifty feet would sufifice to connect the two islands. Even now the channel between is dotted with numerous cays, forming a chain of islands which would surely present no especial difficulties to the passage of birds, even those of weak flight. It does not appear whether the Isle of Pines received its bird population from Cuba in this manner, or before its separation from that island took place; in either case we would expect to find their respective avifaunas closely related. An analysis shows that of the one hundred and twenty-six species on the list of breeding birds for western Cuba, no Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 161 less than eighty-five are common to both islande, while eight others are represented in the Isle of Pines by recognizably distinct forms, at least one of which is so different from the original-stock form as to merit (in the writer's judgment) the rank of a species. These Cuban forms, with their respective representatives in the Isle of Pines, are as follows: Western Cuba. Rallus longirostris cubanus Coliimha inornata inornata Amazona leucocephala leucocephala Sanrothera merlini Glaucidium siju siju Xiphidiopicus percussus perciissus Centurus superciliaris superciliaris Priotelus temnurus temnurus Isle of Pines. Rallus longirostris leucophaus Coliimha inornata proxima Amazona leucocephala palmar um Saurothera decolor Glaucidium siju vittatum Xiphidiopicus percussus insulcB-pinorum Centurus superciliaris murceus Priotelus temnurus vescus On the other hand, there are at least thirty-one species of western Cuban breeding birds which have not as yet been recorded from the Isle of Pines, as follows: * Sula leucogastra * Phaethon americanus * Plegadis autumnalis * Erismatura jamaicensis * Nomonyx dominiciis * Aix spoil sa * Pa'cilonetta hahamensis Chondrohierax wilsonii Bnteo borealis umbrinus Biiteo platypterus cuhanensis Accipiter gundlachi Accipiter striatiis fringilloides Limnopardalus maculatus inop- tatiis * Porzana flaviventris * Anoiis stoUdus stolidus * Sterna ancetheta * Sterna dougalli * Larus atricilla * Hcematopus palliatus Geotrygon caniceps * Melopelia asiatica asiatica Campephilus bairdii Nesoceleus fernandince Colaptes chrysocaulosus chrysO' caulosus Nephcecetes niger niger Corvus minutiis Dendroica pityophila Cyanerpes cyaneus ramsdeni Agelaiiis humeralis A mmodramiis savannarum subsp. * Sterna fuscata Almost half of the species in this list (designated by an asterisk) are of more or less wide distribution, so that their absence is of no especial significance. No doubt in due time a number of them will be found in the Isle of Pines. Just how far a like probability may be 162 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. assumed for the remaining forms is an open question. At all events, negative evidence must count for little at present, and the chances are that, other conditions being equal, the majority of the species of this latter category extend their range to the Isle of Pines. Some of them, indeed, have even been reported therefrom, on what appears at present, however, to be insufificient grounds. The avifauna of Cuba itself, it may be noted in passing, is not en- tirely homogeneous, there being at least six cases (two of which are pointed out for the first time in the present paper) where the eastern and western parts of the island respectively are inhabited by different although closely allied forms of certain birds. Without exception in such cases the Isle of Pines bird is like that of western Cuba. So that, while we might perhaps be inclined to accept the theory of iso- lation as the dominant factor in the development of the distinctive races of the Isle of Pines, it is evident that such an explanation will not account for the differentiation of two distinct forms in Cuba. It is altogether likely, therefore, that the actual difference in environmental conditions in the Isle of Pines, as evidenced in its peculiar physio- graphic and climatic features, as compared with those of Cuba, has had more to do in the evolution of its several indigenous forms of birds than mere segregation. List of Localities. In order to facilitate the use of the map which accompanies this report in studying the local distribution of the avifauna, all the locality names appearing in the text are here duly listed, with a brief indication of their position and application. The American invasion of the island is responsible for the confusing mixture of English and Spanish names. Certain names appearing in Messrs. Bangs and Zappey's paper, too, are incorrectly spelled, while others are of more or less uncertain application. A map furnished by Mr. Link, showing his route and collecting-stations, happily puts his work on a much better basis in this respect. Almacigos. — More properly Los Almacigos, which see. Arroyo del Pino {Pine River). — A river in the western part of the main island, visited by Mr. Read on a few occasions. Arroyo (" Rio ") Santiago. — A small river or creek flowing into the Cienaga near its eastern end, referred to by Mr. Zappey. Bibijagua (or Vivijagua). — A town-site, with a hotel and several Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 163 concrete houses, situated on the north coast about a mile and a half southeast of the point of the same name. There is a sandy beach about a mile long at this place, while immediately to the westward a wooded ridge, which reaches a height of two hundred and fifty feet, runs parallel with the shore-line. The slopes of this ridge were well explored by Mr. Link, and proved to be quite rich in bird-life, and the locality was visited by Mr. Zappey also, who incorrectly spells the name " Bibeyhagua." Bird Island.- — A small mangrove island in the southern part of Siguanea Bay, so called because of the presence there of nesting colonies of the Man-o'-war-bird and Florida Cormorant. Visited by Mr. Link on two occasions, and more recently by Mr. Read. Bogarona. — A landing on the south coast of Siguanea Bay, used by vessels plying to and from Los Indios. Mr. Link collected a few specimens at this place. Cahallos Mountains. — See Sierra de Caballos. Caho {Punta) Frances. — The western extremity of the " south coast," at the entrance to Siguanea Bay. Caleta Cocodrilos {Crocodile Inlet). — A small inlet, fringed with mangroves, on the western part of the " south coast," visited by Mr. Link. Caleta Grande {Grand Inlet). — A small bay or inlet on the " south coast," near its western end, visited by Mr. Link. A sandy beach all around makes this a favorite resort for several species of shore-birds in season, while Brown Pelicans also find it a good place to pursue their fishing. '^ Callebonita." — A misspelling for Cayo Bonito, which see. Canada Mountains. — See Sierra de la Canada. Casas Mountains. — See Sierra de Casas. Casas River. — See Rio Sierra de Casas. Cayo Bonito. — An old plantation, lying along a river of the same name, within a mile of the town of Santa Fe. Erroneously given as " Callebonita " by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey. Cayo Frances. — A small island just off Cabo Frances, where Mr. Link once made a brief stop, collecting a few birds. It is almost surrounded with mangroves, but has a stretch of sandy beach. Cerro de Santa Barbara {Santa Barbara Mountain). — An isolated hill in the western part of the island, about two hundred feet high, referred to by Mr. Read. 1(>4 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Cienaga de Lanier. — Usually referred to merely as the " Cienaga." An immense swamp or morass, running from east to west across the southern part of the island, and separating it into two portions. See description on page 152. Columbia. — An American colony or town in the northeastern part of the main island, west of the Rio Jucaro. Crocodile Inlet. — See Caleta Cocodrilos. El Bobo Lagoon. — A good-sized salt-water mangrove lagoon near the coast, east of the mouth of the Nuevas River. A favorite resort for various species of herons and shore-birds. Visited by Mr. Link on March 14 and 15, 1913. El Canal. — A tract of land in the southern part of the main island, traversed by Mr. Link in his trip to the Cienaga in May, 1913. El Hospital. — A tract of land adjoining El Canal on the south, traversed by both Mr. Zappey and Mr. Link. Ensenada de la Siguanea {Siguanea Bay). — A large but compara- tively shallow bay indenting the western part of the island, and opening to the northwest. It is about ten miles wide by fourteen miles long, and its shores are almost everywhere fringed with man- groves, while mangrove islands line its southern shore. Grand Inlet. — See Caleta Grande. Guanabana. — (Misspelled " Guanawana " by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey). The name applied to a small tract of land just east of Santa Rosalia Lagoon, visited by Mr. Zappey. Hato. — The site of a house on the trail about midway between Bogarona and Caleta Grande, on the " south coast," south of Siguanea Bay. A few birds were collected here by Mr. Link, who reports that the surrounding country is all jungle. Hospital. — More properly El Hospital, which see. Jacksonville. — The name applied to a small settlement on the " south coast," about midway between Caleta Grande and Caleta Cocodrilos, visited by Mr. Link. Jucaro. — A landing on the south bank of the river of the same name, used by the steamer plying between the Isle of Pines and Cuba. Visited by Mr. Zappey. La Ceiba. — A fine plantation, about four miles west-southwest of Santa Fe, referred to by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey. The name is applied also, in a larger sense, to the original tract of which this is a part. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 165 Laguna de Piedras. — A large lagoon, in character much resembling the Cienaga, situated in the southern portion of the island not far from Pasadita, and visited by Mr. Link on one occasion. Laguna Grande. — The exact position of this lagoon, which was visited by Mr. Zappey, is not ascertainable, but it is evidently near Santa Fe, since birds were shot at both places on the same day, April 21. La Vega. — A contraction, used by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, of San Francisco de la Vega, which see. Los Almacigos.— An extensive tract lying west of the town of Santa Fe, the name being more particularly applied to the old plantation situated near the center of the tract in question. Referred to by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey merely as " Almacigos." Los Indios. — A town-site along the lower course of the river of the same name, in the southwestern i)art of the main island. This locality was very thoroughly worked by Mr. Link, it being his headquarters, from which excursions were made to surrounding sections, during the greater part of his stay in the island. There arc extensive marshes in the vicinity, also areas of dry pasture-land, jungle, i)ine-woods, etc., with growths of mangrove along the river for a considerable dis- tance from its mouth, and lining a larger salt-water lagoon which lies just back of the coast to the southward. This diversity of conditions makes the locality an ideal one for collecting birds. Los Tres Ilermanos Mountains. — A name applied by Mr. Read to the three northernmost peaks of the Casas range, close to Nueva Gerona. Majagua River. — See Rio de la Majagua. Mai Pais. — The name applied to the region along the river of the same name, visited by Mr. Zappey. '^Managua." — A misspelling of Manigua. Manigua. — A famous plantation along the Rio de las Nuevas, a few miles above McKinley, visited by Mr. William Palmer in 1900, in which year it was abandoned. McKinley. — A town-site, with a number of scattering houses, along the Rio de las Nuevas, a few miles from its mouth. It is a locality frequently mentioned in Mr. Read's articles, Morrillo del Diablo. — An island off the north coast, east of the high promontory, Punta del Colombo, and famous as a resort of the Florida Cormorant. 166 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Neiv River. — See Rio de las Nuevas. Nueva Gerona. — The capital, port of entry, and chief town of the island, situated in the northern part, on the west bank of the Rio Sierra de Casas. It was ofificially founded in 1830, and now has a population of about twelve hundred. The land in the vicinity of the town is cleared for the most part and some of it is under cultivation, but there remain considerable wooded areas at the base of the Casas Mountains immediately to the westward. Most of the specimens labeled by Mr. Link as coming from " Nueva Gerona " were really secured on the slopes and bases of the Casas and Caballos Mountains, or else along the river above the town. The locality was worked also by Messrs. Palmer and Riley during their visit in 1900, and by Dr. Gundlach in 1854. Nuevas River. — See Rio de las Niievas. Pasadita. — The site of a house which formerly stood on the south shore of the Cienaga, just west of the Paso de Piedras. This house was destroyed in the hurricane of 1910, and at the time of Mr. Link's visit in 1913 the owner had built a new one on the other side of the Cienaga. Mr. Zappey did some collecting here in 1904. Paso de Piedras. — The name given to a stretch of ground about midway of the Cienaga de Lanier, where only it is possible to cross from the main island to the southern part. Even during the dry season the water here is from one to three feet deep, with occasional dry islands. Pine River. — See Arroyo del Pino. Placer de Playa Larga. — The name applied to an extensive area of beach and shallows on the southeastern shore of the " south coast." Called " Plaza Larga " by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey. "Plaza Larga." — See Placer de Playa Larga. Port McKinley.- — -A landing a few miles above the mouth of the Rio de las Nuevas, referred to by Mr. Read. Pueblo Nuevo. — The name given to the inferior " native " suburb, on the western outskirts of Nueva Gerona. Referred to by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey. Punta del Colombo. — A high promontory jutting out into the sea, forming the termination of the Sierra de Caballos. Punta del Este. — The easternmost point of the " south coast." There is an area of sandy beach here, while on the south exposure the same coral rock prevails as is found all over the " south coast " in general. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 167 Very few birds, however, were noticed here on the occasion of Mr. Link's visit, March 22 and 23, 1913. Mr. Zappey seems to have penetrated thus far on his second expedition, since the locality is mentioned once in his report. Punta del Potrero. — The easternmost point of the northern or main island. Punta de la Bihijagua. — A point on the northeastern coast of the island. Punta Primera de Salinas. — A point on the coast, east of Punta de la Bibijagua, which is probably the locality referred to by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey under the name " Salina." It is probably the same as Rincon Lagoon, so called by Mr. Link. Punta Frances. — See Cabo Frances. Rinco7i Lagoon.— h. large lagoon adjacent to the coast, east of Bibi- jagua, visited by Mr. Link, and probably the same as the locality called " Salina " by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey. For a fuller de- scription see page 152. Rio de la Majagua {Majagua River). — A small river in the south- western part of the main island, northwest of Los Indios, visited by Mr. Link on several occasions. Like all the rivers of this part, its lower course is fringed with mangroves. Rio de las Nnevas {Nuevas or New River). — The longest river in the island, draining a large part of the central and northwestern sec- tion. It is too shallow, however, to permit the ascent of any but small vessels, and is fringed with mangroves as far up as the town of McKinley, beyond which the jungle comes to the water's edge. Rio del Mai Pais. — One of the tributaries of the Rio Jucaro, rising near the center of the main island, and flowing in a northeast direction. Rio Jucaro. — A good-sized river in the northeastern part of the main island, formed by the junction, near Jucaro, of several smaller streams. " Rio " Santiago. — See Arroyo Santiago. Rio Sierra de Casas ( Casas River). — A river in the northern part of the main island, navigable for small steamers for about two miles from its mouth, or to the town of Nueva Gerona. " Salina." — See Punta Primera de Salinas. San Francisco de la Vega. — An unsurveyed tract adjoining the Cienaga, visited in 1904 by Mr. Zappey, who refers to it merely as " La Vega." 168 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. San Juan. — An extensive tract of land in the eastern part of the main island. The name is also applied, in a more restricted sense, to the old Garcia homestead, the former headquarters of the tract. It is mentioned by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey as a collecting-station. Santa Ana. — A tract of land about four miles west of Santa Rosalia, where Mr. Link found a few species of water-birds at a small lagoon on one occasion. Santa Barbara. — The name originally applied to a tract of about fifteen thousand acres, lying west of the Rio de las Nuevas, but more recently given to a settlement in its south-central part. As used by Mr. Read, the name refers to the tract, but both the tract and the town were formerly called West McKinley by the promoting land- company. Santa Barbara Mountain. — See Cerro de Santa Barbara. Santa Ft. — The oldest settlement on the island, situated on the river of the same name, in the east-central part. Santa Rosalia. — A town-site in the northeastern part of the island, about halfway between Nueva Gerona and Santa Fe. Santa Rosalia Lagoon. — A large fresh-water lake, situated a short distance northwest of Columbia, close to the Caballos Mountains. The water is shallow, and during the dry season the lake is of course much reduced in extent. The shores are muddy, and support a rank growth of grasses and sedges. Several species of water-birds were encountered here by Mr. Zappey and Mr. Link. Santa Sevilla. — This locality, mentioned by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, cannot be found on anj^ map consulted. Possibly it is an error for " Santa Cecilia." Sierra de Caballos {Caballos Mountains). — A mountain ridge in the northern part of the main island, east of Nueva Gerona, running north and south, parallel with the Rio Sierra de Casas, and terminating in a headland on the coast known as Punta del Colombo. For a fuller description see page 149. Sierra de Casas ( Casas Mountains). — A ridge lying west of the town of Nueva Gerona, and about two and one-half miles in length, from north to south. See description on page 149. Sierra de la Canada ( Canada Mountains) . — An elevated ridge in the southwestern part of the main island, rising to a height of nine hundred and eighty-five feet {fide O. E. Jennings). For a further description see page 149. Visited by both Mr. Read and Mr. Link. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 169 Siguanea. — A town-site at the southwestern extremity of the main island. As the name is used by Mr. Link, it covers the coast in the immediate vicinity, and the western end of the Cienaga for a distance of several miles. Siguanea Bay. — See Ensenada de la Siguanea. Vivijagua. — See Bibijagiia. West McKinley. — A name used by the promoting land-company for the tract and settlement on the west side of the Rio de las Nuevas, later on called Santa Barbara, which see. Many of Mr. Read's observations were made here. List of Species. The order of the present list follows that laid down for the higher groups by Mr. Robert Ridgway in the first volume of his Birds of North and Middle America. The actual sequence of the species, however, so far as it has appeared in the body of that work, has been reversed, and in the groups not yet treated by that author arranged as well as may be to correspond. In matters of nomenclature the aim has been to follow the latest and best authorities, save only where the facts seem to justify a different course. While certain of the rulings of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, as for example the one which requires the original spelling to be followed in the duplication of the final " i " in patronymic names, are decidedly objectionable to the writer, he proposes to waive his personal preju- dices for the sake of uniformity. Such species as in the judgment of the writer are not fully authenticated as birds of the Isle of Pines are included in their proper places, but are printed in smaller type, and without a number prefixed. All measurements are in millimeters, and in every case the length of the bill is that of the exposed culmen. Free use has been made of Mr. Ridgway's Color Standards and Color Nomenclature in discussing color variations and preparing descrip- tions. As regards the names in the reference lists under the several species, it should be explained that variations in orthography or abbreviation do not appear under separate entries, all such having been combined under one head, so long as the intention of the author is clear. The formal citation of vernacular names in this connection is of course defensible, in a faunal paper such as this, on the ground of tending to completeness. The locality names in the references have for the most part been given in corrected form. 170 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 1. Colymbus dominicus dominicus Linnaeus. Saint Domingo Grebe. "Least Grebe" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 15, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines, Dec. 25, 1909); XXVIII, 1911, 114 (West McKinley). Colymbus dominicus Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 13 (I. of Pines). One specimen: Caleta Grande. This example, the only one observed, was shot in a small lagoon on November 28. It is an adult male in full winter dress, with a white throat. In size it agrees with Cuban specimens, measuring as follows: wing, 96; culmen, 26. Mr. Read has recorded the species in the northwestern part of the island, and writes that he shot a specimen April 14, 1 910, along the Nuevas River. It is evidently not a very common bird on the island, and by reason of its secretive habits readily eludes observation. 2. Podilymbus podiceps (Linnaeus). Pied-billed Grebe. Podilymbus podiceps Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 184 (Nueva Gerona, breeding, fide Palmer Sz: Riley; Laguna Grande, March). — Re.\d, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, II (I. of Pines). "Pied-billed Grebe" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 102 (I. of Pines). — Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, May 7). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 113 (West McKinley). One specimen: Los Indios. Recently Mr. Outram Bangs has described the Pied-billed Grebe of the Antilles as a distinct subspecies, Podilymbus podiceps antillarum {Proceedings New England Zoological Cliih, IV, 1913, 89). After an e.xamination of the type-specimen and certain other material I find myself unable to indorse this separation on any grounds whatever. The type is no smaller than a female specimen from northern Brevard County, Florida, in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, taken at just about the same date. Females of this species, besides being smaller, seem to have on an average a more restricted black throat- patch than males, and I have reason to believe that the black marking on the side of the bill is a variable character, dependent largely upon season, and not especially correlated with locality. A breeding speci- men from Great Inagua, Bahama Islands, is certainly in nowise dis- tinguishable from continental examples. According to Baird, Brewer, & Ridgway {Water Birds of North America, II, 1884, 441), South American examples are not tangibly different, contrary to what might be expected in the case of such a wide-ranging species. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 171 There are only a few records for this species for the Isle of Pines, where it is evidently not a common bird. Mr. Link did not meet with it at all, the single example recorded above having been forwarded to the Carnegie Museum by Mr. Frederic F. Baggesen, who secured it at Los Indios on October i6, 1913. Mr. Zappey saw none in 1904, and but two in March, 1902, at Laguna Grande. That the species breeds on the island, however, is attested by Mr. Riley, who says that he found an adult and three downy young of fair size at Santa Rosalia Lagoon, southeast of Nueva Gerona, early in July, 1900. " One of the downy young was secured, but the other two and the adult eluded me, as they could swim and dive faster than I could wade." Mr. Read enters this species on his list as a rare resident. 3. Anhinga anhinga (Linnaeus). Water Turkey. Anhinga anhinga Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 84 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — GuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 310 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 185 (Nueva Gerona [^rfe Palmer & Riley] and the Cienaga). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 165 (Nuevas River; habits); XXVIII, 1911, II (I. of Pines). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 20, 1913 (descr.; habits). "Anhinga" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 191 1, 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines). x-Xlthough recorded by almost all the observers who have studied the avifauna of the Isle of Pines, the Anhinga or Water Turkey does not seem to be a very common bird there. Mr. Zappey found it only in the region of the Cienaga, where he says that individuals might be seen almost any day, perched on dead branches of trees. A single adult bird, still retaining some of the lengthened feathers of the crown and nape, was shot by Mr. Link on the Los Indios River on December 18. He saw others also on the Majagua River, and near Siguanea, at the eastern end of the Cienaga. There are, however, numerous records from the northern part of the island as well, to which may be added those of individuals seen near Bibijagua and Santa Ana by Mr. Link. Mr. Read has given us an entertaining account of the fishing habits of this species as observed by him on the Nuevas River. The natives consider the flesh of this bird very palatable. 4. Phalacrocoraxauritusfioridanus (Audubon). Florida Cormorant. Phalacrocorax floridanus Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 305 (I. of Pines). 172 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Phalacrocorax dilophus floridanus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 85 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 185 (I. of Pines, coastwise). — (?) Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 11 (I. of Pines). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 25, 1914 (Bird I., Siguanea Bay). "Florida Cormorant" (?) Read, Fojest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, Dec. 6).— (?) Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); (?) XXVIII, 1911, 10 (Nuevas River, May 17), 146 (Morrillo del Diablo); XXX, 1913, 123 (north coast, off Nuevas River), (?) 125 (Santa Barbara), (?) 130 (I. of Pines), (?) 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indies). Nine specimens: Los Indies. Only two of these are adults in full black glossy plumage, neither of which, however, although taken in the breeding season, show any sign whatever of lateral crests. One specimen is abnormal in possess- ing /ozfr/ff"?/ rectrices. Cormorants of this species are common all along the coast and about the outlying cays; in fact, it is in such situations one of the most abun- dant and characteristic water-birds. It breeds in colonies at certain points, the nests being built in the mangroves at a low elevation, and composed merely of a few sticks. Two eggs are the usual comple- ment; they are dull bluish green in color, with rough, chalky shells. The species seems to have an extended breeding season, eggs and downy young having been found at a colony in Bird Island, in Siguanea Bay, at such widely separated dates as October 18 and April 16. At another colony, in a lagoon south of Los Indios, eggs were secured on October 7, and a month later downy young, possibly two weeks old. The island of Morrillo del Diablo, on the north coast, off Punta del Colombo, is another favorite resort of this species. Although partial to the salt water, individuals occasionally ascend the rivers for a little distance, one having been shot on January 21 on the Los Indios River, three miles from its mouth. It is possible that some of Mr. Read's records above quoted may refer to the following species. 5. Phalacrocorax vigua mexicanus (Brandt). Mexican Cormorant. Phalacrocorax vigua mexicana (sic) Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 185 (Pasadita, May; meas.; crit.). One specimen: Bibijagua. The only one observed by Mr. Link was shot near the coast at Bibijagua on July 4. Mr. Zappey secured a specimen at Pasadita in May. These two occurrences are at present the only certain records Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 173 for the island, where it evidently is not common. Unlike P. aurilus flondanus, it is wont to frequent fresh as well as salt water. Speci- mens are indistinguishable from typical examples from Mexico. Its distribution in the West Indies is apparently restricted to Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and Watlings Island of the Bahaman group. 6. Pelecanus occidentalis Linnjeus. Brown Pelican. Pelecanus fusciis Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). — Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 85 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 185 ("south coast"). ''Brown Pelican" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 10 (Nuevas River), 13 (I. of Pines); XXX, 1913, 131 ("south coast"). Pelecanus occidentalis Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 25, 1914 (Caleta Grande). Six specimens: Caleta Grande. Four different plumages are represented. There are two in juvenal dress (November 26), with white under parts and grayish heads and necks. Two others taken at the same time are obviously immature, showing the neck-pattern of the adult in brownish gray instead of chestnut, the under parts, however, being dark-colored. The series available for study being insufficient to illustrate the sequence of plumages in this species, I am a little uncertain as to the exact age of these two examples, but believe them to be in first nuptial dress, assuming that the species breeds in the second year, or, if it does not,. in a plumage which corresponds to this in time. Both of these speci- mens show fresh gray feathers mixed with the worn brown ones char- acteristic of the juvenal plumage, the moult affecting the rectrices- also. There are two spring specimens (April 18 and 23), one of which has the back of the neck chestnut, while in the other the head and neck all around are white. This latter corresponds to the description of the adult in winter plumage, and compares favorably with non- breeding specimens from Costa Rica and Colombia. Mr. Ogilvie- Grant {Catalogtie Birds British Museum, XXVI, 1898, 478), however^ says that " nearly mature " birds " do not assume the dark velvety- brown neck in the breeding-season, these parts remaining white like those of the adult in winter-plumage." But, if I am correct as to the stage of plumage represented by the immature birds described above, it would be strange indeed to find them assuming the pattern of the adult for the first breeding-season, only to lose it for the second. It is well known that this species has an extensive breeding-season, nesting along the Cuban coast, according to Gundlach, from June to 174 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. September, while on Pelican Island, Florida, two broods are said to be raised, one in May and one in September. The difference in the time of nesting would readily account for the presence of birds in winter or non-breeding plumage at the same season as those in full nuptial dress. Although the Brown Pelican has been occasionally noted in the northern part of the Isle of Pines, it is far more numerous about the " south coast." Mr. Link found it to be very common at Caleta Grande on November 26 and 27, and again in April, fishing in the shallow water. Individuals were noted also at Cabo Frances, Los Indios, the Majagua River, and at Punta del Este, at the southeastern corner of the island. It is evident that the breeding-place of these birds must be somewhere along this coast, but it was not discovered, nor did any of the natives seem to be aware of its location. Probably it is in some retired inlet or lagoon, or perhaps on one of the isolated cays not yet visited by any ornithologist. 7. Pelecanus erythrorhynchos Gmelin. White Pelican. Pelecanus erythrorhynchus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 85 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.), 136 (I. of Pines, ex ?). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 185 (I. of Pines, ex Cory). The claim of the White Pelican to a place in the present list rests solely on the authority of Mr. Cory, as above. I have been unable to discover upon what grounds his record is based. There is but one authentic record for Cuba, and if it occurs in the Isle of Pines at all it can only be as a very rare and irregular winter visitor. 8. Fregata magnificens Matthews. Man-o'-war-bird. Fregala aquila Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 42? (Nueva Gerona. fide Gundlach).— Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 85 (I. of Pines, ingeog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 185 (Manigua, ^cgs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 188 (Bibijagua; Poey's record). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines; descr.). — Read, Bird-Lore, XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). Nycticorax ncevius Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 193 (I. of Pines). "Black-crowned Night Heron" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River), 125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios). One specimen: Los Indios. This species is apparently not nearly so common as the Yellow- crowned Xight Heron in the Isle of Pines. Although recorded by both Poey, Cory, and Gundlach, it seems to have been noted but infre- quently by Mr. Read, while Mr. Link secured only one specimen, a Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 187 young bird, much tinged with rusty on the upper partP and wing- coverts, shot at Los Indios on October 2. However, he found it rather numerous, but for some reason very shy, in the Cienaga near Sigu- anea in November and ApriL Mr. Zappey saw a flock at a fresh- water lagoon in the northern part of the island in March, 1902, and two others at Bibijagua. Nothing is known at present regarding its breeding haunts in the island. 21. Nyctanassa violacea (Linnaeus). Yellow-crowned Night Heron. Nycticorax violaceus Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). — Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 90 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines; descr.). Nyctherodius violaceus Gundl.\ch, Orn. Cubana, 1895, I94 (I- of Pines). Nyctanassa violacea B.-ilNGS & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 188 (I. of Pines, ex Poey, Cory, and Gundlach). — Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 132 ("south, coast"). "Yellow-throated [sic] Night Heron" Re.a.d, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 6 (Nuevas River). "Yellow-crowned Night Heron" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 13, and XXX, 1913. 131 (I- of Pines), 123 (Pine River), 125 (Santa Barbara). Six specimens: Los Indios, Majagua River, and Caleta Grande. All but two of this series are in ju venal dress, and even these two are not fully mature, as shown by the brownish feathers of the pileum and the dusky tinge of the back. These were secured in late October and early November. The individual from Caleta Grande, although otherwise in immature dress, is acquiring the long wdiite occipital plumes. The series of this species examined shows much variation^ which, however, is quite independent of locality. Needless to add^ I can see no ground for assuming a color-change in the feathers themselves to account for any of this variation, as suggested by Baird, Brewer, & Ridgway {Water Birds of North America, I, 1884, 63). In addition to the localities above quoted, Mr. Link saw this species at Bibijagua on the north coast, while at the western end of the Cienaga, near Siguanea, it was quite common (but very shy) in No-- vember, occurring sometimes singly, but more often in small parties,, about the edges of the marsh or in the mangroves. Nothing was. learned concerning its breeding haunts or habits. 188 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 22. Ajaia ajaja (Linnaeus). Roseate Spoonbill. Platalea ajaja Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Geronz, fide Gund- lach). — GuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 195 (I. of Pines). Ajaia ajaja Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 88 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 189 (I. of Pines; Poey's record). — Cooke, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 45, 1913, 12 (I. of Pines, ex Poey). "Roseate Spoonbill" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Vines, fide G. A. Link). One specimen: Los Indies. Mr. Link was so fortunate as to secure a fine adult of this species, shot in the swampy country near Los Indies, October 3, 1912, Within a few days of this date a few others were seen in the vicinity, all very shy, however. Poey recorded the species many years ago, but the supposition was that it had been extirpated, so that the present record becomes of more than usual interest. The natives say that it breeds in the island, which seems not unlikely. 23. Guara alba (Linnaeus). White Ibis. Ibis alba Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Guara alba Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 88 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 199 (I. of Pines). — Cooke, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 45, 1913, 14 (I. of Pines, ex Bangs and Zappey). Eudocimus albus Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 188 (Pasadita and the Cienaga; habits). "White Ibis" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 6, 10, and XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River); XXVIII, 1911, 13, and XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines), 125 (Santa Bar- bara), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios). Twelve specimens: Los Indios, Bibijagua, and Siguanea. According to Baird, Brewer, & Ridgway (Water Birds of North America, I, 1884, 90), this species exhibits a range of individual vari- ation in size not exceeded by that in any member of the family. The examination of a series of carefully sexed specimens from various sections shows that this difference is not individual, but sexual, males being decidedly larger than females, the bill especially. Audubon (Ornithological Biography, III, 1835, 176) remarks that the male has five outer primaries tipped with black, while the female has but foiir thus marked, these figures holding good with but four exceptions in a series of one hundred individuals examined (the exceptions being very old females, which were like the males). Not one of the speci- mens before me, however, shows more than four primaries with dark tips, while two specimens, both females, have but three. Most of the Isle of Pines series are immature birds, with the dusky-spotted head Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 189 and neck and dark back and wings characteristic of this stage. In- dividuals in first nuptial dress are like the adults except for the dusky mottling of the head and neck, which persists from the juvenal plumage, and similar indications on the subterminal portion of the cuter primaries. Several of the immature birds above recorded show scattered white feathers in the dark areas, but I am not sure that such indicate the onset of a moult; they were more probably acquired at the same time with the others, showing as they do the same degree of wear. This is one of the commonest and most characteristic water-birds of the island. Although of course not found in the dry parts of the interior, it is generally distributed wherever there is water, particularly about the coastal lagoons and the larger streams, where it affects the mangrove growths. It is naturally very abundant in the Cienaga, flocks of forty or fifty having often been seen near Pasadita by Mr. Zappey. This observer says that the inhabitants sometimes catch and tame the young birds, which will associate with the domestic fowls and feed on table scraps. Mr. Link found the White Ibis very numerous at the western end of the Cienaga, near Siguanea, in October and April, at both of which seasons it was observed in flocks. No nests were found, nor yet any very young birds. Its food consists of crabs, snails, frogs, and lizards. Its flesh is regarded as very good. 24. Mycteria americana Linnaeus. Wood Ibis. Tantalus loculalor Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 89 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 189 (I. of Pines, ex Cory). Mycteria americana Cooke, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 45, 1913, 22 (I. of Pines, ex Cory). There is of course no reason why the Wood Ibis should not occur in the Isle of Pines as well as in Cuba, but the only published record is the very indefinite one above quoted. It was described to Mr. Link by one of his guides as having been seen on one occasion near the Casas Mountains shortly after the close of the Spanish War, but none have been observed for man)' years. 25. Phoenicopterus ruber Linnaeus. Flamingo. Phcenicopterus ruber Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 88 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — GuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 255 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 189 (Punta del Este and Bibijagua). — Cooke, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 45, 1913, 10 (I. of Pines, ex Gundlach). Although the Flamingo is attributed to the Isle of Pines by Mr. Cory, presumably on the authority of Gundlach, as well as by Gundlach 190 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. himself, the first definite and circumstantial record is that given by Messrs. Bangs & Zappey: " A few Flamingoes inhabit Punta del Este and Bibijagua. None were seen alive, but one morning the tracks of about a dozen were found in the mud, and on another occasion three individuals that had just been shot by a native were examined." Mr. Link made special search and inquiry for this species, but without result. There is a considerable area on the " south coast" and in the Cienaga, however, w^hich still remains a terra incognita, ornithologically speaking, and it is entirely possible that Flamingoes may yet be found breeding somewhere in these parts, since it seems unlikely that they would stray all the way from Cuba. 26. Querquedula discors (Linna?us). Blue-winged Teal. Querquedida discors Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 189 (Cienaga). Two specimens: Rincon Lagoon. A winter resident in the Isle of Pines, as elsewhere in the West Indies. Mr. Zappey found it in considerable numbers in the Cienaga in March, 1902, although none were seen on his second trip, all prob- ably having already gone north. Mr. Link met with the species but once (February 21), on which occasion he shot two fine adult males from a flock of twelve birds encountered at a lagoon near Bibijagua. 27. Dendrocygna arborea (Linnaeus). Antillean Tree Duck. Dendrocygna arborea Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 87 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 189 (Santa Fe and the Cienaga; habits). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 190, and XXVIII, 191 1, 11 (I. of Pines). "West Indian Tree Duck" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 6, and XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River); XXVIII, 1911, 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Six specimens: Siguanea. One shot November 14 is in worn and faded breeding dress, but the other five, taken April 26 and 28, are in perfectly fresh plumage. All were shot at the western end of the Cienaga near Siguanea, where the species was quite common. Mr. Zappey found it numerous also in May, in the eastern part of the Cienaga. " During the day it keeps concealed in the Cienaga, but in the evening, toward dusk, it leaves the swamps to feed in the royal palms, alighting on the trees and picking off the berries. One night a half a dozen or so alighted in the palms in the plaza at Santa Fe. The call note of this bird is Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines, 191 much like that of the Wood Duck {Aix sponsa)." Mr. Read has noted it several times in the northern part of the island, along the Nuevas River. Mr. Link observed a few at Rincon Lagoon, also along the Los Indios River, and at Pasadita. It was never seen swimming about in the water like other ducks, but usually wading about in the swamps, or perched in the adjoining mangroves. The stomachs of those examined contained grass. The natives sometimes tame the young birds, several of which were seen running about the houses like domestic ducks. No nesting records were obtained. 28. Chen hyperboreus nivalis (Forster). Greater Snow Goose. Clieti hyperhorea nivalis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 87 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 189 (I. of Pines, ex Cory and Gundlach). — Cooke, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 26, 1906, 67 (I. of Pines [ex Gundlach]). Chen hyperboreus Gundl.\ch, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 257 (I. of Pines). According to Gundlach this species has appeared in Cuba as a winter resident in considerable numbers, and he records it from the Isle of Pines without special comment, although it has not been detected there by any of the more recent workers. It has been recorded from Jamaica, however, as well as from Porto Rico, but according to Prof. Cooke is not common as a rule anywhere south of North Carolina. 29. Cathartes aura aura (Linnaeus). Southern Turkey Vulture. Cathartes aura Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach; habits). — Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 98 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XVIII, 1905, 122 (I. of Pines; crit.).— Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines). Cathartes aura aura Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 190 (Santa Fe; crit.; meas.). — Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). (?)" Carrion Crow" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines), 102 (crit.; "prob- ably an immature Turkey Buzzard"). "Turkey Buzzard" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909. 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 84 (Los Tres Hermanos Mountains); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley). "Southern Turkey Buzzard" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5, and XXVIII, 1911, 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 3 (McKinley), 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.), 7 Canada Mountains, etc.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios). (?) Catharista uruba [sic] Re.ad, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (crit.; "possibly an immature Turkey Buzzard"). One specimen: Los Indios. y 192 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Mr. Nelson refers specimens of the Turkey Vulture from the Isle of Pines, Cuba, southern Mexico, and Central America to true aura of Linnaeus, which he distinguishes from the northern form ( C. a. septentrionalis Wied) by its smaller size, narrower and less well- marked brown borders to the feathers of the back, and the usually lighter color of the shafts of the primaries. The Los Indios skin (a female) measures as follows: wing, 495; tail, 245; tarsus, 60. It is appreciably darker and blacker below, especially posteriorly, than any of the northern examples with which I have been able to compare it, and while it has less brown above than the average northern bird, it can be matched very closely by a skin from Colorado. The only other specimen of supposedly true aura at present available is a female from Mamatoco, near Santa Marta, Colombia. This measures as follows: wing, 502; tail, 257; tarsus, 65. It is absolutely the same as northern birds in color, and exceeds several of them in size. Although the series of this species at hand for study is admittedly small, it leaves the impression that the characters relied on to distinguish the two supposed races are too slight and inconstant to justify any such formal separation. At any rate, not one of the individuals measured is as large as those referred to by Mr. Nelson, although several are in fine fresh plumage. No Brazilian skins have been seen; they are said to be decidedly smaller. This is one of the most common and universally distributed large birds of the island. Poey refers at some length to the habits of this vulture as observed on the north coast, and the references above listed will serve as a summary of the numerous published records of later observers. As elsewhere in the tropical regions of the New World, it is numerous in the vicinity of towns and cultivated lands, where it is seldom molested, being valued so highly for its services as a scaven- ger. Mr. Link in the month of June found it frequenting crevices in the rocks near the top of the Casas Mountains, where it was doubtless nesting. 30. Rostrhamus sociabilis (Vieillot). Everglade Kite. Rostrhamus sociabilis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 98 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — GuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 14 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 191 (Cienaga and Santa Rosalia Lagoon; food). " Everglade Kite" Read, I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines). Gundlach says that this species is very common in the Zapata Swamp in Cuba and in the Isle of Pines. Mr. Zappey found it Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 193 common in the Cienaga, where, however, it was not met with by Mr. Link, although he made special search. It may be of very local dis- tribution, or possibly its numbers have been reduced in the last few years almost to the vanishing point. Mr. Read seems not to have encountered it either, and it is difficult to account for its apparent absence. 31. Circus hudsonius (Linnaeus). Marsh Hawk. "Marsh Hawk" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 224 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910. 15 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, 1911, 7 (I. of Pines, Nov. 26), 114 (West Mc- Kinley, Oct.); XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines, winter). Circus hudsonius Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines); I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines, winter). One specimen: Los Indios. A winter resident, apparently not ver}^ common. Mr. Link saw a few in the marshy country around Los Indios and the Majagua River from October on, securing a single bird on January 13. Mr. Read has observed it several times in the northwestern part of the island, his earliest fall record being October 12 (1909). According to Gundlach it is not rare in Cuba, although not known from any of the Other Antilles. Buteo platypterus cubanensis Burns. Cuban Broad-winged Hawk. "Broad-winged Hawk" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 84 (Los Tres Hermanos Mountains); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines). Buteo platypterus cubanensis Burns, Wilson Bull., XVIII, 191 1, 148, in text (diag.), 195 ([Los] Tres Hermanos Mountains, ^c/e Read). Biileo platypterus Read, I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines). Mr. Frank L. Burns has ventured to separate (provisionally at least) the Broad- winged Hawk of Cuba and Porto Rico under the above name. The only record for the Isle of Pines is based on a field-glass identification by Mr. Read, who says that he saw a pair circling about the crown of Los Tres Hermanos Mountains, near Nueva Gerona, on April 3, 1910. While there is of course nothing intrinsically improbable in the occurrence of this species in the island, it is deemed best not to formally admit it to the present list until more conclusive evidence is adduced. 32. Urubitinga gundlachii (Cabanis). Cuban Crab Hawk. Hypomorphus gundlachi Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Urubitinga anthracina (not Falco anlhracinus Lichtenstein) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 99 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 18, 19 (I. of Pines; nesting). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 191 (I. of Pines, ex Poey; crit.). 194 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Uriibitinga gundlachii Bangs, Auk, XXII, 1905, 307 (I. of Pines, ex Gundlach; crit.). — Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines); I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (Cienaga and " south coast;" descr.; nesting). "Cuban Crab Hawk" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 168 (Los Indios). Seven specimens: Los Indios and Caleta Grande. Many years ago Poey recorded this species from the Isle of Pines on the authority of Gundlach, which author later speaks of having found a nest there, built in a " jucaro " tree, and constructed of twigs like those of other hawks. " The egg was dirty white with a greenish tinge. At the larger end were some very pale lilac spots. The di- mensions were 58 by 45 millimeters." (Translation.) Mr. Zappey failed to meet with the species in the island, however, and in the absence of specimens Mr. Bangs was perforce obliged to follow Gundlach and other authors in considering it the same as the conti- nental species, U. anthracina. Shortly thereafter, however, the receipt of a fine pair of adults from the coast of Cuba afforded the much desired opportunity for comparison, which showed that the Cuban and continental forms were quite distinct. The present series, which includes two adult birds, abundantly confirms this conclusion, although I cannot agree with I\Ir. Bangs that U. gundlachii is only distantly related to U. anthracina. In form, proportions, and style of coloration the two species are practically alike, but they may be separated at a glance by their different colors. U. gundlachii is chocolate-brown, with a slight purplish gloss, where U. anthracina is black, except the tail, which is about the same color in both. The bases of the remiges are broadly white underneath in U. gundlachii, but merely mottled with white in U. anthracina. With a fairly representative series of the latter before me, I fail to appreciate any constant differences in the position and extent of the white bands on the tail, to which Mr. Bangs calls attention. In fact, this is a variable character in U. anthracina at least, and little importance can be attached to it. The feathers of the upper parts are decidedly paler basally in U. gundlachii than in U. anthracina, and the outer webs of the primaries lighter gray. Immature birds, too, are duller in color than those of U. anthracina, and the barring on the tibiae and tail is not so coarse. The iris is given as dark brown in the adults and light brown in the young. Mr. Link met with this species only in the southwestern part of the Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 195 island, at Caleta Grande, Los Indies, and near the mouth of the Ma- jagua River. Invariably it was found among the mangroves, on the lookout for the various kinds of crabs which constitute its main article of diet. It was singularly tame and unsuspecting, and could be approached without special precautions. It was usually observed singly, and never more than two together. About a dozen or fifteen individuals in all were observed, so that it can scarcely be considered a common bird. j\Ir. Read claims to have seen it on the Santa Barbara tract. 33. Falco peregrinus anatum Bonaparte. Duck Hawk. Falco peregrinus anatum Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 191 (I. of Pines). ■" Duck Hawk" Read, I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines). A winter resident in the West Indies. The only Isle of Pines record is that quoted above, which refers to a bird examined in March, 1902, by Mr. Zappey, under somewhat unusual circumstances. It had " struck and killed a hen, and being either unable or unwilling to let go, was chopped to pieces by some natives with their machetes." 34. Falco columbarius columbarius Linnaeus. Pigeon Hawk. Falco columbarius Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 99 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). Hypotriorchis columbarius Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 29 (I. of Pines). Falco columbarius columbarius Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 191 (I. of Pines, ex Cory and Gundlach). Like the last a winter resident, but much more numerous, having been repeatedly observed by Mr. Link at Los Indios in September, following the immense flocks of doves which were frequenting the open country at that season. On one occasion an individual was noted in pursuit of a pair of the larger pigeons ( Columha inornata proximo). None were noticed in the spring, however. 35. Falco sparverioides Vigors. Cuban Sparrow Hawk. Falco sparverius (not of Linnaeus) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona., fide Gundlach). Cerchneis sparveria dominicensis (not Falco dominicensis Gmelin) Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 191 (Santa Fe, San Juan, Jucaro, Laguna Grande, and Los Almacigos; plum.; habits). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 11 (I. of Pines); I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines; descr. ; habits). "Cuban Sparrow Hawk" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58, 102, and XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 3 (McKinley 196 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. and Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.). 6, lo, 123 (Nuevas River), 7 (Caiiada Mountains, etc.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 125 (Santa Barbara). Falco sparverioides Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 191 1, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). Falco sparverius s parveroides Bangs, Auk, XXXII, 1915, 484 (I. of Pines; crit.)- Thirteen specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indies, and Nueva Gerona. Three of the males have the back immaculate, but in the other males it is spotted, and in one case as heavily barred as in F. sparverius loquacula of Porto Rico. The spotting on the sides is prominent in some specimens, but absent in others. The tail-pattern, however, is fairly constant — far more so than in the Porto Rican bird. The rufous crown-spot is barely indicated in a few of the males, but in several of the females it is large and prominent. In only one of the females do the markings of the under surface approximate in intensity the average of those in true F. sparverius. Males taken July 9 and 1 1 are in the midst of the postnuptial moult. Only one specimen of this series is in the dark phase. If this form is a distinct species, as ranked by most authors, its distribution is certainly most peculiar, occupying as it does an area between that of two other forms which are unquestionably merely geographic races of F. sparverius, the range of which thereby becomes discontinuous. According to Mr. Cory ( Catalogue of West Indian Birds, 1892, 139) the Santo Domingo bird {Falco dominicensis Gmelin) is separable from that of Cuba, differing in having no dark phase, as well as in other respects. Mr. Cory bases his statement on the ex- amination of no less than forty-six specimens from Haiti and Santo Domingo. If he is correct, there can remain no valid reason for refusing recognition to dominicensis as an insular race of sparverius. A due regard for consistency would require also that the light phase of the Cuban bird (to which Mr. Ridgway applied the name leucophrys in 1870), be recognized in a similar way, but complications immedi- ately arise upon attempting to include the dark phase in such an arrangement. The case has been very fully discussed by Mr. Chap- man {Bulletin American Museum of Natural History, IV, 1892, 295), who points out that the dichromatism in this species is unusual in that it involves also certain changes in the pattern of coloration. That such a striking variation should have developed in only a com- paratively restricted portion of the range of the Falco sparverius Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 197 group makes the case all the more remarkable and interesting, and suggests that while the light phase is probably subspecifically 'related to F. sparverius, as already intimated, the dark phase may be in reality a distinct species, which is common in Cuba and rare in the Isle of Pines, but does not extend to Haiti and Santo Domingo. Indeed, this was substantially the view of the case accepted by the earlier authors. As far back as 1855, however, Gundlach {Journal fiir Ornithologie, " 1854," 1855, extraheft, p. Ixxxiv), insisted that such could not be the case, since he had found the two supposed species paired together. On the strength of a series of specimens sent by him to the U. S. National Museum Mr. Ridgway (Aiik, VIII, 1891, 113) accepted this conclusion, which so far as I am aware has not been seriously questioned since. It is significant, however, that Mr. Chap- man, in the paper referred to above, says that of all the Sparrow Hawks secured or observed by him in Cuba, light and dark, on no occasion did he find birds of different phases mated. That such unions occa- sionally occur, however, can scarcely be questioned in view of Gund- lach's testimony, but the fact need in no way militate against the view here advanced that two species may be involved. The variability of the dark birds would then be explainable by what we now know of the laws of inheritance, and even the fact (if it is a fact) alleged by Mr. Cory, that light and dark birds have been taken from the same nest, on a similar hypothesis. This is certainly a case demanding further investigation in the field, as in no other way can a final conclusion be reached. While I do not venture at present to make the formal nomenclatural shift indicated, I predict that this will eventually be found necessary. The recognition of a genus Cerchneis for the American Sparrow Hawks, while doubtless justifiable, seems to me to involve also the raising of certain other groups of Falco to generic rank, and as I have neither the time nor the material for an investigation of this kind, I follow for the present the nomenclature of the American Ornithologists' Union Check List of North American Birds. This is the commonest hawk in the Isle of Pines, being generally distributed in the drier parts, back from the coast and the rivers. Nests with young birds were found about Nueva Gerona and Los Indios in April and May, built in holes in dead palm- and pine-trees, twenty or thirty feet up. The birds of this species are wont to follow the fires kindled by the natives in clearing the land of brush and 198 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. grass, feeding on the lizards dislodged by the flames. Mr. Zappey saw but a single individual in the dark phase, Mr. Link only one, and Messrs' Palmer and Riley none at all, which circumstance tends to show how rare it is in the island as compared with Cuba. 36. Polyborus cheriway (Jacquin). Audubon Caracara. Polyhorus vulgaris Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Polyborus cherhvay Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 99 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 191 (Santa Fe; habits). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, II (I. of Pines). — Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara); I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines). "Caracara" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913. 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines). One specimen; Nueva Gerona. The Caracara is confined in the West Indies to Cuba and the Isle of Pines, where it is not a common bird, and is moreover shy and difficult of approach. Messrs. Palmer and Riley saw one each at both Manigua and Nueva Gerona, and Mr. Link secured a single immature example at the latter locality on January 29. Others were observed at Los Indios and Bibijagua, and on one occasion, near Santa Fe, as many as a half-dozen together, feeding on the carcass of a cow. In- dividuals were repeatedly seen following in the wake of the fires started to burn off the old crop of grass, in search of the bodies of the lizards, snails, etc., which were left behind. The specimen secured by Mr. Zappey near Sa-nta Fe is said to be indistinguishable from Florida examples. 37. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis (Gmelin). Osprey. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 99 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 192 (I. of Pines, ex Cory). " Fish Hawk" Read, I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines). This species is recorded by Mr. Cory, but was not observed either by Mr. Zappey or Messrs. Palmer and Riley, nor has Mr. Read ever met with it. The single individual noted by Mr. Link was seen at Caleta Grande on April 21, sailing about high overhead. It is un- accountably rare in this section. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 199 38. Colinus cubanensis (Gould). Cuban Bob-white. Colinus cubanensis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 96 (I. of Pines, in geog, distr.). — GuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 171 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey. Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 192 (Santa Fe, Nueva Gerona, and Cayo Bonito). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXVIII, 1911, 13 (I. of Pines). — Read, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 18, 1914 (I. of Pines; habits). "Bob-white" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 57 (I. of Pines). "Quail" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines), 102 (crit.). "Cuban Bob-white" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 13 (West McKinley). "Cuban Quail" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 3, 5 (McKinley; nesting), 10, and XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios). Twelve specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, and Nueva Gerona. No two of the males in this series are exactly alike. Several have the under surface from the breast down more or less spotted with buffy white in irregular pattern: these are doubtless younger birds in first winter or first nuptial dress, according to season. But even in the case of individuals presumably adult there is much variation as regards the character and extent of the black streaking on the lower breast. Although given by some authors as a subspecies of C. virginiamis, this form is clearly entitled to rank as a full species, being indeed closer to some of the Mexican forms than to that of peninsular Florida. The latter, however, has been introduced into Cuba, where it has interbred with the native species to such an extent that in many localities it is now difficult, so Dr. Thomas Barbour tells me, to secure specimens which do not show traces of such mixed ancestry. The Isle of Pines birds, however, are presumably pure-bred. Except in the breeding season, which extends from May to July, the Cuban Bob-white is generally found in coveys or family groups, frequenting the dry pastures, especially where there are low palmettos for shelter. In notes and habits it closely resembles C. virginianus. A nest with ten eggs was found July 10, 1912, on the El Bobo planta- tion northeast of McKinley, and Mr. Read mentions having found young birds just able to fly on August i, near the same place. Indeed he claims that this species breeds more than once in a season. The eggs are pure white, unmarked, like those of C. virginianus. The species is common and generally distributed throughout the dry in- terior of the island, but is of course absent from the region south of the Cienaga. Being one of the recognized game-birds, it is hunted 200 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. by the inhabitants for food and sport during the open season, from September to April inclusive. In spite of this, and of the death of many young birds which perish during the rainy season, it appears to be holding its own fairly well. It is like the Bob-white of the north in being a great destroyer of noxious insects, and a covey on a plantation is an invaluable asset. 39. Rallus elegans ramsdeni Riley. Cuban King Rail. Rallus elegans? (not of Audubon) Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 192 (Cienaga). (?) "Virginia Rail?" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 7, 13, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines). Two specimens: Siguanea. Measurements. No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill. Tarsus 41304' 9 Siguanea, I. of Pines 141 53 46 52 41305" cf Siguanea, I. of Pines 150 60 57 54 233478' cf Guantanamo, Cuba 149 53 57 54-5 Four adult males from eastern U. S., average 166 68 58.5 58.5 Although the King Rail was long ago recorded as resident in Cuba by Gundlach, no specimens seem to have found their way into col- lections until quite recently, when Mr. Charles T. Ramsden sent a small series to the U. S. National Museum for examination. Mr, Joseph H. Riley was thus enabled to prove the correctness of his sur- mise as to the distinctness of the Cuban bird, which he accordingly named in honor of Mr. Ramsden {Proceedings Biological Society cf Washington, XXVI, 1913, 83). As might be expected, the Isle of Pines bird also belongs to the same small, pale race. The two speci- mens above recorded, although not actually compared with the type of ramsdeni, differ from examples from the eastern United States in the chief respects pointed out in Mr. Riley's diagnosis. Besides being smaller, they have much whiter throats and bellies, and the color of the breast also is decidedly paler, less rufescent, than in the dullest colored skins of true elegans available. The statement " sides of head behind eye paler " holds only for the female, the male being different, more like elegans, in this respect, so that this can scarcely be used as a diagnostic character. Besides the pair taken at Siguanea, several others were seen there, ' Collection Carnegie Museum. * Collection U. S. National Museum; measurements as given by Mr. Riley. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 201 all in fresh or nearly fresh water. It was found at Los Indios also, about three miles up the river from the coast, and one was shot at Pasadita, in the Cienaga, the latter part of May, but not preserved. Mr. Zappey secured several specimens at the latter locality in March, 1902, but because he did not chance to get any on his second trip he inferred that the species did not breed in the island. We now know, however, that it is a resident in the fresh-water marshes of both Cuba and the Isle of Pines, and doubtless all the birds seen by Mr. Link were breeding at the time. The " Virginia Rail " mentioned by Mr. Read as having been noted on sundry occasions (in fresh-water sloughs only) is doubtfully referred to the present species, no specimens having been taken. 40. Rallus longirostris leucophaeus Todd. Isle of Pines Clapper Rail. (?) "Virginia Rail?" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 146 (Bibijagua). Rallus longirostris leucophcBus Todd, Proc. BioL Soc. Washington, XXVI, 1913, 174 (Majagua River; orig. descr.; type in colL Carnegie Museum). Eight specimens: Los Indios and Majagua River. Type, No. 39,717, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Ma- jagua River, Isle of Pines, November 7, 1912; Gustav A. Link. Description. — General color of upper parts deep clove-brown or brownish black with an olivaceous shade, all the feathers margined with neutral gray, giving a streaked appearance, these edgings very broad and prominent on the scapulars and tertiaries; tail like the back; wings dull brown, the *upper coverts strongly shaded with bufify brown, the under coverts and axillaries dusky, narrowly barred with white; crown and back of the neck like the back, but duller, and the gray edgings indistinct; sides of head and neck dull grayish; suborbital spot and supraloral streak dull bufify white; throat white; lower throat and upper breast suffused with ochraceous buff; lower breast and abdomen (medially) dull white, the sides of the latter dusky, barred with white; under tail-coverts mostly white, with indistinct broad dusky barring; " iris dark brown." Measurements of Adults. No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill. Tarsus. 39571 cf Los Indios 144 55 61 54 39684 cf Los Indios 148 58 62 55 39717 cf Majagua River 147 60 61 55 39610 9 Los Indios 132 59 58 48 39627 9 Los Indios 132 54 55 49 202 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Some individuals show more or less decided traces of white bars on the upper wing-coverts also. Immature birds differ from adults in the color of the under parts, which are much darker, and suffused with grayish buffy. The discovery of the Clapper Rail in the Isle of Pines, and that the birds of this species occurring there represent a new and very distinct form, is of more than passing interest. The new race, while closely resembling R. I. waynei of the South Atlantic coast in the color of the upper surface, is much whiter below than any of the other known forms of this group. That a sedentary species such as the Clapper Rail, which throughout its West Indian range has a habitat and environment practically the same — the mangrove swamps — should vary to such an extent is surprising enough, but that the Isle of Pines form should differ so widely from that of the neighboring island of Cuba, resembling instead certain other more remote forms, is a problem requiring consideration, suggesting that in the case of the Clapper Rail segregation has been a factor in the evolution of the species. Since I wrote my review of Bahaman birds I have had occasion to alter my views as to the status of the various forms of this group. I now believe they should all stand as subspecies of the South American Rallus longirostris. The present form is based upon a series of five adult and three immature birds, collected by Mr. Link at Los Indios and the Majagua River. It was confined to the mangroves, and seemed to be fairly common there, judging from the number which were daily heard. It proved to be very difficult to secure, however, preferring to seek safety when disturbed more by dodging through the thick growth rather than by flight. Young in the down were seen on several occasions along the sea-beach near the mouth of the Majagua River, upon being alarmed disappearing into the mangroves, where they were safe from pursuit. While not actually observed at any other locality than the two above mentioned, the species doubtless occurs at other points along the coast, in salt-water lagoons, wherever the mangroves grow, and it was probably this species which was recorded by Mr. Read from Bibijagua under the name " Virginia Rail." Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 203 41. Gallinula chloropus cachinnans Bangs. ^ Florida Gallinule. Gallinula galeata (not of Lichtenstein) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 91 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 192 (Santa Rosalia Lagoon). "Florida Gallinule" Re.a.d, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Mr. Zappey found a few Florida Gallinules in Santa Rosalia Lagoon in March, 1902, but saw none on his later trip. In Cuba, according to Gundlach, it is a regular breeder, so that it is entirely probable that in due time it will be found breeding in the Isle of Pines likewise. It seems, however, to be a rare bird there at any season. Mr. Read says that he saw a pair in the Santa Barbara tract in September, and while Mr. Link did not actually meet with a living bird, he found the remains of an individual at Los Indios in October, doubtless one which had been killed by a hawk. 42. lonornis martinica (Linnaeus). Purple Gallinule. lonornis martinica Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 91 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs&Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 192 (Pasadita; meas.; crit.). Four specimens: Pasadita. This is a fairly common species in the Cienaga at Pasadita, where specimens were collected by both Mr. Zappey and Mr. Link. Its local range, however, seems to be quite restricted, since it has not been detected at other points in the island, not even at the western end of the Cienaga, which Mr. Link explored carefully. Messrs. Bangs and Zappey call attention to the large size of the birds collected by the latter as compared with specimens from the southern United States. With only a few specimens from South Carolina and Florida before me, however, it appears that several of these are quite as large as the Isle of Pines birds, the males of which fall below the measurements given by the authors in question. Fe- males are somewhat smaller than males. 43. Fulica americana Gmelin. Coot. Fulica americana Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 91 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 249 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 193 (I. of Pines, ex Cory and Gundlach). Gundlach appears to have been the only observer to record this species from the Isle of Pines, and his is merely a casual reference. He ' Mr. Bangs {Proceedings New England Zoological Club, V, 1915, 96) appears to have made out a good case for the subspecific status of the North American form. 204 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. says that in Cuba it comes from the north in large numbers for the winter, leaving in April, but that a few remain to breed. Under such circumstances it is odd that there are no more records from the Isle of Pines, where there are certainly many places suited to its needs. 44. Aramus vociferus (Latham). Limpkin. Aramus gaiiraiina [sic] Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Aramus gigatiteus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 90 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 237 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 149 (I. of Pines; habits); XXVIII, 191 1, 11 (I. of Pines); XXX, 1913, 122 (McKinley; habits). — Re.a.d, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 31, 1914 (descr.; habits). Aramus giganteus holosticlus Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 194 (Cienaga; crit.; ex Notherodius holostictus Cabanis). "Limpkin" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Re.\d, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 5, and XXVIII, 191 1, 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 127 (Santa Barbara), 130, 131 (I. of Pines), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona). Three specimens: Nueva Gerona and Pasadita. Measurements. No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill. Tarsus, 4342 d^ Melbourne, Florida 308 126 121 115 4343 9 Melbourne, Florida 303 133 no 116 26959 cf Bebedero, Costa Rica 325 146 120 122 27438 9 im. Lower Kissimmee R., Florida 300 127 104 112 27458 d^ Bassenger, Florida 319 140 131 126 39410 d^ Utuado, Porto Rico 306 139 103 41126 9 Nueva Gerona, I. of Pines 310 134 121 120 41197 & Nueva Gerona, I. of Pines 318 149 118 125 41385 9 Pasadita, I. of Pines 323 144 125 125 From the above table of measurements it must be obvious that West Indian specimens of this species vary in dimensions fully as much as do Florida birds, the variation in both being considerable. Nor, after careful comparison, can I detect any constant difiference in color between the two series, such variation as exists seeming to depend largely on season, birds in fresher plumage being generally darker. Florida examples, it is true, seem to have rather more white on the under wing-coverts, but this is such a variable feature that I believe its value would disappear in a larger series. Some individuals have the under tail-coverts distinctly streaked with white, in others these Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 205 feathers are plain. Under the circumstances I am forced to the conclusion that the individual described by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey from the Isle of Pines was an unusually small, perhaps immature, bird, and that therefore their recognition of a subspecies holostictus from the West Indies, on the strength of this specimen, cannot stand. So far at least as Mr. Link's experience goes, this is not a very common bird in the Isle of Pines. Two were shot at a lagoon north- east of Nueva Gerona, and one in the Cienaga at Pasadita. A few others were seen at the latter locality, as well as at El Canal, on the route between Santa Fe and the Cienaga, where they were observed in the dry uplands, in a plowed field. Mr. Zappey, however, saw none outside of the Cienaga. Messrs. Palmer and Riley heard several in the vicinity of Nueva Gerona, and Mr. Read has noted the species repeatedly at various points in the northwestern part of the island, remarking that it is solitary in its habits, and is oftener heard than seen. The fresh-water snails which abound in the rivers and lagoons constit- tute its principal food. " In the night it is a noisy bird, making weird, mysterious cries, from which it gets its name " [of " Crying Bird "]. Its ordinary alarm-note in the daytime is a frog-like croak. Nothing is yet on record regarding its breeding on the island. 45. Grus mexicana nesiotes Bangs & Zappey. Cuban Sandhill Crane. Grus poliophcea (not of Wagler) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, Jide Gundlach). Grus canadensis (not of Linnaeus) Gundlach, Journ. fur Orn., 1875, 293 (I. of Pines; habits). — Gundlach, Contr. Orn. Cubana, 1876, 143 (I. of Pines). Grus mexicana (not of Miiller) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 90 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, I7S (I- of Pines). — Cooke, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric, No. 128, 1914, 10 (I. of Pines, ex Gundlach). Grus nesiotes Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 193 (La Vega and Pasa- dita; orig. descr. ; type now in coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.; habits; crit.). — Allen, Auk, XXII, 1905, 329, in text (review). — Editors, Ibis, 1905, 631, in text (review). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines); XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 7, 1914 (I. of Pines; habits). "Sand-hill Crane" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines), 102 (syn.). "Cuban Crane" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 7 (Caiiada Mountains, etc.), 113 (West Mc- Kinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River), 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines)^ Three specimens: Los Indios. The measurements given in the following table, having been taken- by different individuals, are possibly not entirely comparable, although. 206 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. doubtless sufficiently so to show the relative size and proportions of the three forms under consideration. Grus mexicana mexicana: No Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill. Tarsus. 36ii5>- d^ Plymouth, Ohio 490 196 152 230 162903" cf Lake Trafford, Florida 505 200 131 258 162904H (^ Fort Thompson, Florida 485 185 129 252 175530" cf Lake Kissimmee, Florida 503 185 128 258 17451" cf Bassenger, Florida 525 179 142 258 17452" 9 Bassenger, Florida 501 174 138 237 175408" 9 Sawgrass I., Polk Co., Florida 470 164 127 231 239548" 9 Elk River, Minnesota 515 195 130 223 1990" 9 Towner Co., North Dakota 577 196 134 240 246411-' 9 Manatee Co., Florida 510 232 127 215 Grus ?nexicatia nesiotes: 132381" cf La Vega, L of Pines 474 187 125 209 13239"' cf Pasadita, I. of Pines 460 171 123 204 .3967512 9 Los Indios, L of Pines 425 162 100 188 3967612 9 Los Indios, I. of Pines 431 171 no 198 4132312 9 Los Indios, I. of Pines 432 165 107 187 211220" 9 Puerto Principe, Cuba 475 171 124 214 Grus canadensis: 21614I- cf Emporia, Kansas 490 183 118 199 193556" d^ Ft. Resolution, Mackenzie 480 173 109 227 58485" cf Ft. Kenai, Alaska 485 187 96 208 993713 cT Nome, Alaska 463 161 82 161 1858713 c? Nome, Alaska 487 I73 88 202 246391^ cf Carmon, Manitoba 541 192 124 217 330631* & Cameron Co., Texas 512 175 107 197 33062!^ 9 Cameron Co., Texas 490 207 97 200 3852412 9 Hooper Bay, Alaska 475 184 103 193 193555" 9 Slave River, 20 mi. above Ft. Resolution, Mackenzie 444 166 97 209 184977" 9 La Barca, Jalisco, Mexico 430 148 89 198 " 9 Nushagak, Alaska 430 158 88 184 25979" ? Keith Co., Nebraska 458 154 90 184 The present series, secured by Mr. Link after strenuous and repeated efforts, has served as a basis for further and independent comparisons 1" Collection E. A. and O. Bangs. " Collection U. S. National Museum. 1- Collection Carnegie Museum. " Collection Louis B. Bishop. '' Collection Jonathan Dvvight. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 207 in an effort to determine the true status and relationships of the Sand- hill Crane of Cuba and the Isle of Pines. Although known from the latter locality for many years, having been recorded by Poey (on Gundlach's authority) as far back as 1854, specimens have apparently been wanting in collections. In 1904, however, Mr. Zappey was successful in securing two male birds, which were described the fol- lowing year under the name Grtis nesiotes. The smaller size was given as the chief point of difference between the new form and G. mexicana, the differences in color being insignificant. As shown in the foregoing table of measurements, the two birds collected by Mr. Zappey, although in rather worn plumage, average somewhat larger than the three females taken by Mr. Link. Nevertheless, the bird represented by these five skins seems worthy of distinction from G. mexicana of the mainland, being so much smaller that its recognition is easy, but it is a curious fact (and one apparently ignored by the describers) that by this very token it approaches G. canadensis. Even in the small series of these two forms examined the measurements inosculate. But while in general size the two appear to be about the same, the bill in nesiotes seems to average relatively longer. The range of variation in this respect is nevertheless considerable in both forms, so much so that it is very doubtful if they can invariably be discriminated by any fixed differences in size or proportions. The status of G. canadensis has indeed been in the past the subject of considerable dispute, into the history of which it is here unnecessary to go; suffice it to say that current usage, as reflected by the American Ornithologists' Union Check List of North American Birds, accords it specific rank. Author- ities are agreed that G. canadensis and G. mexicana can be distinguished from each other only by size, both species varying greatly in color, this variation affecting mainly the mantle, which is often strongly washed with brown. According to Messrs. Bangs and Zappey this brown wash is characteristic of the breeding-season, at least in the case of G. mexicana. Birds taken in May are quite appreciably browner than those taken in October, although the variation in this respect is not nearly so marked as in the other two forms, and it is of course possible that this difference may prove to be suflficiently con- stant to be used as a diagnostic character. It is of course inconceiv- able that nesiotes is a subspecies of the boreal and western G. cana- densis, its real affinities being rather with G. mexicana, the range of which it approximates. To reduce it to a subspecies of the latter, 208 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. while at the same time keeping G. canadensis specifically distinct, may seem an inconsistent course to pursue; nevertheless, in the writer's judgment it more nearly expresses the facts of the case than to recog- nize it as a full species or (to go to the other extreme) to sink it as a synonym of G. mexicana. Indeed, Messrs. Bangs and Zappey seem to have been kept from following the arrangement here adopted merely by the consideration that the name mexicana has probably been improperly applied, a question on which I can at present express no opinion. It may be added that future research may show that the bird of Cuba is not the same as that of the Isle of Pines. The measurements of the single Cuban example above given are those of an individual which died in captivity. While the Cuban Sandhill Crane can by no means be considered a common species in the Isle of Pines, it nevertheless is a well-known and generally distributed bird. It has repeatedly been observed in the northern portion of the island by Mr. Read and Mr. Link, and by the latter at Pasadita also, where Mr. Zappey took one of his specimens. Three fine specimens were secured by Mr. Link at Los Indios. The two shot October 24 were taken by the ingenious device of dressing in green clothing and cautiously creeping towards the birds on hands and knees, their attention being distracted meanwhile by the manceu- vers of another party at a distance, in the opposite direction. Fre- quenting the more open situations, as they invariably do, and being such wild and wary birds, it is seldom that they can be approached within gunshot, except by some such subterfuge as that just de- scribed. Their flesh is esteemed as food by the inhabitants, and they are shot for this purpose at every possible chance, but in spite of this persecution they have succeeded in holding their own fairly well. Mr. Link estimates that he saw as many as twenty-five individuals during his stay on the island. On one occasion a group of five were seen together, but as a rule not more than two or three were observed in company. In the latter case he believes that a pair with their young were represented. The Crane lays two eggs, but it is seldom that more than one young bird is raised, owing to the destruction caused by the ants, which often kill the young first hatched, while the one hatched later may escape. No nests were actually discovered, but broken egg-shells were found, and on several occasions young birds were seen in captivity, indicating that the eggs are laid early in May. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 209 When taken young the Crane is easily tamed, and makes a very inter- esting pet. It feeds on worms, insects, lizards, etc., and may often be observed in recently burnt tracts, picking up the lizards which have perished in the fire. It is a very noisy bird, and also has a peculiar way of dancing, strutting around with bill pointed straight up, the wings spread, while all the time it utters its loud discordant notes. 46. Sterna maxima Bodda?rt. Royal Tern. Sterna cayennensis Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, ^Je Gundlach). Sterna maxima Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 82 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 196 (seacoast and cays). Thalasseus maximiis Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 287 (I. of Pines). "Royal Tern" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 25, 1914 (Punta Frances). Four specimens: Los Indios, Majagua River, and Cayo Frances. Specimens shot September 27 and November 7 show moult of the primaries in progress, while an individual taken November 30 is in full dress. The Royal Tern is found at various points along the seacoast and among the outlying cays. In addition to the localities above specified, it was noted off Punta del Este and about the island known as Morrillo del Diablo, on the north coast. Probably, however, none of these birds were breeding at the time. In May, 1910, a nest with two eggs was found near the sea-beach, east of the mouth of the Nuevas River. 47. Sterna sandvicensis acuflavida Cabot. Cabot Tern. Three specimens: Los Indios. A few were noted at Los Indios on September 27, in company with the Royal Tern, and three specimens were secured. One of these is an adult in winter dress; the other two are immature birds. The species has long been known from Cuba, Jamaica, and Porto Rico, but this is the first record for the Isle of Pines. So far as I have been able to discover there are no breeding records for Cuba, although Gundlach claims to have taken young in the first plumage in August. 48. Sterna antillarum (Lesson). Least Tern. About a dozen of these birds were observed in May, 1910, about a sea-beach east of the mouth of the Nuevas River, under circumstances which indicated that they were breeding at the time, as were the Royal Terns, with which they were associated. The species was found 210 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. also in some numbers at Cayo Largo, an island some fifty miles east of the Isle of Pines, during a brief visit the latter part of May, and a specimen was secured. 49. Himantopus mexicanus (Miiller). Black-necked Stilt. Himantopus mexicanus Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 195 (Bibi- jagua). Mr. Zappey has been the only observer to meet with this species in the Isle of Pines. Two were seen, one of which was secured, in the " Salina " at Bibijagua on May 15, 1904. According to Prof. Cooke {Bulletin Biological Survey, No. 35, 1910, 20), " the species is a toler- ably common resident of the entire West Indies," a statement con- firmed by Gundlach {Ornitologia Ciibana, 1895, 222), so that its occurrence in the Isle of Pines is no more than was to be expected. 50. Gallinago delicata (Ord). Wilson Snipe. "Wilson Snipe" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 224 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 15 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Gallinago delicata Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines). The Wilson Snipe is a winter resident in the Isle of Pines, living in fresh-water swamps, where there is always plenty of suitable covert. The brush and marsh-grasses in these situations make shooting much more difficult than in the north, and although individuals were seen from time to time, none were actually secured. The first was observed at Bogarona on October 17, and others were noted in a marshy tract near the Caballos Mountains at intervals through the winter months. Mr. Read has recorded its arrival in fall migration as early as Sep- tember 2 (1913), other records being September 18 (1912), October 3 (191 1) and 21 (1909). No spring dates of departure are on record. 51. Limnodromus griseus griseus (Gmelin). Dowitcher. Seven specimens: Los Indies, Rincon Lagoon, and El Bobo Lagoon. A single individual, the only one seen at the time, was shot at Los Indios on November 23. Several good-sized flocks were seen at Rincon Lagoon on February 21 and 22, and three weeks later (March 14 and 15) it was found in considerable abundance at El Bobo Lagoon. All of the specimens secured are in full winter dress with the exception of one from this latter locality, in which the prenuptial moult of the body-plumage is in progress, the bird presenting a curious pied ap- pearance. The species is to be set down as a winter resident in the Isle of Pines, as elsewhere in the W^est Indies. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 211 52. Pisobia minutilla (Vieillot). Least Sandpiper. ^'Least Sandpiper" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Eight specimens: Los Indies and Siguanea. Three birds taken September 27 are immature, one of them showing signs of moult of the body-plumage. Four others, ranging in date from September 30 to November 22, are in full winter dress, the earliest bird just completing the moult of the remiges. The single example from Siguanea, shot April 30, is in full nuptial plumage. This diminutive species is a common winter resident, mainly on or near the coast, occurring in immense flocks, usually associated with other species of shore-birds. It was one of the most abundant species at Rincon Lagoon in February. September 27 was the earliest date of record for the fall of 1912, although Mr. Read seems to have noted it a little earlier that season, on September 24. In the fall of 191 3 the same observer saw it first on September 26. Ereunetes pusillus (Linnaeus). Semipalmated Sandpiper. (?) "Semipalmated Sandpiper" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 7, 13 (I. of Pines); XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Mr. Read records this species, as above, saying that he saw several on September 4, 1910. In reply to an inquiry he writes that on the date in question he watched a flock of small sandpipers on a sand-bar along the Nuevas River, which from their partially webbed tracks he felt sure belonged to the present species. While there is no reason why this species should not occur as a winter resident in the Isle of Pines, as elsewhere in the West Indies, its formal admission to the list should await a more positive identification. 53. Totanus melanoleucus (Gmelin). Greater Yellow-legs. Totanus rnelanoleuciis Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 196 (Bibijagua). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 190, and XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines). "Greater Yellow-legs" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 15, XXVIII, 1911, 7, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines; migr.). Probably a winter resident in the Isle of Pines, as elsewhere in the West Indies, but the few available records pertain apparently to migratory birds only, or at least to individuals observed during the season of migration. Mr. Zappey secured a single female at the " Salina " near Bibijagua on May 15, 1904, and Mr. Read reports having seen a few on September 18, 1909, and September 7, 1910. Mr. Link failed to meet with the species. 212 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 54. Totanus flavipes (Gmelin). Yellow-legs. Totanus flavipes Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 195 (I. of Pines, March). "Yellow-legs" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara). Six specimens: El Bobo Lagoon and Siguanea. These specimens were collected on March 14 and 15 and April 30, flocks of considerable size having been met with on each occasion, frequenting the marshes back of the mangroves. On February 21 and 22 large flocks were observed at Rincon Lagoon, near Bibijagua. According to Prof. Cooke (Bulletin Biological Survey, No. 35, 1910, 56, 57) the species is rare as a winter resident so far north, although known to arrive in the Gulf States as early as March, so that the present record becomes of interest. Mr. Zappey also collected some specimens in ]\Iarch, 1902. All of the birds taken by Mr. Link show prenuptial moult of the body-plumage going on, and practically completed in the one shot April 30. One of the March specimens is renewing the outer primaries, and looks more like a bird just going into winter dress. Mr. Read writes that he has taken specimens of both this and the preceding species in fall shooting. 55. Tringa solitaria solitaria (Wilson). Solitary Sandpiper. Helodromas solitariiis solitarius Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 905, 196 (Jucaro). "Solitary Sandpiper" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, May 3). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 102 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 15 (I. of Pines, Oct. 27); XXVIII, 191 1, 7 (I. of Pines, Aug. 20), 10 (Nuevas River), 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Helodromas solitarius Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines; migr.). So far as known the Solitary Sandpiper is only a transient visitant in the Isle of Pines, although it is entirely possible that it may winter occasionally. Mr. Zappey secured a single bird at Jucaro on May II, 1904, and Mr. Read has noted it (in the " West Coast " section) as early as March 25 (1913) and as late as May 18 (1910). Fall migration dates culled from his notes lie between August 20 (1910) and October 27 (1909). 56. Catoptrophorus semipalmatus semipalmatus (Gmelin). Willet. Totanus semipalmatus Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Symphemia semipalmata Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 94 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). Catoptrophorus semipalmata [sic] semipalmata Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat. XXXIX, 1905, 196 (I. of Pines, ex Poey). Five specimens: Siguanea. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 213 Judging from the measurements, these specimens belong to the typical eastern form. While agreeing well with an example from Amelia Island, Florida, taken May 8, they seem to differ slightly from a small series of breeding birds from Cobb's and Smith's Islands, Virginia, in having the under parts rather less heavily marked, and in the barring on the upper tail-coverts being less pronounced, or in one case even obsolete. The Virginia birds, however, vary somewhat among themselves in these respects, and possibly seasonal changes due to wear may be responsible for the observed differences. The dates of collection of these birds (April 30-May 2) would at least suggest the possibility of their being breeding individuals. More- over, the species was noted at Los Indios still later by several days. Gundlach says that he has observed the Willet at Guantanamo, Cuba, in June and July, and believes that a few breed there. Those noted in the Isle of Pines were invariably found in the marshes behind the fringe of mangroves, either singly or two or three together. The only other specific record is that of Poey, above quoted, based on Gund- lach's observations near Nueva Gerona, which are doubtless the basis for Mr. Cory's reference also. 57. Actitis macularia (Linnaeus). Spotted Sandpiper. Actitis macularia Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 196 (I. of Pines, coastwise). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 13 (I. of Pines). "Spotted Sandpiper" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 15 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, 1911, 6 (Nuevas River), 7 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Ten specimens: Los Indios, Santa Rosalia Lagoon, Bogarona, and Siguanea. No. 39,699, October 29, is moulting the remiges. No. 39,760, November 16, is an adult completing the postnuptial moult, and still retaining the old wings and tail, as well as numerous black-spotted breast-feathers. Another individual, shot February 18, is renewing the remiges. All the birds taken between April 25 and 30 are in full nuptial dress. A common winter resident, both inland and coastwise, although naturally not observed in the wooded parts of the Cienaga. The first was taken at Los Indios on September 30, but its real arrival evidently took place a month earlier, since Mr. Read has recorded it as early as August 29 (1913), August 31 (1910), and September i (191 1). It was usually observed singly, although occasionally a small flock was encountered. 214 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Pluvialis dominicus dominicus M tiller. Golden Plover. (?) "Golden Plover" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines. Sept. 18). "On September 17, 1912, I took two specimens which I identified at the time as- Golden Plover." These were "identified from Cory's 'How to know the Shore Birds,' and had the rudimentary hind toe." [I] The rudimentary hind toe being characteristic of the Black-bellied Plover, and not of the Golden Plover, there is ground for querying the record in question. Although the Greater Antilles are presumed to lie considerably off the regular migration route of the Golden Plover, Gundlach records it from Cuba without special comment, and, if it occurs there, it should also occur in the Isle of Pines. 58. Squatarola squatarola (Linnaeus). Black-bellied Plover. (?) "Black-bellied Plover" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara). Seven specimens: Los Indies, Caleta Grande, and Rincon Lagoon. After examining an unusually fine series of breeding and winter adults of this species from various parts of its North American range, together with a few European specimens, I find such a variation in size in both that I do not feel justified in recognizing the birds from the respective continents as subspecifically distinct (at least on the ground of size alone), as proposed by Messrs. Thayer and Bangs {Proceedings New England Zoological Club, V, 1914, 23). Nor does the supposed form " hypomelus " appear to rest on a much more satisfactory basis. Two adults shot October 14 have completed the postnuptial moult, with the exception of one and two outer primaries respectively. Two young birdS; dated respectively November 19 and 26, however, are still in Juvenal dress, so badly worn that the buffy spotting of the upper parts is mostly scalloped out, and what remains faded to white; but still they show no signs of the onset of the postjuvenal moult. Three specimens shot February 21 and 22, and which look like winter adults, have the body-plumage much worn, while the wings, and also the tail, except in one individual, are quite fresh. The one exception referred to is a bird which is acquiring new feathers of the winter plumage on the back, and may be a young bird undergoing a late postjuvenal moult. The Black-bellied Plover is a winter resident in the Isle of Pines, occurring usually wherever there are rocky or gravelly beaches ex- posed along the coast. Two or three individuals are ordinarily found together. At only one locality, Rincon Lagoon, near Bibijagua, February 21 and 22, was it ever observed in flocks of any size. October 14 was the earliest date recorded for it by Mr. Link, while a few in- dividuals were observed at Siguanea as late as May 2. These latter Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 215 appeared to have some black feathers underneath, but they were very shy, and unfortunately none were secured. Mr. Read records what he believes to have been this species, mentioning that he has seen it feeding in the dry uplands, in pine-apple tracts. 59. Oxyechus vociferus vociferus (Linnaeus). Killdeer. Five specimens: Caleta Grande, Los Indios, Santa Ana, and Nueva Gerona. These specimens, taken at dates ranging from November 27 to February 24, compare favorably with examples from the eastern United States in size and other characters, indicating that they were migrants from that section, come to the Isle of Pines to spend the winter. The species was especially numerous at Caleta Grande, where on one occasion a flock of six or eight was encountered, but as a rule it was met with singly, or two together. 60. Oxyechus vociferus rubidus Riley. West Indian Killdeer. ^gialitis vocifera (not Charadrius vociferus Linnaeus) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 95 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). Oxyechus vociferus Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 231 (I. of Pines). Oxyechus vociferus torquatus (not Charadrius torquatus Pontoppidan) Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 195 (Nueva Gerona, fide Palmer & Riley, Bibijagua, and Laguna Grande; meas.; crit. ; ex Charadrius torquatus hinmeus). — CooKE, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 35, 1910, 88 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). "West Indian Killdeer" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 224, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines), 123 (Pine River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara). "Antillean Killdeer" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 10 (Nuevas River). Oxyechus vociferus rubidus Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines). Four specimens: Santa Rosalia Lagoon, Hato, and Jacksonville. These four skins are evidently representatives of the race of the Killdeer which is resident in the West Indies, and which is readily distinguishable by its smaller size and lighter, generally more rusty color of the upper parts and wing-coverts. Measurements are as follows: No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill. Tarsus. 41154 9 Santa Rosalia Lagoon 158 92 20.5 35 41 157 cf Santa Rosalia Lagoon 149 85 20 33 41258 9 Hato 144 90 20 32 41274 cf Jacksonville 141 82 20 34 All are rather more worn than the specimens of true vociferus. 216 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. In discussing the status of this form as a bird of the Bahama Islands (Annals Carnegie Museum, VII, 1911, 414), I inadvertently over- looked Messrs. Bangs and Zappey's record for the Isle of Pines, where it is a tolerably common resident, with habits the same as those of the northern form. Mr. Zappey found a downy young at Bibijagua, and Mr. Read has recorded it frequently, although it is probable that at least some of his records refer to the northern form, which is prac- tically indistinguishable from the other in the open. 61. Charadrius semipalmatus (Bonaparte). Semipalmated Plover. Twelve specimens: Los Indios. Four of these, shot at dates ranging from September 30 to November 12, show the delayed postjuvenal moult in progress, but it is a curious fact that in the remainder of the series, although taken between the same dates, there is no sign of moult. The bird shot September 30 is shedding the remiges and rectrices, while one shot November 4 is just completing the renewal of the former. Two taken November 12 are in similar case, and in addition are beginning to acquire the black feathers of the neck-band and forehead characteristic of the next plumage. The Semipalmated Plover is a very abundant winter resident in suitable situations, thronging the sandy beaches in immense flocks from September until early in May. It was particularly numerous at Rincon Lagoon the latter part of February, associated with other species of shore-birds. It was not observed anywhere in the interior. 62. Pagolla wilsonia wilsonia (Ord). Wilson Plover. Oclhodromus wilsonius rufinucha? Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 195 (Playa Larga). Eleven specimens: Los Indios. All are in immature (or winter?) dress, having been shot between September 27 and November 23. Two birds, shot October 14 and November 12, show new black feathers coming in on the breast- band. The remiges seem fresh enough in these, but the body- plumage generally is old and worn. None of the skins show any ap- proach whatever in their characters to the alleged subspecies " ru- finucha,'" the status of which has already been fully discussed in an- other connection (Annals Carnegie Museum, VII, 191 1, 415), but unfortunately no breeding examples were collected. A series of such will be required to determine the status of the resident birds. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 217 This is a very common species on the coast, wherever there are sandy beaches, as at Punta del Este, Los Indios, and Rincon Lagoon. Except in the breeding-season, it was usually observed in large flocks, often associated with the Semipalmated Plover. 63. Arenaria interpres morinella (Linnaeus). Ruddy Turnstone. Three specimens: Caleta Grande. These birds were shot on November 26 and April 18 on the coral- beach at Caleta Grande, and were all that were seen. They were found singly, and not associated with any other shore-birds. All are in winter dress, and in the November birds the remiges are very fresh, in one case the outer primary still having the sheath attached. 64. Jacana spinosa violacea (Cory). West Indian Jacana. Jacana spinosa (not Fulica spinosa Linnaeus) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 92 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). Asarcia spinosa Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 196 (Santa Rosalia Lagoon, Laguna Grande, Pasadita, and the Cienaga; habits). Eight specimens: Santa Ana and Pasadita. The examination of a series of forty-six adult specimens of Jacana spinosa, brought together in order to determine the status of the bird of the Isle of Pines, shows conclusively that the sexes differ materially from each other in size, and also to a less extent in color. But unlike most birds, these differences are all in favor of the female, which is decidedly larger and somewhat more brightly colored than the male, and with a larger frontal lappet. The three exceptions to this rule in the series before me are unquestionably wrongly sexed specimens. So far as I have been able to discover, Gundlach {Ornitologia Cuhana, 1895, 237) was apparently the first author to note this fact, which is confirmed by Sharpe ( Catalogue Birds British Museum, XXIV, 1896, 87) and Salvin and God man (Biologia Centrali- Americana, Aves, III, 1903, 343). There is no sexual difference affecting the color of the inner secondaries, however, as intimated by the former author. These sexual differences must constantly be kept in mind when com- paring birds for geographic variation, else confusion is bound to ensue, as was evidently the case with Mr. Elliot {Auk, V, 1888, 299) and with Baird, Brewer & Ridgway {Water Birds of North America, I, 1884, 177). who must have been dealing with incorrectly sexed specimens, and could find no differences correlated with locality. With the material before me, however, I find no difficulty in recognizing no 218 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. less than three geographic races of this species. Average measure- ments are as follows: Wing. Tail. Bill. Tarsus. Nine males from Mexico 117 41 29 49 Six males from Central America 115 40 30 51.5 Ten males from the West Indies 116. 5 40 30 51.5 Six females from Mexico 133-5 46 31.3 51 Five females from Central America 131 43.5 32 53.5 Ten females from the West Indies 132 44 33 55.5 Sex for sex, Mexican examples are decidedly duller and darker below than those from the West Indies, in which the maroon color of the under parts is much brighter. In the former series the greenish black of the breast merges more gradually into the maroon of the abdomen, which is often overspread with a shade of brown, while in the West Indian birds the transition is more abrupt, and the brown shade lighter or absent. The color-differences are no less marked above, although their character is reversed, for while the upper parts in the Mexican birds are lighter, more rufescent (nearer Hessian brown of Mr. Ridgway's Color Standards and Color Nomenclature), in the West Indian skins they are darker and more purplish (nearer maroon). There is also a decided difference in the size of the frontal lappet in favor of the latter series. Taking up now the Central American series, which includes examples from Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Panama, we find them almost exactly intermediate between the Mexican and West Indian birds. With a larger series the slight discrepancy in size between Central American and Mexican birds shown by the above table would doubtless disappear. The frontal lappet, however, certainly averages larger in the former, although not so large as in the West Indian birds. In the color of the upper surface the Central American birds most resemble those from Mexico, while below they are almost as bright as those from the West Indies. In short, if the latter are to be separ- ated at all, as I believe they should be, it will be necessary to recognize three races of this species instead of two. While selected specimens may be very similar, the average collective differences are quite suf- ficient in my judgment to justify subspecific separation, certainly as much so as in some other groups, the Ground Doves for instance. Before the question of names for these three forms can be decided it will be necessary to fix the type-locality of Fiilica spinosa Linnseus, Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 219 1758. This was based on the figure and description of the " Si)ur- winged Water-hen " of Edwards, Natural History of Birds, I, 1743, 48, pi. 48. Edwards gave the locality for his bird as Carthagena, Colombia, but this was almost certainly an error, inasmuch as there are no unquestioned records for the species from anywhere south of Panama, and so far as known Jacana nigra is the only species of this genus occurring on the north Colombian coast. Parra variabilis of Linnaeus, 1766, has exactly the same basis as his earlier name. Parra gymnostoma Wagler (Isis, 1832, 517), and Parra cordifera Lesson (Revue Zoologique, 1842, 135) are both based on the Mexican bird, so that to reassign the type-locality on the basis of either of these authors would necessitate a new name for the Central American form. In order to obviate this, and to disturb the existing nomenclature as little as possible, I propose to fix the type-locality of Fulica spinosa Linnaeus as Panama. This proceeding leaves Wagler's name available for the Mexican form. Parra violacea Cory {Bulletin Nuttall Ornithological Club, VI, 1 88 1, 130) is the only name so far proposed for the West Indian bird, the type coming from Haiti. The describer failed to compare his bird with continental examples, and neither the description nor the later plate (Cory, Birds of Haiti and San Domingo, 1885, pi. 19) are diagnostic. Indeed, in the latter volume Mr. Cory (page 159) refers his P. violacea to P. gymnostoma as a pure synonym, but later {Auk, V, 1888, 52) he provisionally restores it to the rank of a species, saying that Cuban specimens agree exactly with the Santo Domingo bird, being " considerably larger and brighter than specimens of /. gym- nostoma; the coloration of the wattles is, I believe, also different.'*' A few months later Mr. Elliot, in reviewing the species of this group- {Auk, V, 1888, 299), repudiated the name in question, stating that he could find no differences between specimens of this species from various parts of its range. LTnfortunately I have not been able to examine the type (which so far as I know is the only known specimen from Haiti) in this connection, but if the measurements given by Mr. Cory are correct it is evidently a female individual, and somewhat larger than the average, but equalled in this respect (except for length of tail), by an example from Trinidad, Cuba (No. 57,381, Collection American- Museum of Natural History). Three males from this same locality also average larger than specimens of the same sex from western Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and Jamaica, notwithstanding which circumstance- I consider them all as belonging to the same form. 220 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. The three forms here recognized may be diagnosed as follows: Frontal lappets small; upper parts more rufescent; under parts darker and duller. (Mexico) Jacana spinosa gymnostoma. Frontal lappets medium; upper parts more rufescent; under parts rather brighter. (Central America) Jacana spinosa spinosa. Frontal lappets large; upper parts more purplish; under parts decidedly brighter. (West Indies) Jacana spinosa violacea. It will thus be seen that my conception of a subspecies is essentially different from that of Mr. Hellmayr (c/. Novitates Zoologicce, XIII, 1906, 53), who considers that J. " melanopygia " and /. spinosa should stand as races of /. jacana, although I fully agree with him that the recognition of a separate genus Asarcia for /. spinosa, as proposed by Sharpe, is quite unnecessary. The Jacana is a fairly common bird in the Isle of Pines, being apt to occur in almost any fresh-water lagoon. Messrs. Palmer and Riley shot three individuals in the vicinity of Nueva Gerona, where IVIr. Link also observed it on several occasions, securing one specimen at Santa Ana, about three miles distant. It was abundant in the Cienaga in the neighborhood of Pasadita, specimens having been secured there both by Mr. Zappey and Mr. Link. None were observed near the western end of the Cienaga, however, the water being rather too brackish there. 65. Starnoenascyanocephala (Linnaeus). Blue-headed Quail Dove. Starncenas cyanocephala Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 199 (Caballos Mountains and "south coast"?). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 11 (I. of Pines). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines, one record). "Blue-headed Quail Dove" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines). Messrs. Bangs and Zappey include this species in their list on purely hearsay evidence, stating that while it has never actually been observed by any naturalist, " the natives who know it well positively assert that a few inhabit the Caballos Mountains and some point near the south coast." While there is no intrinsic reason why it should not be found in the Isle of Pines, just as in Cuba, this can scarcely be regarded as very satisfactory evidence from a scientific standpoint. Mr. Read, however, reports a single individual as having been secured on August 26, 1909, adding that it was so badly mutilated that no effort was made to save it, and it is mainly on the strength of this record that the species is allowed to re^uain on the list. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 221 66. Geotrygon chrysia Salvador!. Key West Quail Dove. Geotrygon martinica (not Columba martinica Linnaeus) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds. 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). Geotrygon chrysia Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 198 (Pasadita). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 11 (I. of Pines). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines; descr.). "Quail Dove" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 191 1, 113 (West McKinley). One specimen: Nueva Gerona. This is one of the rarer birds in the Isle of Pines. Mr. Zappey took but two specimens, both at Pasadita, remarking that it occurs only on one or two of the mountains and in the dense forest south of the Cienaga. Mr. Read asserts that he has taken specimens of this species, but that it is rare. Mr. Link secured but the one specimen listed above; this was taken on July 3 in the thick jungle on the Casas Mountains, and another was seen there on December 30. The bird secured was an adult female, containing well-developed eggs. It is markedly duller than a male bird from Cuba. 67. Geotrygon montana (Linuceus). Ruddy Quail Dove. Geotrygon montana Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 197 (La Vega, Pasadita, and Cayo Bonito; habits), 203, in text (Santa Sevilla). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 149 (I. of Pines; habits); XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (L of Pines; descr.). "Ruddy Quail Dove" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). —Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 191 1, 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). " The Ruddy Quail-dove occurs in the Isle of Pines in the denser woods only, usually in rather moist places, where the ground is often flooded after heavy rains. It is nowhere abundant. When flushed from the ground it flies but a short distance and on alighting again runs along for a few feet and conceals itself among the vegetation much after the manner of the American Woodcock {Philohela minor), which it curiously resembles when started in the deep woods." (Bangs & Zappey.) Mr. Read's account agrees well with the above. Mr. Link failed to meet with this species, although he heard of it on one occa- sion. 222 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 68. Chaemepeliapasserinaaflavida (Palmer & Riley). Cuban Ground Dove. Columba passerina (not of Linnaeus) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, ^de Gundlach). Columhigallina passerina Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). ColumbigalUna passerina aflavida Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 197 (Cayo Bonito, EI Hospital, Jucaro, and San Juan). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, II (I. of Pines). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines; nesting). "Ground Dove" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 57, 58, 75 (I. of Pines). "Cuban Ground Dove" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River), 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 191 1, 3 (McRinley and Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.), 5 (McKinley; nesting), 6 (Nuevas River), 7 (Cafiada Mountains, etc.), 113 (West McKinley), 146 (Bibijagua); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas Riv-er), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios). "West Indian Ground Dove" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 42 (I. of Pines; nesting). ChcBtnepelia passerina aflavida Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). — Todd, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VIII, 1913, 561 (I. of Pines; references), 599 (Jucaro, El Hospital, San Juan, Cayo Bonito, and "Nueva Gerona, etc."). Twenty-three specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, and Xueva Gerona. Several of Mr. Read's records above quoted are additional to those given by the writer under the head of this form in his late review of the present genus (Annals Carnegie Museum, VIII, 1913, 561-562), while other references have been corrected. These were among the few that were not personally verified at the time. A very common species everywhere, except, of course, in marshy country, and in dense woodland. At Caleta Grande, on the south coast, it was the only species of the family observed. It is very tame, not being subject to persecution as are the larger pigeons and doves, nor does it appear to go in flocks as do the latter. Mr. Link found two nests early in May containing eggs almost ready to hatch, while Mr. Read has recorded fresh eggs as early as January 20, and doubtless the species breeds here almost every month of the year, as elsewhere throughout its general range. Young in juvenal dress were taken in July, December, and February. 69. Zenaida zenaida zenaida (Bonaparte). Zenaida Dove. Columba zenaida Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Zenaida zenaida Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 11 (I. of Pines). Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 223 Zenaida zenaida zenalda Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 197 (Almaci- gos). — Re.\d, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines). "Zenaida Dove" Re.\d, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley). Ten specimens: Los Indies and McKinley. These are indistinguishable from Bahaman specimens, although the individual variation is considerable. Females are noticeably duller than males. The Zenaida Dove is generally distributed in the dry country north of the Cienaga, and is often found associated with the West Indian Mourning Dove, although only about half as numerous as the latter. Both kinds are shot for food during the open season. Only a few were seen about Nueva Gerona, but at Los Indios it was fairly common, occurring in good-sized flocks through the fall and early winter months. A nest supposed to belong to this species was found in the mangroves along the Los Indios River late in April. 70. Zenaiduramacrouramacroura (Linnaeus). West Indian Mourn- ing Dove. Colutnba carolinensis (not of Linnaeus) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Zenaidura macroura Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). Zenaidura macroura bella Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 197 (Rio Santiago and El Hospital; habits). "Mourning Dove" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines). "West Indian Mourning Dove" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River), 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 191 1, 3 (McKinley), 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley), 146 (Bibijagua); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley and Nuevas River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 25, 1914 (Pine River). Zenaidura macroura macroura Re.\d, Bird-Lore, XIII, 191 1, 44 (McKinley); XV> 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). Zenaidura macroura marginata (lapsus) Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines). Zenaidura carolinensis marginata Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines, habits). Eleven specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, and Bogarona. After comparing these with a series from the eastern United States I must confess that I am not very favorably impressed with the claims of the respective forms to recognition as subspecies. The separation 224 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. is based on the average smaller size of the West Indian bird, and while this difference certainly exists, it scarcely seems so great as to demand formal recognition in nomenclature. I can discover no constant color-differences, the width of the tail-band, to which Messrs. Palmer and Riley call attention, being a variable character in. birds from both localities. " Throughout the island in the open pine woods, palmetto groves, and especially in old fields grown up to weeds, the Cuban Mourning Dove is an abundant bird. Several nests were found in low trees five or six feet from the ground " (Bangs & Zappey). Mr. Link confirms this statement, and adds that he found several nests in the mangroves along the Los Indios River late in April. In the fall and winter months the species is usually found in flocks, frequently in company with other kinds. 71. Columba leucocephala Linnaeus. White- crowned Pigeon. Columha leucocephala Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gevom., fide Gundlach). — Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 96 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 197 (La Vega). — Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (Bird I., Siguanea Bay). "White-crowned Pigeon"' Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 15 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, 1911, 3 (McKinley), 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 7 (Caiiada Mountains, etc.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara; migr.), 131 (I. of Pines). "White-head[edl Pigeon" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River). Seven specimens: Nueva Gerona, Los Indios, and Bogarona. Most of the specimens secured show the same " patchy " condition of the plumage, apparently the result of irregular moult, which I have previously remarked in the case of Bahaman examples (Annals Carnegie Museum, VII, 191 1, 416). This is a common species everywhere, except in the Cienaga, ap- pearing in flocks late in February, and remaining until the last of September. Although a few stragglers may be seen through the winter months, the vast majority of the individuals withdraw at that season from their usual range, and according to native report resort to the " south coast," in great numbers. It is one of the most numerous birds of the various mountain ridges in the interior of the island during the breeding-season, which begins in May. The nest is usually built in the top of a royal palm, but along the Los Indios River the Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 225 birds were found nesting in the mangroves, rather low down. Mr. Read says that it was nesting abundantly in the mangroves on Bird Island in Siguanea Bay at the time of his visit, but Mr. Link failed to find it there in 1912-13. This pigeon is far shyer than the other kinds, with which it seldom associates, preferring as it does thicker covert. It is very fond of the fruit of the " cocoa-plum " {Chryso- halanus Icaco). 72. Columba squamosa Bonnaterre. Scaly-naped Pigeon. Columba squamosa Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 197 (Nueva Gerona, fide Palmer and Riley). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 13, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara; migr. ; local range). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines, local). (?) "El Bobo Pigeon" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 3 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.). While this species is reported to be still rather common in Cuba, it is now rare in the Isle of Pines, having been almost exterminated in recent years. Indeed, Mr. Link failed to meet with it at all, nor did Messrs. Palmer and Riley actually see any individuals, although they heard a few. Mr. Read tells us that although it was formerly abundant all over the island, it is now rare and local, being found only at certain points on the west and south coasts. This scarcity has been brought about solely by shooting for food and sport, which bids fair to exterminate, sooner or later, all of the larger pigeons and doves in the island, unless some means can be found to curtail the practice before it is too late. 73. Columba inornata proxima Todd, subsp. nov. Isle of Pines Plain Pigeon. Columba inornata (not of Vigors) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). — Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 196 (I. of Pines; Poey's record). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 224, and XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 5, and XXVIII, 1911, 6, 10 (Nuevas River); XXVII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 5 (McKinley; nesting), 7 (Canada Mountains, etc.), 114 (West McKinley). — Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). — Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indies). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines). Chloroenas inornata Gundlach, Journ. fiir Orn., 1861, 416 (I. of Pines). — Gund- lach, Repert. Fis.-Nat. I. Cuba, I, 1866, 29 (Santa Fe). — Gundlach, An. See. Esp. Hist. Nat. Madrid, II, 1873, 143 (Santa Fe). — Gundlach, Contr. Orn. 226 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Cubana, 1876, 128 (I. of Pines). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 155 (I. of Pines). (?) Zenaida zenaida (lapsus) Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 148 (I. of Pines). (?) "Zenaida Dove" (lapsus) Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines). Columba inornata proxima Todd, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XXVIII, 1915, 170 (Los Indios; orig. descr.). Thirteen specimens: Los Indios. Type, No. 39,892, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Los Indios, Isle of Pines, December 13, 191 2; Gustav A. Link. Subspecific characters. — Differs from typical inornata of Cuba in its decidedly paler, grayer coloration, especially marked in the much less strongly vinaceous shade of the under surface. The white edgings of the median and greater wing-coverts are narrower. Through the courtesy of the authorities of several different insti- tutions I have been able to bring together a small series of this fast disappearing species, representing all the various islands included in its range. Even in this small series geographical variation is evident, each island apparently possessing a separate form with the exception of Haiti, the single bird from which is indistinguishable from Cuban examples. The Isle of Pines race is easily distinguished from the typical Cuban form by the characters above specified. It is of course conceivable that these characters may be shared by birds from western Cuba, a circumstance which might possibly affect the validity of the name here proposed. The Porto Rican form, to which Mr. Ridgway has recently applied the name exsul {Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XXVIII, 1915, 106), is much deeper in general coloration, while the Jamaican bird is extreme in this respect. The males in the Isle of Pines series, besides being slightly larger, average more " solid " vinaceous below than the females, while the vinaceous area on the wing-coverts is also deeper and larger. Sep- tember specimens are in postnuptial moult. " Iris white; feet pink." All of the earlier authorities on the birds of Cuba and the Isle of Pines agree as to the abundance of the Plain Pigeon in both islands, but of late years its numbers have become very much reduced in Cuba, and according to the statements of several reliable observers it is practically extinct in many parts of that island. In the Isle of Pines, however, it is still common locally, but, with the persecution to which it is being subjected by the inhabitants, it will be a question of only a few years before it will be as rare here as in Cuba. The Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 227 open season for shooting lasts from September until the end of April, and thus extends well into the breeding-season. Moreover, the birds are so easily shot that large bags are the rule. In the spring and fall months they are found in flocks of greater or less extent, scattered through the pine-lands, feeding on the fruit of the " cocoa-plum." At such times they may be approached with ease, paying little atten- tion to an intruder, even after being repeatedly fired at, whence their common name of " El Bobo " (fool) Pigeon. '* Many such flocks were seen at Los Indios for about a week during the latter part of September, after which they disappeared, and only a few odd birds were seen until the end of March, when the flocks began to appear, seeming to come from the south. The natives say that they retire to the " south coast " for the winter months, but this could not be verified. That there is a limited migration in both Cohimba leucocephala and the present species, however, is beyond question. In other sections of the island it is evidently not so common, Mr. Zappey having secured but a single specimen on his first trip, and none at all in 1904. Mr. Read speaks of finding a nest on April 29, 1910, built in a blown-over tree about twenty feet from the ground, and composed of a few loose sticks, like that of the Mourning Dove. This nest had eggs on May 4 74. Ara tricolor (Bechstein). Cuban Macaw. Ara tricolor Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, loi, 127 (I. of Pines). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 151 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 200 (La Vega). — Clark, Auk, XXII, 1905, 348 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — RoTHSCHn.D, Extinct Birds, 1907, 51 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.; Bangs and Zappey's record). The Cuban or Great Antillean Macaw, the range of which at one time included not only Cuba and the Isle of Pines, but also Haiti and Jamaica, has been extinct for many years, having been destroyed by the inhabitants because of its value for food. Gundlach attributes it to the Isle of Pines, and IMessrs. Bangs and Zappey remark as follows: " It has been supposed that perhaps the Cuban Macaw still lingered in the Isle of Pines. Unfortunately this is not so. The last pair known in the island was shot at La Vega, near the Cienaga, about the year 1864, and none have been seen since. This information was 15 Mr. Read claims that this name properly belongs to Colutnba squamosa, but Gundlach applies it to the present species, and Mr. Link indorses this procedure. Mr. Reed seems to have confused one or both of these pigeons with the Zenaida Dove during the early part of his work. 228 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. furnished by the man on whose plantation they were shot." The fate which has befallen this and other West Indian parrots bids fair to overtake additional species of this family. 75. Aratinga euops (Wagler). Cuban Paroquet. Conurus guianensis (not Psittacus giiianensis Gmelin) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, ^rfe Giindlach). Conurus euops Gundlach, Contr. Orn. Cubana, 1876, 126 (I. of Pines). — CoRY, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, loi (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn, Cubana, 1893, 152 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 200 (I. of Pines). — Clark, Auk, XXII, 1905, 310 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). Gundlach, writing some twenty years ago, says that the Cuban Paroquet was formerly very abundant in the Isle of Pines, but at the rate it was being taken for the cage-bird traffic it would be merely a question of a few years more before it would be entirely exterminated. Hundreds of young birds were being exported every year, it seems. This prediction has been fulfilled, for neither Mr. Zappey nor Mr. Link met with the species during their respective visits to the island, nor did they even hear any reports of its occurrence. The outcome in this case will inevitably be that of other species in this family also, unless the traffic in living birds can in some way be stopped. 76. Amazona leucocephala palmarum subsp. nov. Isle of Pines Parrot. Psittacus leucocephalus (not of Linnaeus) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nuev-a Gerona, fide Gundlach). Chrysotis leucocephalus Gundlach, Contr. Orn. Cubana, 1876, 124 (I. of Pines?). — Gundlach, Auk, VIII, 1891, 189, in text (I. of Pines; plumage). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 149 (I. of Pines). Amazona leucocephala Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 201 (Pasadita and El Hospital; nesting). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines). — Read, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). "Green Parrot" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines). "Cuban Green Parrot" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 168 (Los Indios). "Cuban Parrot" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River); XXVIII, 1911, 5 (McKinley; nesting), 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley and Nuevas River), 125, 129, pi. (.Santa Barbara; nesting), 130 (I. of Pines). Twenty-four specimens: Bibijagua and Los Indios. Type, No. 39,630, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult female; Los Indios, Isle of Pines, October 9, 1912; Gustav A. Link. Subspecific characters. — Similar to Amazona leucocephala leucocephala Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 229 (Linnaeus), but general color darker green; the abdominal purplish red patch averaging darker and more extensive; and the throat some- what deeper red. Measurements. — Male (ten specimens): wing, 190-196 (average, 194); tail, 1 10-122 (116); exposed culmen, 25-28 (26.6); depth of bill, 28-31 (29). Female (ten specimens): wing, 184-194 (187); tail, 102-119 (113. 5); exposed culmen, 25-27 (26); depth of bill, 27-29 (27.6). With a series of twenty-four specimens of the Isle of Pines Amazona leucocephala before me I find that they differ sufificiently from the average Cuban bird to bear formal separation. While it is true that there is considerable variation in the extent of the abdominal purplish red patch in both series (possibly dependent on age), the average dif- ference between the two series in this respect is fairly well marked, and taken in connection with the other characters above mentioned is in my judgment sufficient to justify the recognition of the form from the Isle of Pines as distinct. Save that the latter seems to have a slightly longer tail, there is apparently no especial difference in size, so far at least as indicated by the series examined in this connection. Numerous individuals in the present fine series show scattered green feathers on the throat and sides of the head, while in others the crown feathers along the posterior line of the white frontal patch are stained with yellow or crimson. A specimen shot July 6 is evidently a young bird in full moult, judging from its small size, differently colored bill, restricted white front, and small amount of red on the rectrices. Another taken September 21 is a very pale bird, in which the tertials are narrowly tipped with crimson, and the abdominal purplish red patch very extensive. Judging from reports of the relative numbers annually exported, this parrot is more numerous at the present time in the Isle of Pines than is its relative in Cuba. One dealer in live birds was shipping about twenty-one hundred young parrots from the Isle of Pines in July, 191 2, but in all Cuba had been able to secure only about a thousand birds for this purpose. According to his testimony, they were formerly much more abundant than at present, and of course will continue to decrease indefinitely unless this practice can be checked. So important had the business of trapping parrots become at one time that there grew up in many parts of the island a system of " parrot lines," to define the hunting rights of different individuals. 230 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. and these lines frequently figure in present-day boundary disputes. The parrot-hunters keep taking the young birds at every opportunity, and make a practice of removing the eggs or young of distant nests to nests of other pairs which chance to be nearer their own homes, so as to keep rival hunters from eventually securing them. Three or four eggs constitute the usual complement, but often a pair of birds is compelled to rear twice as many young for the sole benefit of the parrot- hunters. The nests are invariably built in an old woodpecker's hole in a bottle-palm, usually only fifteen or twenty feet from the ground, and the eggs are pure white. Mr. Link's first nest was found early in April, and on April 15 a set of three eggs was secured. Mr. Read records a nest still containing young as late as June 27. Parrots are fairly common throughout the drier parts of the island (except in the mountains), affecting the groves of pine and bottle-palms (PI. XXIII, fig. 3). They feed on the cones and tender shoots of the pines, as well as on the seeds of the royal palm, and it is said that they also damage the cultivated grape-fruit, on which account they are con- sidered a nuisance, and many are shot. Except in the nesting-season, they are found in large flocks, and are at all times very noisy and un- suspicious. The bulk of the individuals seem to disappear in Septem- ber, however, and only a few odd birds are to be seen until the latter part of January. The natives say that during this interim they retire to the " south coast," like the pigeons, but this statement could not be confirmed. 77. Crotophaga ani Linnaeus. Ani. Crolophaga ani Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). — Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 102 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 200 (Cayo Bonito, Santa Fe, and Jucaro; habits). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 102 (I. of Pines; habits); XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines).— Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). "Black Parrot" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines), 102 (crit.). "Ani" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 223 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 5. and XXVIII, 1911. 6. 10 (Nuevas River), 3 (McKinley), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Mc- Kinley and Nuevas River), 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indies). Thirteen specimens: Nueva Gerona and Los Indios. These are precisely like specimens from other West Indian localities. There is one bird in juvenal dress, dated June 29. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 231 The Ani was not detected in the Cienaga or in the country to the southward, but to the northward it is a very common and generally distributed species. It prefers the more open country, and is emi- nently gregarious in its habits, often being seen in pastures attending the cattle and other stock. Like the Caracara and some other birds, it is fond of following in the wake of brush-fires, picking up the roasted lizards, snails, and insects. On several occasions flocks were found roosting in the mangroves along the Los Indios River, attracting attention by their habit of huddling close together on the perch, like domestic fowls. 78. Saurothera decolor Bangs & Zappey. Isle of Pines Lizard Cuckoo. Saurothera meriini (not of D'Orbigny) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 42? (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Saurothera meriini decolor Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 199 (La Vega, Cayo Bonito, and EI Hospital; orig. descr. ; type now in Mus. Comp. Z06I.; habits; crit.). — Allen, Auk, XXII, 1905, 329, in text (review). — Editors, Ibis, 1905, 631, in text (review). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 190 (I. of Pines), 223 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits); XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). — Read, Bird- Lore, XIII, 191 1, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Nov. 22, 1913 (I. of Pines; habits). "Lizard Cuckoo" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona). "Isle of Pines Lizard Cuckoo" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.), 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 7 (Canada Mountains, etc.), 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 125, 130 (Santa Barbara), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios). Twenty-one specimens: Nueva Gerona, Bibijagua, and Los Indios. This is a very distinct form, differing so markedly from S. meriini of Cuba that I venture to raise it to the rank of a species. As stated in the original description, it seems in fact to be rather nearer to S. hahamensis in general coloration, resembling S. meriini, however, in having the primaries rufous. The series of adults is very uniform as a whole, the size and shape of the black markings on the tail being perhaps the most variable character. A number of young birds, dis- tinguished by their duller and paler coloration, and by the lack of a subterminal black bar on the rectrices, were taken between June 28 and July 3. Poey appears to have been the only author to record a Saurothera from the Isle of Pines previous to Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, whose specimens proved to belong to a form quite different from that of Cuba. With reference to its habits, they state that it is " a common 232 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. bird in rough, rocky country, wherever there is a thick growth of scrub and bushes, and is very tame. It has a habit of hopping from one branch to another till it reaches the top of a bush and then sailing down to the ground or the lower branches of another bush. Its usual call-note is a sort of laugh that begins low and slowly, and rapidly ascending, ends in a low chuckle. When two individuals are within sight of each other they often go through a curious performance, which consists in lowering the head and dropping the feathers of the throat which then looks like a large pouch, at the same time spreading the wings and tail to their fullest extent and repeating the loud chuck- ling notes that end the usual call. The stomachs of those taken con- tained the remains of small lizards, beetles, caterpillars, and large moths." It is a common species everywhere in the island, except in the Cienaga. Coccyzus americanus (Linnaeus). Yellow-billed Cuckoo. (?) "West Indian Yellow-billed Cuckoo" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, igu. i3 (I. of Pines), 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines). This is the only species of this genus known to regularly visit Cuba, so that it is presumably this form which is meant by Mr. Read under the above caption. He speaks of having seen individuals on April 29, 1910, and March 3, 191 1, but, as some doubt attaches to the identification, the records are open to question. Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wilson). Black-billed Cuckoo. (?) Coccyzus erythrophthalmus Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). (?) "Black-billed Cuckoo" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I- of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 114 (West McKinley). This species, migrating as it does through Mexico and Central America, is of merely accidental occurrence in Cuba, and unknown in the other Antilles. Mr. Read's records, above cited, refer to individuals noted on May 11, 1909. and in November, 1910, respectively. In reply to an inquiry he writes that the first one was actually secured, but as the specimen is unfortunately not now extant, and there is no way of confirming the record otherwise, it is deemed unwise to admit it under the circumstances. 79. Glaucidium siju vittatum Ridgway. Isle of Pines Pygmy Owl. Noctua siju (not of D'Orbigny) Poev, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Glaucidium siju CoRY, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 100 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 202 (Santa Fe and Cayo Bonito; habits). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 190; XXVII, 1910, 35 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits); XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines). — Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). — Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 122 (McKinley; habits). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 24. 1914 (descr.; habits). Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 233 "Cuban Pygmy Owl" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5, and XXVIII, 1911, 10 (Nuevas River), 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain), 7 (Canada Mountains, etc.). 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines). Glaucidium siju vittatum Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 805 (Nueva Gerona; orig. descr. ; type in coll. U. .S. Nat. Mus.). Eighteen specimens: Nueva Gerona, Bibijagua, and Los Indios. Messrs. Bangs and Zappey could discover no particular difference between specimens of Glaucidium siju from Cuba and the Isle of Pines respectively, and it remained for Mr. Ridgway to distinguish the form from the latter island. Judging from the series brought back by Mr. Link, which I have had the opportunity of comparing with another series from various parts of Cuba, it is a well-marked geographic race, differing not only in its somewhat larger size, but also in its more grayish, less rufescent coloration, both above and below. There is some variation, it is true, of an apparently individual character, affecting the exact pattern of the markings of the under parts, which in some specimens tend to arrange themselves in bars, and in others partake more of the nature of streaks. Only one of the Cuban speci- mens before me is as gray above as the average Isle of Pines bird, and while half of the Cuban series are in the rufescent phase described by Mr. Ridgway, not a single specimen of the Isle of Pines series shows any approach to that condition of plumage. This little owl is common and generally distributed in the Isle of Pines, and is one of the first birds to attract the attention of a new- comer, coming boldly as it does into gardens and the vicinity of houses, and showing little fear of man. It appears to feed mainly on grasshoppers, beetles, and lizards, although from the treatment it receives from small birds it is evident that these also enter to some extent into its bill of fare. Indeed, Mr. Read records a case in which one of these owls even attacked and killed a Cuban Meadowlark — a species larger than itself — -only to be in its turn attacked and driven off by a half-dozen of the latter. In habits it is more diurnal than noc- turnal, and its call, described by Mr. Read as a series of shrill, sharp, short whistles, high-pitched at first, and gradually descending the scale, is apt to be heard at any time of the day or night. It has a peculiar habit of nervously twitching its tail, sometimes even holding it erect, wren-fashion. Nothing appears to be on record concerning its nesting in the Isle of Pines, but Gundlach says that the Cuban 234 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. bird is wont to use the old holes of woodpeckers in palm-trees for this purpose, laying its eggs in March and April. 80. Gymnasio lawrencii exsul Bangs. Isle of Pines Bare-legged Owl. Noctiia niidipes (not Strix nudipes Daudin) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Gymnasio lawrencii Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 100 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 35 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 202 (Pasadita and Santa Sevilla; iiabits; crit.). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911. 13 (I- of Pines). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 679 (Pasadita and Santa Sevilla; meas.). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 24, 1914 (I. of Pines; descr.). — Read, Bird-Lore, XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). Gymnasio lawrencii exsul Bangs, Proc. New England Zoological Club, IV, 1913, 91 (Santa Sevilla; orig. descr.; type now in coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.; meas.; crit.). — Stone, Auk, XXX, 1913, 453, in text (review). Two specimens: Nueva Gerona. Besides the above, I have before me two of the birds collected by Mr. Zappey, and the type-specimen of Gymnoglaux lawrencii Sclater and Salvin (No. 39,111, Collection U. S. National Museum; Remedies, Cuba, October 30, 1863; N. H. Bishop), as well as six other specimens from Cuba, kindly loaned by Messrs. Bangs and Ramsden. There is some variation in both series, but the general differences between the two, pointed out by Mr. Bangs, are obvious at a glance. The speci- mens from eastern and central Cuba are much more rufescent both above and below than those from the Isle of Pines, while the white spotting on the back and wings, as well as the light barring on the tail, is much less pronounced. There is no especial difference in size, however. A skin from San Francisco de Morales, in western Cuba, agrees better with the Isle of Pines birds than with those from eastern Cuba, so that it is probable that this is the form inhabiting the entire western part of the island. Although Mr. Ridgway sinks exsul as a synonym of laivrencii, and it is of course possible that with a larger series the characters relied on for their discrimination might break down, or prove to have no especial geographical significance, I have no other alternative than to recognize it for the present. This species is rare in the Isle of Pines, but being strictly nocturnal, this rarity may be more apparent than real. Mr. Zappey secured three specimens in all, at Pasadita and Santa Sevilla, finding a brood of three half-grown young at the latter locality, the nest being in a hole in a Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 235 tree. The pair of birds brought back by Mr. Link were taken in a small cave on the slope of the Caballos Mountains near Nueva Gerona on February 15. The female showed no signs of breeding at this date. 81. Asio stygius (Wagler). Stygian Owl. Asio stygius Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 100 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — GuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 33 (I. of Pines). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat- Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 658 (La Vega, in geog. distr.; crit.). Nyctalops stygius siguapa Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 201 (La Vega; crit.; ex Otus siguapa D'Orbigny). — Re.'^d, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 24, 1914 (I. of Pines, rare). One specimen: Pasadita. This is a rare bird in the Isle of Pines, and does not appear to be much, if at all, more numerous in Cuba. Mr. Zappey, who was for- tunate enough to secure a fine adult male at La V^ega on May 25, 1904, reports that it is found only in the heaviest and densest forests, and because of its strictly nocturnal habits it is extremely hard to obtain. Mr. Link secured a single young bird on May 28, at Pasadita. This specimen, being in moult from the downy stage, is useless for comparison, but Messrs. Bangs and Zappey say that their specimen differs from continental examples in being much paler, and they ac- cordingly adopt D'Orbigny's name, based on the Cuban bird, as the proper subspecific appellation of the supposed form. But Mr. Ridg- way, while admitting the peculiarities of their Isle of Pines specimen, finds himself unable to satisfactorily divide the species on this basis, and it seems a safer course to follow this conclusion for the present. 82. Tyto perlata furcata (Temminck). White-winged Barn Owl. Strix furcata Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gund- lach). Strix pratincola furcata Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 100 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 202 (Santa Sevilla; food). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 24, 1914 (I. of Pines; habits). "Cuban Barn Owl" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 13, and XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona). Tyto perlata furcata Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 602 (Santa Sevilla, in geog. distr.; meas.). Six specimens: McKinley, Nueva Gerona, Los Indios, and Pasadita. Two of these six skins are very pale above as compared with the others, while the amount of spotting below also varies to some extent. Only one individual shows any dark marking on the tail, and this is 236 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. confined to some brown shaft-spots, and fine mottling at the tips of some of the feathers. Poey recorded this species many years ago from the Isle of Pines, and Mr. Read also has occasionally observed it, a specimen collected by him at McKinley being now in the collection of the Carnegie Museum. The five fine specimens sent in by Mr. Link were secured in every case during moonlight nights, in the vicinity of poultry- houses, where these owls often come in search of their prey. On such occasions they are readily attracted by making any kind of a squeaking noise, when they come up and circle about overhead, presenting a fair shot. They seem to be strictly nocturnal, and for this reason they are seldom observed, and may be far more common than is apparent. Mr. Read says that they are accustomed to spend the day in the thick tops of the bottle-palms, and adds that they are often attracted in the night-time by the brilliant headlights of an automobile, and fly down in front of the machine. The stomachs of all the individuals examined contained feathers, whence it is evident that small birds constitute a larger proportion of the food of this species than in the case of the Barn Owl of continental North America, which feeds so largely on small mammals. The single example shot by Mr. Zappey had been eating a Ruddy Quail Dove. Nothing appears to be on record concerning its nesting habits, so far as the Isle of Pines is con- cerned. 83. Chordeiles virginianus virginianus (Gmelin). Nighthawk. Chordeiles virginianus virginianus Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 203 (Santa Fe; meas.). — -Oberholser, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 86, 1914, 517 (Santa Fe; crit.). — RmcwAY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 562 (Santa Fe, in geog. distr.). The only positive record for the typical form of the Nighthawk from the Isle of Pines appears to be that above quoted, which refers to a single specimen shot by Mr. Zappey at Santa Fe on May 10, 1904, and which proved to be exactly like examples from New England. Gundlach says that it occurs regularly in Cuba during migration, in October and May, so that it is doubtless a regular migrant in the Isle of Pines also, but may often have been confused with the smaller resident form. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 237 84. Chordeiles virginianus minor (Cabanis). Cuban Nighthawk. (Plate XXVI.) Chordeiles minor Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 105 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — GuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, loi (I. of Pines). Chordeiles virginianus minor Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 203 (Los Almacigos, Santa Fe, and El Hospital; plum.; habits). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 3, 1914 (habits). — Oberholser, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 86, 1914, 82 (Nueva Gerona, El Hospital, and Los Almacigos; meas.; crit.). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 576 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). "Nighthawk" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines). "Antillean Nighthawk" Re.a.d, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 7 (I. of Pines; migr.), II (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 124 (Pine River), 125 (Santa Barbara; migr.), 168 (Los Indies). "Cuban Nighthawk" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines, summer; migr.). "West Indian Nighthawk" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 159-162, 4 pis. (Santa Barbara; figs, nest and eggs). Three specimens: Bibijagua, McKinley, and Los Indies. This is the race of Chordeiles virginianus which is a summer resident in the Greater Antilles. It may readily be distinguished by its small size, and is furthermore peculiar in having a rufescent phase of plumage entirely independent of age, sex, or season. In the present series there is one female in this rufescent phase, and another more grayish, also- one male in the gray phase. The significance of this dichromatism is. no more understood than in other cases in which it occurs. Mr., Oberholser has given reasons for believing that C. v. minor is probably the nearest living representative of the " original-stock " form, and! it is certainly a very strongly marked subspecies, if not indeed worthy of higher rank. A very common bird in the Isle of Pines, the generally open character of much of the country being very well suited to its needs. In its habits it closely resembles the northern form, flying mostly in the morning and evening in dry weather, but throughout the day during rainy weather, at which times scores may be in sight at once. It is a summer resident only, but arrives very early, Mr. Link's first specimen having been taken February 6, while Mr. Read recorded it in 1912 on March 14. It lays its eggs on the ground in open situations, and the young are hatched in May. Plate XXVI shows the incubating bird, and is reproduced from a photograph made by Mr. Read, a cut pre- 238 Annals of the Carnegie IMuseum. pared from which has been kindly loaned by Mr. R. M. Barnes, the editor of The Oologist. None were seen after the last of September. Its winter home appears to be still unknown. 85. Setochalcis cubanensis (Lawrence). Cuban Whip-poor-will. Caprimulgus vocifems? (not of Wilson) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, ^rfe Gundlach). Anlrostomus vocifems? Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 203 (I. of Pines, ex Poey; crit.). Antrostomus cubanensis Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 203 (Cienaga). — Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). — Ridgwav, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 513 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). "Whip-poor-will" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 124 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 113 (West Mc- Kinley). "Cuban Whip-poor-will" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Inasmuch as the common Whip-poor-will is unknown in the West Indies (except for a single accidental occurrence in Porto Rico), it is practically certain that Poey's record above quoted refers to the present species, which otherwise is known only from Cuba, and seems to be rare in collections. Mr. Zappey shot a single bird in June, in the dense woods south of the Cienaga, but unfortunately it was too much mangled to be preserved. Mr. Link did not meet with this species, but Mr. Read says that he has noted it on a few occasions in the northwestern part of the island, and writes that he has even found it nesting there. 86. Antrostomus carolinensis (Gmelin). Chuck-will's-widow. Antrostomus carolinensis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 105 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 103 (I. of Pines). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 506 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). According to Gundlach, the present species is not rare in Cuba, occurring every year, presumably as a winter resident. He attributes it also to the Isle of Pines without special comment, this being the only record so far available. It should be looked for in suitable covert at the proper season. 87. Todus multicolor Gould. Cuban Tody. Todus portoricensis Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, Jide Gundlach). Todus multicolor Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 103 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 201 (Santa Fc and Cayo Bonito; Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 239 habits). — Re.\d, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, rgo (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 62 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits); XXVIII, 1911, 13 (I. of Pines); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley). — Read, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Bar- bara). — Read, I. of Pines News, V, Nov. 7, 1913 (descr.; habits). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 443 (Nueva Gerona, Cayo Bonito, and Santa Fe; meas.). "Cuban Tody" Re.a.d, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.); XXX, 1913, 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines). Eighteen specimens: Nueva Gerona and Los Indios. Compared with a small series from Cuba, the Isle of Pines birds differ only in having the sides of the neck rather deeper blue, but the difference is slight and not entirely constant. There is some individual variation observable in the color of the breast, which in some in- dividuals is tinged with pink. This brilliant little bird is an inhabitant of the thickets, and is very common in such situations throughout the island, being particularly numerous on the mountain slopes. It feeds on insects, darting out after them like a flycatcher, the wings making a buzzing sound like a hummingbird's. Its call-note is a rattling sound likened by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey to that made by striking two small pebbles to- gether. It is the reverse of shy, manifesting much curiosity over an intruder into its haunts, and sometimes following for a little distance. It seems to have a special antipathy towards the Ricord Humming- bird, driving it off at every opportunity. Mr. Link did not succeed in finding an^^ nests. 88. Streptoceryle alcyon alcyon (Linnaeus). Belted Kingfisher. Alcedo alcyon Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, Jide Gund- lach). Ceryle alcyon Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 201 (I. of Pines, winter). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). "Belted Kingfisher" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). —Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River); XXVIII, 191 1, 7 (I. of Pines; migr.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines). Two specimens: Los Indios and Nueva Gerona. A winter resident, fairly common along the rivers, but not seen along the coast. A few were noted also in the Cienaga, near Siguanea. It arrives from the north in September, the earliest date recorded by Mr. Read being September 12, 1913. It was observed at Los Indios as late as the first half of April. 240 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 89. Sphyrapicus varius varius (Linnaeus). Yellow-bellied Wood- pecker. Picus varius Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, Jide Gund- lach). Sphyrapicus varius Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 104 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — GuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 139 (I. of Pines). Sphyrapicus varius varius Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 206 (I. of Pines; Po^'s record). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 274 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). Poey lists this species among- those observed by Gundlach near Nueva Gerona, and it is also given by Gundlach himself from the Isle of Pines. It is a regular winter visitant to Cuba. Mr. Zappey saw a few in March, 1902, but none were noted on his later trip. Neither Mr. Link nor Mr. Read appear to have met with it, so that it cannot be a very common or regular visitant to the Isle of Pines. 90. Xiphidiopicus percussus insulae-pinorum Bangs. Isle of Pines Green Woodpecker. Picus percussus (not of Temminck) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Xiphidiopicus percussus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 104 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 140 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 206 (Santa Fe, Cayo Bonito, and Jucaro). — Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Re.\d, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 124, and XXVIII, 191 1, 12 (I. of Pines). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 17, 1914 (descr.; habits). "Cuban Green Woodpecker" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5, and XXVIII, 1911, 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 3 (McKinley), 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.); XXX, 1913, 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios). Xiphidiopicus percussus insulce-pinorum Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XXIII, 1910, 173 (Santa Fe; orig. descr.; type now in coll. Mus. Comp. Zool. ; meas.). — Read, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 185 (Nueva Gerona, Santa Fe, Jucaro, and Cayo Bonito, ex Bangs & Zappey; diag.). Twenty-nine specimens: Nueva Gerona and Los Indios. Not all of the alleged differences pointed out by Mr. Bangs appear to hold good upon comparison, but the smaller size, more restricted red throat-patch, and generally narrower streaking of the under parts are excellent diagnostic characters of this very distinct insular sub- species. Moreover, the median throat-stripe is wholly black, while in the specimens of true percussus examined it is tinged with red almost to the chin. The extent of the streaking on the under surface is a Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 24l variable character, as is also the width of the median black throat-band. Females would seem on an average to have the outer rectrices more decidedly barred than males. Two females in juvenal dress, taken on May 3 and June 28 respectively, have the feathers of the pileum (except anteriorly) tipped with red, as in the adult male. The crimson patch on the breast is lacking, and the general coloration duller, but other- wise they are like adults. Although by no means so abundant as the other native woodpecker, the present species is nevertheless a common bird, preferring the depths of the jungle, however, to the palm-groves. Its call-note is not unlike that of the Yellow-bellied species. It is a much less noisy bird than the Centurus, and thus is more apt to escape observation. The natives accuse it of injuring fruit in the same manner as the other species, but it is very doubtful if the charge is justified, since it is not accustomed to frequent the orange and grape-fruit groves to' any great extent. Two nests were discovered, one at Los Indios, the other at Siguanea. Both were excavated in mangroves, and contained young at the time (April and May). Mr. Read, however, says that it usually nests in the pines at the very edge of the jungle. 91. Centurus superciliaris murceus Bangs. Isle of Pines Wood- pecker. Colaptes superciliaris (not Picus superciliaris Temminck) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gevona., fide Gundlach). Centurus superciliaris Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 141 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 102 (I. of Pines; syn.); XXVIII, 191 1, 12 (I. of Pines). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Nov. 29, 1913 (descr. ; habits). Melanerpes superciliaris Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 206 (San Juan, Jucaro, Nueva Gerona, and Los Almacigos; plum.; meas. ; crit.). "Red-bellied Woodpecker" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines). "Cuban Red-bellied Woodpecker" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 445 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 3 (McKinley and Santa Barbara Mountain), 5 (McKinley; nesting), 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios). Centurus superciliaris murceus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XXII, 1910, 173 (San Juan; orig. descr.; type now in coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.; meas.). — Read, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara). — RmcwAY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 61 (Nueva Gerona, Santa Fe (?), San Juan, Jucaro, and Los Almacigos, ex Bangs & Zappey; diag.). Thirty-six specimens: Xueva Gerona, Los Indios, and Santa Rosalia Lagoon. 242 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Save for the changes incident to wear and fading, this series is fairly uniform. The greatest variation observable is that affecting the barring on the outer rectrices, which is very conspicuous in some in- dividuals, in others almost obsolete. The middle rectrices vary some- what also, the outer webs sometimes having a stripe of white along the shaft, and sometimes a row of spots. These variations occur in both sexes. Four nestlings from Los Indios, taken May 8, are interesting as showing that in juvenal dress the female has more or less red on the crown, thus approximating the pattern of the adult male, as in other species of this family. Compared with specimens of true superciliaris from Guantanamo, Cuba, kindly loaned by Mr. Charles T. Ramsden, males from the Isle of Pines are somewhat smaller, but are little different in color, contrary to the claim of Mr. Bangs. The forehead, throat, and sides of the head average more brownish, less whitish, however, and the supraorbital black patch seems to average larger. Females of the two forms are of the same size, and the colors about the same also; in fact, the only distinguishing mark I can find is the much greater width of the black band on the crown in the birds from the Isle of Pines. This woodpecker is one of the most abundant and generally dis- tributed birds on the island, in spite of the persecution to which it is subjected by the inhabitants, because of the damage which it is said to do to grape-fruit, oranges, and guavas. The injury in ques- tion is done by puncturing the fruits to reach the soft, sweet pulp, tor which the birds manifest a special fondness. As they are by no means shy, it is a simple matter to kill them under such circumstances. The nest is invariably built in a bottle-palm or royal palm, sometimes as low as four feet from the ground. Two sets, of five and six eggs respectively, were taken at Los Indios on May 3 and 5, while another nest found May 8 contained young not quite ready to fly. 92. Priotelus temnurus vescus Bangs & Zappey. Isle of Pines Trogon. Trogon lemnunis (not of Temminck:) Poev, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Priotelus temnurus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 103 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). Priotelus temnurus vescus Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 204 (Los Almacigos, Pueblo Nuevo, Pasadita, and Cayo Bonito, orig. descr. ; type now Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 243 in coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.; meas.; crit.; habits). — Allen, Auk, XXII, 1905, 329, in text (review). — Editors, Ibis, 1905, 631, in text (review). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 190 (I. of Pines), 223 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits); XXVIII, 1911, 13 (I. of Pines).— RiDGWAY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, V, 191 1, 795 (Los Almacigos, Pueblo Nuevo, Pasadita, and Cayo Bonito, ex Bangs & Zappey; diag.). — Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913. 45. and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). — Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 122 (McKinley; habits). — Read, I. of Pines News, Nov. 8, 1914 (descr.; habits). "Isle of Pines Trogon" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River); XXVIII, 191 1, 5 (McKinley; nesting); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios). Twelve specimens: Nueva Gerona, Hato, and Los Indios. There is one female in juvenal dress, shot July 2. It resembles the adult, but is of course duller, the pileum with little bluish gloss, and the red of the under parts paler and mostly confined to the under tail- coverts. The tail and wings are not different from those of the adult, except that the white on the tips of the tertiaries is much reduced and confined to an oblong spot on the outer web. M e.\surements. Priotehis lemnuriis temniirus: No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill. 261" cf Guantanamo, Cuba 129 123 18 772'^ cf Guantanamo, Cuba 120 114 17.5 1019^8 cf Holguin, Cuba 120 115 14925!^ cf Holguin, Cuba 123.5 120.5 i8-5 14927I" d^ Holguin, Cuba 124 118 19 14928I" (^ Holguin, Cuba 123 118 17.5 11976'" cf El Guama, Cuba 124 120 20 Priotelus tefnniirus vescus: 394761* cf Nueva Gerona, I. of Pines iii 100 18 41131IS cf Nueva Gerona, I. of Pines 115 118 17.5 412201* cf Nueva Gerona, I. of Pines 113 108 18 412461* cf Los Indios, I. of Pines 116 109 18 413401* cf Los Indios, I. of Pines 118 106 17 13250'" d' Los Almacigos, I. of Pines 113.5 104 19.5 13251!" cf Los Almacigos, I. of Pines 115 104 19 13254I" cf Cayo Bonito, I. of Pines 114 106 19.5 13255'" cf Cayo Bonito, I. of Pines 113 no 18.5 132581" cf Pueblo Nuevo, I. of Pines 114 108 18.5 '^ Collection Charles T. Ramsden. 1" Collection E. A. and O. Bangs. " Collection Carnegie Museum. 244 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. After actually comparing a series of specimens in the same seasonal plumage I must confess that I am not very favorably impressed with the claim of the bird from the Isle of Pines to recognition by name. There is certainly not the slightest difference in color, and the average difference in size seems scarcely of sufficient importance to justify formal separation. Mr. Ridgway speaks of the red color beneath being appreciably lighter, but I am persuaded that he was dealing with examples in more or less faded dress. This red area seems to average smaller, however, than in the Cuban birds I have examined, although this may be due to the make-up of the skins. Both Mr. Bangs' measurements (some of which I have quoted in the above table), Mr. Ridgway's, and my own, averaging substantially the same as they do, seem scarcely to afford sufficient ground, in my judgment, for the recognition of two subspecies, and I admit such only provisionally. This brilliant species is common in the jungles, or dense tropical forests found in the river valleys and on the mountain slopes. For a perch it chooses an exposed situation, whence it sallies forth after passing insects, upturning to the same branch, in the manner of a flycatcher. Small wild fruits are also eaten at times. As a rule it occurs in pairs, or occasionally three or four may be seen together. " It is a stupid sluggish bird and very tame," scarcely deigning to move out of the way when approached. It has a loud call, repeated at intervals, which has given rise to its native name of " Tocororo." The nest is doubtless built in hollow trees, as is the case with other species of this group; at any rate, Mr. Read mentions having flushed a bird of this species from an old woodpecker's hole in a bottle-palm, on June 25, 1910. Nephoecetes niger niger Gmelin. Black Swift. (?) "Chimney Swift" (error) Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58, 102 (I. of Pines). (?) Cypseloides niger? Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 125, and XXVIII, 191 1, 12, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines). Although this species has long been known from Cuba, where, however, it appears to be rare and local, the above records for the Isle of Pines are admittedly doubtful, resting as they do on imperfect identifications of individuals noted by Mr. Read on at least two occasions. The actual capture of specimens is the only sufficient ground for the admission of such a species as this to the Isle of Pines list. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 245 93. Streptoprocne zonaris pallidifrons (Hartert). Antillean Col- lared Swift. Hemiprocna [sic] zonaris pallidifrons? Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 203 (Nueva Gerona., fide Palmer & Riley). Streptoprocne zonaris pallidifrons Re.\d, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 12, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, V, 191 1, 701 (Nueva Gerona, ex Bangs & Zappey). Messrs. Palmer and Riley say that ".a large swift with some white beneath was seen around the [Casas or Caballos] mountains on several occasions." This description will not fit any known species of this family from the West Indies other than the present, which it is fair to presume was the one in question. Mr. Link did not meet with this or any other swift, but Mr. Read claims to have observed it on at least one occasion (January 31, 1909). Its range is known to include Cuba, Haiti, and Jamaica, and thus inferentially the Isle of Pines, but specimens from the latter island are naturally very desirable in order to support the present not entirely satisfactory records. 94. Tachornis phoenicobia yradii (Lembeye). Cuban Palm vSwift. Tachornis phoenicobia (not of Gosse) Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).— Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909. 124, and XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). "Palm Swift" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River); XXVIII, 1911, 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines). IVIr. Read appears to be the only observer to have noted this species, which he records as " common in summer," being in evidence just before and just after a rain. In reply to a request for further infor- mation he writes as follows: " I have seen it closely on many occasions and have watched it for a considerable time in clearings along the Nuevas River. I see three or four pairs of these birds almost daily in the Santa Barbara nursery, where they are nesting in the stub of a royal palm. This bird is readily recognized and is very tame, not paying the least attention to an intruder, and although it is always seen on the wing it cannot be mistaken for any other swift because of its small size and very noticeable white throat and rump." Such a cir- cumstantial account as this leaves little room for doubt as to identi- fication, but specimens are still desiderata. Although Mr. Link was constantly on the lookout for swifts during his stay in the island, he did not see a single one. There are numerous Cuban records for the present species. 246 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 95. Calypte helenae (Lembeye). Helena Hummingbird. (?) "Black-throated Hummer?" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).— Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 75, and XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines), 113 (West McKinley). Ten specimens: Caleta Grande and Los Indies. Mr. Read's records above quoted, so he writes me, presumably refer to this diminutive species, which has not heretofore been recorded from the Isle of Pines. Mr. Link found it tolerably common in April and May at Caleta Grande and Los Indios, feeding among the red blossoms of the Jatropha glaucovirens. Between this species and the Ricord Emerald a great antipathy exists, the former being driven off from its feeding-grounds by the other whenever they come together. The series secured includes but one adult male, which I am unable ta distinguish in any way from specimens collected in eastern Cuba; the females from the two islands are also precisely alike. Most of the published records for Cuba seem to pertain to the eastern part of the island. 96. Riccordia ricordii ricordii (Gervais). Ricord Emerald. Orthorhynchus ricordii Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Riccordia ricordii Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 203 (Los Almacigos aiid Santa Fe; habits). — Re.'VD, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 190, and XXVIII, 191 1, 12 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 61 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits). "Ricord's Hummer" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines). Riccordia ricordii ricordii Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, V, 1911, 543 (Los Almacigos and Santa Fe, e.v Bangs & Zappey; meas.). — Read, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara). Seventeen specimens: Los Indios, Siguanea, and Nueva Gerona. Although at one time {cf. Annals Carnegie Museum, VII, 1911, 424) I had doubts as to the distinctness of the Bahaman form of Riccordia ricordii, comparison with the present fine series has served to dispel them, so that the trinomial name is very properly employed here. This hummingbird is a very common species in the Isle of Pines, occurring almost everywhere, escept in the swampy country. It is particularly numerous on the wooded slopes of the Casas Mountains, frequenting the flowers which grow so profusely there during the rainy season, and is common also in the country back of Caleta Grande. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 247 " It is a noisy little bird and its mouse-like, squeaking note is uttered at frequent intervals, especially when anything attracts its attention." A nest found by Mr. Link at Los Indios early in May was built in a grape-fruit tree, three or four feet from the ground, and at that time contained two eggs, highly incubated. Another found on the slopes of the Casas Mountains in June, and containing young, was also simi- larly placed at a low elevation. 97. Tyrannus dominicensis dominicensis (Gmelin). Gray Kingbird. Tyrannus dominicensis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 108 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 7, 12 (I. of Pines; habits; nesting). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 10, 1914 (I. of Pines, summer; descr.). Tyrannus dominicensis dominicensis Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 207 (Santa Fe, El Hospital, Cayo Bonito, and Jucaro). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 706 (I. of Pines; meas.). "Gray Kingbird" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — ■ Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 42 (I. of Pines; nesting), 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 7 (I. of Pines), 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara; migr.) "Cuban Gray Kingbird" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 181 (I. of Pines, summer). Four specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, and Nueva Gerona. This species is well known to be migratory in the northern part of its range, and even in Cuba Gundlach says that it is only a summer resident from March to September. Mr. Read claims a similar seasonal status for the species in the Isle of Pines, but Mr. Link actually secured specimens on December 11, January 18, and February 5, thus showing that its occurrence through these months is at least proven. It is an inhabitant of the more open situations, the pine woodlands, pal- metto-growths, and citrus-groves, where it comes in contact with the Cuban Petchary, which it very closely resembles in habits. Mr. Read mentions having found a nest with eggs on April 1 1, 1909, placed in a low tree only six feet from the ground, and close to a building. Messrs. Palmer and Riley found a nest near Nueva Gerona on July 8, 1900, containing two eggs on the point of hatching. 98. Tyrannus cubensis Richmond. Giant Kingbird. Tyrannus magniroslris (not of Swainson) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 108 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 80 (I. of Pines). Tyrannus cubensis Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 207 (Santa Fe, La Vega, Los Almacigos, and Mai Pais). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 711 (I. of Pines; meas.). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 124, 248 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. and XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines), 8 (Nuevas River; habits). — Read, Bird- Lore, XIII, 191 1, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 10, 1914 (I. of Pines, summer, not common). "Giant Kingbird" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 7 (I. of Pines), 10 (Nuevas River); XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Two specimens: Los Indios. All observers agree as to the comparative scarcity of this large flycatcher in the Isle of Pines. Indeed, Mr. Link met with it on but one occasion, securing a pair at Los Indios early in May. These are both in worn breeding dress, and the male is apparently not fully mature, lacking attenuated tips to the outer primaries. Mr. Zappey secured five specimens in the eastern part of the island — all shot in the vicinity of water. Mr. Read says that it is " fairly common along the Nuevas River, where it may often be seen catching insects over the water and occasionally minnows which are swimming near the surface, returning to an overhanging branch to swallow its prey after the fashion of a Kingfisher." The stomachs examined by Messrs. Zappey and Link, however, contained nothing but insects and a few berries. Despite Mr. Read's statement that this species is exclusively a summer resident, there can be no question as to its occurrence in the Isle of Pines throughout the year as in Cuba, since there are no records of its being found to the southward. 99. Tolmarchus caudifasciatus (D'Orbigny). Cuban Petchary. Tyrannus caudifasciatus Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Pitangus caudifasciatus Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 83 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 206 (Santa Fe, El Hospital, Jucaro, and Cayo Bonito). Tolmarchus caudifasciatus Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 679 (Nueva Gerona; Santa Fe, El Hospital, Jucaro, and Cayo Bonito, ex Bangs and Zappey; meas.). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 7 (I. of Pines; habits); XXX, 1913, 122 (McKinley; habits). — Read, I. of Pines News, V, Oct. 25, 1913 (descr. ; habits). (?) "Kingbird" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58, 102, and XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). "Cuban Kingbird" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River), 84 (Mc- Kinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 3 (McKinley and Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.), 5 (McKinley; nesting), 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 7 (Canada Mountains, etc.), 113 (West McKinley), 146 (Bibijagua); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios). Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 249 Thirteen specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indies, Siguanea, and Santa Rosalia Lagoon. This species is subject to much variation from wear and fading, which render the upper parts darker and duller, remove the pale greenish yellow edgings of the remiges, and turn the same color on the under tail-coverts into white. In fresh plumage the back is glossed with olivaceous green. A very common bird throughout the drier parts of the island, fre- quenting the more open situations, where it is usually found in pairs or family groups. In its notes and general habits it closely resembles the Kingbird of the north, and like that species will chase any large bird which happens to invade its territory, even the Turkey Buzzard being an object of its antipathy. It is said to be very fond of the " bibijagua " ant, on occasion alighting on the ground to devour the winged females, as they emerge in swarming time. According to Mr. Read it begins to nest about the middle of April, building a frail structure of twigs and rootlets in a low tree. Two nests found by Mr. Link near Nueva Gerona had eggs in May. 100. Myiarchus sagrae sagrae (Gundlach). La Sagra Flycatcher. Myiarchus sagra Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 207 (Santa Fe, Cayo Bonito, and Jucaro). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 8, 12 (I. of Pines; habits). — Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 191 1, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). Myiarchus sagra sagra Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 636 (I. of Pines; meas.). (?) "Phoebe?" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 13 (I. of Pines), 113 (West McKinley). ''Cuban Crested Flycatcher" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 224 (I. of Pines), XXVIII, 191 1, 6, II (Nuevas River), 7 (Canada Mountains, etc.), 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines). Nine specimens: Los Indios, Majagua River, Cayo Frances, and Nueva Gerona. These birds agree well with specimens from eastern Cuba. Both series differ from the Bahaman form (hicaysiensis) not only in the respects pointed out by Mr. Ridgway in his diagnosis, but also in having less rufous on the rectrices, the outer one (in all but two speci- mens) having practically no rufous apparent, except at the base. Mr. Zappey did not meet with this flycatcher, except in the pine- woods, where it was common in April, May, and June, but according 250 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. to Mr. Link's experience it is by no means confined to such situations, being apt to occur in almost any kind of woods, where it is not swampy. Near the mouth of the Majagua River, as well as on Cayo Frances, it was even found in the mangroves, while at Los Indios it frequented the same dense thicket where the Cuban Wood Pewee was so much in evidence. Until now no nests appear to have been discovered in the Isle of Pines. loi. Blacicus caribaeus (D'Orbigny). Cuban Wood Pewee. Muscipeta caribcea Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Blacicus caribceus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 109 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 87 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 207 (San Juan and Santa Fe). — RmcwAY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 533 (San Juan and Santa Fe, ex Bangs and Zappey; meas.; crit.). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 9, 12 (I. of Pines; habits). — Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley) ; XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). "Cuban Wood Pewee" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River). "Cuban Pewee" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 3 (McKinley), 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc), 7 (Canada Mountains, etc.), n (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913. 123 (Nuevas River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Twelve specimens: Los Indios. The specimens measured agree well with those from this island handled by Mr. Ridgway in being slightly smaller than Cuban examples. They all came from Los Indios, where the species was found to be common in a dense thicket at the edge of a pasture. Some were also seen near Nueva Gerona, while Mr. Zappey's and Mr. Read's records pertain to other sections of the island, so that the species appears to be quite generally distributed, except in the swampy country. In its general habits it resembles the common Wood Pewee, usually perching rather low down, however, and being very tame and unsuspicious. There appear to be no actual records of its nesting in the Isle of Pines, but according to Gundlach it builds a nest on a horizontal branch, much after the style of the common Wood Pewee. Empidonax fiaviventris (Baird). Yellow-bellied Flycatcher. (?) "Yellow-bellied Flycatcher" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, Apr. 28). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXVIII, 1911, 12, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines). This species is generally believed to migrate entirely through Mexico, avoiding the West Indies. The above records published by Mr. Read are therefore open to question. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 251 102. Mimus polyglottos polyglottos (Linnaeus). Mockingbird. One specimen: Nueva Gerona. A single specimen, unquestionably referable to the continental form, was shot by Mr. Link at Nueva Gerona on December 30. This is a female, comparing favorably in size, grayish coloration, and color-pattern of rectrices with birds of that sex from Florida, and it doubtless is a winter migrant from that State. In this specimen even the outer webs of the outer rectrices are somewhat blackish, and the flanks show obsolete streaks. 103. Mimus polyglottos orpheus (Linnaeus). Jamaican Mocking- bird. Mimus polyglottos orpheus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 121 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 231 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). Mimus orpheus Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 207 (I. of Pines, ex Cory; "south coast"). One specimen: Nueva Gerona. Mr. Cory records this species from the Isle of Pines without comment, and this record, doubtless given on Gundlach's authority, has been quoted by Mr. Ridgway and Messrs. Bangs and Zappey. The latter authors add that " the mockingbird is said by the natives to inhabit the south coast in small numbers." Whether or not this state- ment is true, nothing is more certain than that the bird is rare on the island, so that IVIr. Link's record, pertaining to an individual shot in a palmetto growth near Nueva Gerona on March 10, is valuable as the first circumstantial record. The individual taken was a male^ perfectly typical of this form. More recently Mr. Read writes that he has seen four individuals, two together at La Ceiba at the foot of the mountains, and the other two singly in Santa Barbara proper. One of the latter was secured, and through the courtesy of the U. S. National Museum, to which the specimen was sent, is now before me for examination. It was shot April 8, 191 5, is marked as a male, "shot while singing," and measures as follows: wing, 100; tail, loi. In size it thus agrees best with orpheus, but in color-characters it is quite indistinguishable from true polyglottos, so that I am at a loss as to which form it should really be referred. 252 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 104. Dumetella carolinensis (Linnaeus). Catbird. Turdus carolinensis Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Galeoscoptes carolinensis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 121 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 51 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 207 (I. of Pines; Poey's, Cory's, and Gund- lach's records). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 218 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 12 (I. of Pines). "Catbird" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, December) — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 15. and XXVIII, 1911, 7 (I. of Pines; migr.), 118 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley), 130 (I. of Pines, winter). Two specimens: Caleta Grande and Los Indies. A common winter resident, arriving from the north, according to Mr. Read, in October (October 16, 1909; October 27, 1910) or even earlier (September 19, 1913), and remaining until May at least. Mr. Link saw a few near Nueva Gerona the middle of May, while a straggler was noted at Pasadita as late as May 25 — a date when the bird has eggs in Pennsylvania. I\Ir. Read writes that he saw flocks of twenty-five or thirty birds on April 17, 1915, these being the first migrating flocks noticed that season. During its winter sojourn in the island it inhabits the same general kind of situations as in its summer home — bushy thickets, where it keeps well concealed, although its presence is usually revealed by its characteristic notes, uttered when its haunts are invaded. Its spring song was not heard at any time. 105. Myadestes elisabeth (Lembeye). Cuban Solitaire. Myiadestes elisabeth Gundlach, Journ. fiir Orn., 1856, 2 (I. of Pines [error; cf. Gundlach, Journ. fur Orn., 1872, 429, and Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, 1882, 27]). — Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 122 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr. [error]). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 89 (no valid record from I. of Pines). Myiadestes elisabeth relrusus Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 208 (Pasadita; orig. descr. ; type now in Mus. Comp. Zool.; habits). — Allen, Auk, XXII, 1905, 329, in text (review). — Editors, Ibis, 1905, 631, in text (review; crit.). — RmGWAY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 173 (I. of Pines; descr.; syn.). Mr. Charles T. Ramsden has sent me a small but very interesting series of Myadestes elisabeth from eastern Cuba, which I have been able to compare directly with the type and only known specimen of the alleged subspecies retrusus. Three of these Cuban specimens are Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 253 decidedly olivaceous brown above and shaded with grayish below. Two of these are completing the postnuptial moult (August 29), and the third is in comparatively fresh plumage (March 22). A fourth specimen, however, although taken only a day later than the last, is a precise counterpart in all respects of the type of retrusus. This latter individual is somewhat worn (May 25), and I believe that its pale coloration is due to fading rather than to any geographical vari- ation. At all events, until its characters can be substantiated by ad- ditional specimens in fresh plumage, I cannot see my way clear to accord recognition to the form it is supposed to represent. The Solitaire was reported from the Isle of Pines by Gundlach many years ago, on what he discovered later was unreliable authority, The capture of a single specimen by Mr. Zappey at Pasadita therefore constitutes the first authentic record for the island. " The Isle of Pines Solitaire is very rare and occurs in the densest forests only, where, on account of its retiring habits and dull coloration, it is very hard to shoot. Its loud, ringing song can be heard a great distance, and is almost startling in the still forests in which the bird lives. The stomach of the only specimen taken contained a few berries and the remains of insects." A bird believed to have been of this species was seen by Mr. Link at Hato, on the " south coast," on October 17, 1912, but was unfortunately not secured. The natives here appear to be acquainted with the bird, but say it is very rare. 106. Mimocichla rubripes rubripes (Temminck). Red-legged Thrush. Turdus rubripes Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Mimocichla rubripes Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 122 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 49 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII. 1911, 13 (I. of Pines); XXX, 1913, 122 (McKinley; habits). Mimocichla rubripes rubripes Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 208 (Santa Fe, San Juan, El Hospital, and Cayo Bonito; habits; crit.). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 124 (I. of Pines; nesting). — Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). — Read, I. of Pines News, V, Oct. 18, 1913 (descr.; habits). "Red-legged Thrush" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River), 42 (I. of Pines; nesting), 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 3 (McKinley), 5 (McKinley and Santa Barbara Mountain; nesting), 6, 11 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley), 146 (Bibijagua); XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios). 254 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Twenty-two specimens: Nueva Gerona, Los Indies, and McKinley. The series exhibits considerable variation in the depth and extent of the abdominal tawny ochraceous area (not depending on sex, however), while the amount of white streaking on the throat is another variable character. A very common species in the Isle of Pines, taking the place of the Robin in the north, and closely resembling it in general habits. While it is perhaps more partial to the woodland areas than the Robin, it often comes familiarly about the houses and cultivated grounds, and frequently builds its nest in such situations. Mr. Read writes of a pair which built a nest on a rafter in an unfinished house, removing it later to another situation, and Mr. Link saw the same thing happen on one occasion. The nest, too, is like that of the Robin in general appearance, except that it lacks the lining of mud, fibrous roots doing duty instead, and the eggs are laid in April and May. Three or four eggs appear to be the usual complement; they are pale greenish, finely spotted with several shades of brownish. During the nesting- season the males are accustomed to sing in the morning and evening, their song again reminding one of that of the Robin, but being much weaker. At other seasons the birds are nearly silent, merely giving utterance to a sharp note of alarm when disturbed, nor do they come about houses to the same extent. Berries and insects constitute their food, and Mr. Read mentions having seen a lizard fed to the young on one occasion. Hylocichla ustulata swainsonii (Cabanis). Olive-backed Thrush. (?) "Olive-backed Thrush" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, Jan. 14).— Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909. 58. and XXVIII, 191 1. 7 (I- of Pines; migr.), 113 (West McKinley). (?) Hylocichla ustulata swainsonii Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 13 (I- of Pines). Mr. Read claims to have observed this species on a few occasions, in October and even in January (!), but as no specimens appear to have been preserved, and the species is not known to migrate through the West Indies, and is merely acci- dental in Cuba, it seems possible that his records are due to misidentifications, which are very easy to make in this group. 107. Polioptila caerulea caerulea (Linnaeus). Blue-gray Gnat- catcher. Culicivora ccerulea PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Polioptila carulea Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 120 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 54 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey. Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 205 (I. of Pines, March; Poey's record). Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 255 Both Poey, Cory, and Gundlach record the Blue-gray Gnatcatcher from the Isle of Pines, and Mr. Zappey found it there in March, 1902, but not on his later trip. Mr. Link did not chance to meet with it. It is obviously a winter resident, as in Cuba, where according to Gundlach it is abundant. 108. Corvus nasicus Temminck. Cuban Crow. Corvus jamaicensis? (not of Gmelin) Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Corvus nasicus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, no (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 126 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 209 (La Vega and Pasadita; habits). "Cuban Crow" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines, fide G. A. Link). Eleven specimens: Caleta Grande, Caleta Cocodrilos, Jacksonville, and Pasadita. A common species in the Cienaga at Pasadita, where it was found by both Mr. Zappey and Mr. Link. The latter observer failed to meet with it at the western end of the Cienaga, near Siguanea, although it was noted in comparative abundance on the " south coast." A nest was discovered at Jacksonville on April 21, containing one addled egg and three newly hatched young. The egg resembles that of the Common Crow, but the ground-color is rriuch paler. The nest was a mass of sticks, bark, etc., placed on a star-palm about twenty feet from the ground. The Cuban Crow is less wary and difficult of approach than the northern species, and has a great variety of notes and calls, reminding one of the Raven in this respect. 109. Vireo gundlachii gundlachii Lembeye. Gundlach Vireo. Vireo gundlachi Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 116 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 45 (I. of Pines). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 209 (Cayo Bonito; crit.). — Read, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara). " Gundlach's Vireo " Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (Nuevas River), 13 (I. of Pines); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley), 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines). Six specimens: Caleta Grande and Nueva Gerona. A single example of this interesting species was secured by Mr. Link at Caleta Grande on November 29. Later, in February and March, it was encountered near Nueva Gerona also, and a few additional specimens were obtained, the series being very uniform in coloration. All of these were shot in bushy thickets, similar to those in which the Black-whiskered Vireo was found. The species appears to be rather 256 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. uncommon, however, and has been recorded by Mr. Read on only a few occasions. Mr. Zappey secured a pair at Cayo Bonito on May 3, these being the only ones he saw on his second trip. These examples proved on comparison with Cuban specimens to differ in certain particulars, suggesting that subpecific separation might eventually become necessary. I have been able to compare the present series with a good series of Cuban birds, comprising specimens taken from both the eastern and the western parts of the island. Considerably to my surprise I find that the bird of western Cuba is readily separable from that of the eastern part (Guantanamo and Santiago de Cuba), the Isle of Pines specimens naturally agreeing with the western form, averaging merely a trifle duller. Lembeye {Aves de la Isla de Cuba, 1850, 29, pi. 5, fig. i) does not specify an}^ particular type-locality for his Vireo gnndlachii, although he mentions that he first saw the species near Cienfuegos, so that we are doubtless justified in accepting this as the type-locality. No specimens from this point are avail- able, but nine skins from Trinidad, some forty miles to the east- ward, kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. Frank M. Chapman, while obviously intermediate in their characters, seem best referred to the western form. The bird of eastern Cuba I therefore propose to call Vireo gundlachii orientalis subsp. nov. Type, No. 44,219, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Arroyo Hondo, " Los Cafios," Guantanamo, Cuba, October, 1913; Charles T. Ramsden. Suhspecific characters. — Similar to Vireo gimdlachii gundlachii of western Cuba and the Isle of Pines, but general coloration duller; under parts much duller yellow, with more buffy suffusion and dark shading on the sides; lores and postocular spot paler yellow; and upper parts decidedly grayish, less greenish. Vireo gundlachii is thus shown to vary precisely as do certain other closely related species, but in this case the variation is strictly cor- related with locality, which is not true with V. carmioli, V. ochraceus, or even V. crassirostris. no. Vireo griseus griseus (Boddaert). White-eyed Vireo. Vireo griseus griseus Re.'VD, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara). Two specimens: Caleta Grande and Nueva Gerona. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 257 Gundlach says that the White-eyed Vireo is rare in Cuba, where it occurs as a winter visitor. Under such circumstances Mr. Link's records, referring to single individuals killed at Caleta Grande on November 27, and at Nueva Gerona on February 26, are of especial interest, as going to show that the species has a similar seasonal status in the Isle of Pines also. Mr. Read claims to have observed it at Santa Barbara on December 13, 1912. Lanivireo flavifrons (Viellot). Yellow-throated Vireo. (?) "Yellow-throated Vireo" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, May 8). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 113 (West McKinley). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines). (?) Vireo flavifrons Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). The Yellow-throated Vireo is of merely casual appearance in the West Indies, migrating as it does through Mexico and Central America, so that Mr. Read's records above quoted, all apparently referring to a single individual noted May 8, 1909, cannot be received with that degree of confidence necessary to assure the species a place on the list. III. Vireosylva calidris barbatula (Cabanis). Black- whiskered Vireo. Vireo calidris barbalidus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 115 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). Vireosylvia barbatula Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 41 (I. of Pines). Vireosylva calidris barbatula Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, III, 1904, 141 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).- — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 209 (Jucaro, Cayo Bonito, and Santa Fe). "Black-whiskered Vireo" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).— Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 42 (I. of Pines; nesting), 84 (Los Tres Hermanos Mountains); XXVIII, 191 1, 7 (I. of Pines), II (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara; migr. ; habits), 131 (I. of Pines; migr.). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines). Ten specimens: Nueva Gerona. These are precisely like Bahaman specimens. V. c. barbatula differs from V. c. calidris, in addition to the characters usually recog- nized, in having the under tail-coverts paler yellow. A summer resident, arriving about the middle of March, and remaining until October, although according to Mr. Read a few stragglers may stay through the dry season. It is a common inhabi- tant of the low thickets and jungles, where its song, which is a sweet warble not unlike that of the Red-eyed species, is a constant reminder 258 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. of its presence. Mr. Read records a nest found on April 24, 1909, while Mr. Link reports that he found one containing two eggs the second week in June, placed about fifteen feet from the ground, on a horizontal branch of a hardwood tree. Mr. Link did not meet with this species except in the neighborhood of Nueva Gerona, where it was particularly numerous on the slopes and at the foot of the Casas and Caballos Mountains, but Mr. Zappey and Mr. Read have re- corded it from sundry other parts of the island. Vireosylva olivacea (Linnaeus). Red-eyed Vireo. (?) "Red-eyed Vireo" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, April 21). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 7 (I. of Pines; migr.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines; migr.). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines). (?) Vireo olivaceus Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 12 (I. of Pines). This is another species admitted to Mr. Read's list on what are probably in- sufficient grounds, since it does not appear that specimens were taken or preserved. Like the Yellow-throated Vireo, the Red-eyed species migrates through Mexico and Central America, and its occurrence anywhere in the West Indies is merely casual. Indeed, Gundlach says that in all his experience in Cuba he secured but a single specimen. 112. Hirundo erythrogastra Boddaert. Barn Swallow. "Barn Swallow" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, April II).— Read, Oologist, XXVI. 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 7, and XXX. 1913, 131 (I. of Pines; migr.). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 11, 1914 (I. of Pines, migrant). Hirundo erythrogastra Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). Two specimens: Los Indios and Nueva Gerona. A transient visitant only, apparently not common. Its seasonal occurrence is doubtless the same here as in Cuba, where Gundlach says it comes from the north in August, remaining but a short time, however, and reappearing in its northward migration in April and May. The first specimen secured by Mr. Link, however, was shot at the rather late date of November 4, at Los Indios. It is an im- mature male, with the wings and tail fresh and unworn, t*^ vvhite edgings very prominent. A few new chestnut feathers have come in on the forehead, but there are no other signs of moult in progress. Another example was shot at Nueva Gerona on May 12, being one of several seen. Mr. Read has recorded it as early in the spring as March 18 (191 2) and April 11 (1909), and as late as May 8 (1910). Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 259 Riparia riparia (Linnaeus). Bank Swallow. Annals of the Carnegie Museum. A very common and generally distributed species, inhabiting the thick woods as well as the palm and citrus-fruit groves, and often coming familiarly to the vicinity of houses, to feed in the gardens and among the vines. Several nests were found near Nueva Gerona, all in the tops of palm trees, attached to the under side of the broad leaves. This was during the first and second weeks in June. Young birds were on the wing the latter part of June, accompanied by their parents, and such family groups appeared to hold together until the following breed- ing-season. " The oriole feeds a good deal among the flowers of various shrubs and trees, and its head is often daubed with juice and pollen from these." (Bangs & Zappey). 134. Ptiloxena atroviolacea (D'Orbigny). D'Orbigny Blackbird. Quiscalus atro-violaceus Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Dives atroviolaceus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 11 1 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 123 (I. of Pines). Ptiloxena atroviolacea Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, II, 1902, 252 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat. XXXIX, 1905, 211 (I. of Pines, ex Poey and Gundlach). — Sharpe, Hand-List Birds, V, 1909, 507 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 190 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River); XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines), 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines). (?) "Rusty Blackbird?" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). —Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58, and XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines), 113 (West McKinley). This is said to be a common species in Cuba, but it must be much less numerous in the Isle of Pines, since, while given by Gundlach as a native of the island, it was not encountered there by either Mr. Zappey or Mr. Link, although Mr. Read claims to have observed it on sundry Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 277 part (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 190 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 1910, 15 (syn.); XXVIII. 1911, 12 (I. of Pines).— Read, Bird-Lore. XIII. 191 1, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913. 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). — Read, I. of Pines News, V. Nov. 15. 1913 (descr.; habits). "Crackle" Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 58, and XXVIII, 1911. 13 (I. of Pines). "Florida Crackle" (error!) Read. Forest and Stream. LXXIII. 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). Quiscalus quiscula aglcBus (not of Baird) Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, loi (I. of Pines; habits). "Cuban Crackle" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River). 42 (I. of Pines; nesting), 84 (McKinley to Nueva Cerona), XXVIII, 191 1, 3 (McKinley), 6, 11 (Nuevas River). 113 (West McKinley); XXX. 1913. 123 (McKinley and Nuevas River). 125. 127. 130 (Santa Barbara). 168 (Los Indies). Twenty-five specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indies, and Nueva Gerona. Type, No. 41,199, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines, February 28, 1913; Gustav A. Link. Suhspecific characters. — Similar in general to Holoquiscalus cay- manensis caymanensis (Cory), but of larger size, and the gloss of the plumage in the adult male almost entirely steel-blue, without any purplish tinge. In the following table of measurements of this and allied forms only adult males have been included. Holoquiscalus caymanensis caymanensis: No. Locality. Wing. 111185^' Crand Cayman 13S 300192" Crand Cayman i34 30015-° Crand Cayman 135 30034-° Crand Cayman '. 138 3005520 Crand Cayman 135 300452° Crand Cayman 133 Holoquiscalus caymanensis dispar: 398592' Los Indios. I. of Pines 145 398932' Los Indios. I. of Pines : 138 41 19921 Nueva Cerona. I. of Pines 143 4123721 Los Indios. I. of Pines 141 4125021 Los Indios, I. of Pines 140 4132821 Los Indios, I. of Pines 140 171414I' El Cuama, Cuba '. 139 171415I' El Cuama, Cuba 140 1714171' El Cuama. Cuba 146 171418I' El Cuama, Cuba 140 171419I' El Cuama, Cuba 140 Tail. Bill. 113 30 112 30 114 30 117 29 119 28 112 31 128 32 118 31-5 123 33 120 32.5 119 33 120 33 115 31 124 31-5 121 34 119 33 121 31-5 129 35 127 35 126 3S 132 33 129 32 129 34 130 33 126 32 127 31 ii8 35 132 34 128 34 123 35 278 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. Holoquiscalus jamaicensis gundlachii: 1262- San Carlos (Estate), Guantanamo, Cuba 149 1273-2 San Carlos (Estate), Guantanamo, Cuba 152 136922 San Carlos (Estate), Guantanamo, Cuba 152 5724323 Trinidad, Cuba 152 5724923 Trinidad, Cuba 150 5725023 Trinidad, Cuba 152 5725223 Trinidad, Cuba 156 5725323 Trinidad, Cuba 150 5725523 Trinidad, Cuba 150 5725623 Trinidad, Cuba 142 5725723 Trinidad, Cuba 151 1 726481' Guanaja, Cuba 149 177832^^ Baracoa, Cuba 154 The Isle of Pines Holoquiscalus, as represented by the above fine series, was naturally at first referred to the recognized Cuban species, H. gundlachii, but the remarks of Messrs. Bangs and Zappey with reference to the variation which obtains in that form led me to look into the matter a little further, with wholly unlooked-for results. In the course of this investigation it became necessary to examine all of the Greater Antillean forms of this genus, which the latest reviser of the group (Ridgway, Birds of North and Middle America, II, 1902, 222 et seq.) treats as distinct species, apparently on the ground that as insular forms they cannot be expected to intergrade. I have always felt doubt as to the propriety of such an arrangement, and the acquis- ition of a series of grackles from Porto Rico and the Isle of Pines has been made the occasion for a renewed study of this group, the con- clusions from which I present herewith. This study has been made possible only through the loan of a considerable number of specimens from other sources, as elsewhere indicated. Comparison of the series of adult males from the Isle of Pines with a similar series from Trinidad, on the south coast of Cuba, shows at once that the two series represent entirely distinct forms, differing not only in size (except for the bill), but also in color. In the Isle of Pines specimens the gloss is a dark steel-blue, very pronounced both 18 Collection U. S. National Museum. 20 Collection Field Museum of Natural History. 21 Collection Carnegie Museum. 22 Collection Charles T. Ramsden. 23 Collection American Museum of Natural History. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 279 above and below, while in the Trinidad skins it is decidedly purplish or violaceous. These color-differences are very conspicuous when a series of adults are compared, while measurements show that the Isle of Pines birds are constantly smaller. Moreover, specimens from Baracoa, at the eastern extremity of Cuba, and from Guanaja, on the north coast, prove to be the same as the Trinidad birds, while skins from El Guama, in the Province of Pinar del Rio, on the other hand, cannot be distinguished (allowing for their somewhat difTerent con- dition) from those from the Isle of Pines. It is evident, therefore, that as distinctions go in this genus two difTerent species inhabit the island of Cuba, one the eastern and middle, the other the western portion. The differences here pointed out, while perfectly obvious and constant, seem to have escaped the notice of previous writers on this group, or at least to have been discounted as having any geographical significance. While Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, it is true, speak of the great vari- ation among Cuban birds, they seem not to have suspected that this variation was correlated with locality. The question of names for the two forms naturally comes up for determination at this point. Fortunately, the type of Cassin's Qiiiscalus gundlachii is still extant in the museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and Mr. Witmer Stone has very courteously at my request compared it with material which I forwarded for the purpose. He reports that the type-specimen agrees precisely with the purplish bird. This fixes the name gundlachii on the form from eastern Cuba, and leaves that from western Cuba and the Isle of Pines to be provided with a new name, which I here supply. DifTerent as it is from gundlachii, it is so closely related to the Grand Cayman form that it is best considered as conspecific. Besides averaging considerably larger than caymanen- sis, it is somewhat different in color, the plumage lacking almost en- tirely the purplish sheen which is present in that form, although by no means conspicuous. While these differences are, it is true, more or less bridged over by individual variation in both forms, the average difference between the respective series is in my judgment sufficient to entitle the bird of western Cuba and the Isle of Pines to recognition by name. The form from Grand Cayman is not only decidedly smaller than the forms from eastern Cuba and Jamaica respectively, but also has very little of the purplish gloss of the plumage, so pronounced and characteristic a feature in those forms. The latter agree with each 280 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. other so well in their general characters that I propose to unite them as conspecific. Indeed, all the Greater Antillean forms are so closely related that they might be regarded as conspecific without doing violence to the facts in the case, so far as can be judged from the ex- amination of specimens. Whether their habits differ in any essential manner I do not know. The Haitian and Porto Rican forms, too, have so many characters in common that in my judgment they should stand as subspecies of a third specific type. According to my views, arrived at after a careful study and comparison of a series of all the various forms involved, these should stand as follows, the diagnostic characters being based on the adult males alone. a. Body-plumage strongly glossed with dark steel-blue, with little or no vio- laceous shade. b. Larger; steel-blue gloss more pronounced. (Western Cuba and Isle of Pines) Holoquiscalus caymanensis dispar. bb. Smaller; gloss of plumage with a slight vnolaceous shade. (Grand Cay- man) Holoquiscalus caymanensis cayfnanensis. aa. Body-plumage strongly glossed with violaceous. c. Violaceous gloss more intense; bill relatively longer and slenderer. (Eastern Cuba) Holoquiscalus jamaicensis gundlachii. cc. Violaceous gloss less intense; bill relativ^ely shorter and stouter. (Jamaica) Holoquiscalus jamaicensis jamaicensis. aaa. Body-plumage glossed with dark purplish black, especially posteriorly. d. Bill wider, relatively longer, with the tip less strongly decurved. (Haiti) Holoquiscalus niger niger. dd. Bill more compressed, relatively shorter, with the tip more strongly decurved. (Porto Rico) Holoquiscalus niger brachypterus. The above seems to me a more logical arrangement than that at present in vogue, but in any case, should one or more of these six forms be held to be of specific value, a due regard for consistency would require all to be so treated. The various forms from the Lesser An- tilles would also seem to require revision along the same lines, but I have no occasion to discuss this matter further in the present connection. The males of the lot from the Isle of Pines are divided readily into two series when regard is had to the amount of glossiness of the general plumage. The less glossy birds closely resemble the fully adult females in color, but are of course larger. These I take to be birds in first nuptial plumage. The females also differ among themselves in a corresponding manner. Most of the specimens from western Cuba which I have seen chance to be in this immature dress; they thus Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 281 naturally differ more from eastern Cuban birds than do adults. The Bibijagua specimens, shot July 9 and 10, are in juvenal plumage, while adults, taken October 13 and 14, are just completing the postnuptial moult. The iris is marked as " straw-color " in the male, not brown, as given by Mr. Ridgway for gundlachii. The Crackle is an abundant resident species, traveling in flocks, except in the breeding-season. It is found throughout the island, in the more remote districts as well as in the cultivated sections, fre- quenting the open country, the vicinity of streams, etc. It has a bad reputation for destroying rice, but is a useful species nevertheless. It follows the plow as does the Crow Blackbird in the north, which species it otherwise resembles in notes and general habits. According to Mr. Read and Mr. Zappey it is wont to alight on the backs of horses and cattle to pick off the ticks with thich they are often infested. " The male, owing to the vertically placed feathers in the tail, presents a curious appearance when on the wing." A number of nests in process of construction were found in the Cienaga near Siguanea the last week in April; in every case they were situated in the mangroves, only a few feet above the water, and were built of dry sticks and stems of weeds, lined with fine rootlets. Gundlach says that in Cuba they nest in the palm-trees, sometimes several together, and Mr. Read speaks of having found a nest forty feet up in a " jucaro " tree. The eggs are four or five in number, and are colored like those of the Crow Blackbird. 136. Spindalis pretrei (Lesson). Cuban Spindalis. Tanagra prelrei Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Spindalis prelrei Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 114 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Gundlach, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 77 (I. of Pines). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, II, 1902, 68 (I. of Pines; meas.; crit.). — Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 189, 190 (I. of Pines; descr. ; habits); XXVIII, 191 1, 12 (I. of Pines). Spindalis prelrei pinus Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 213 (Santa Fe, Jucaro, Cayo Bonito, Pasadita, and San Juan; orig. descr.; type now in coll. Mus. Comp. Zool.; meas.; crit.; habits). — Allen, Auk, XXII, 1905, 329, in text (review). — Editors, Ibis, 1905, 631, in text (review). — Sharpe, Hand-List Birds, V, 1909, 380 (ref. orig. descr.; I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).— Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 15 (syn.). — Read, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara). — Read, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 6, 1913 (descr.; habits). "Isle of Pines Tanager" Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 5 (Santa Barbara Moun- tain, etc.), II (Nuevas River), 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines). Ten specimens: Los Indios, Siguanea, Caleta Grande, and Bibijagua. 282 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. After having compared the above with a series from eastern Cuba, kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. Charles T. Ramsden, I find myself unable to admit the alleged subspecies pimis to recognition. True, the Isle of Pines birds average a little larger, as shown by Mr. Ridgway and by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, but the difference is certainly slight, the measurements overlapping, and does not in my judgment justify formal separation. Moreover, as regards color, when specimens taken at the same season are compared absolutely no differences between the two series are observable. Messrs. Bang? and Zappey, in their original description, admit that their Cuban specimens (in the case of females at least) were not comparable as to season with those from the Isle of Pines, and it seems as if this circumstance might readily account for the differences to which they call attention. Mr. Ridgway says that he cannot distinguish specimens from the Isle of Pines from those from western Cuba. The seasonal variations in color in this species are well marked. Males taken in November are more deeply colored than those shot in April and May. A young bird dated September 26 is completing the postjuvenal moult, which apparently involves the rectrices. The Cuban Spindalis is a tolerably common resident species in the Isle of Pines, both throughout the northern part and the portion south of the Cienaga. During the breeding-season it is usually seen in pairs, feeding among the buds and blossoms, particularly of Jatropha glau- covirens, in company with the two species of hummingbirds and the Cuban Bullfinch. At other seasons it may be found in small parties in the jungles. According to Messrs. Read and Link it is an unusually silent bird, and likely to be overlooked were it not for the conspicuous colors of the male, but Mr. Zappey says that both sexes sing at times, the song being a low, weak warble. We have so far no information concerning the breeding habits of this species in the Isle of Pines. 137. Passerina cyanea (Linnaeus). Indigo Bunting. "Indigo Bunting" Read, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines April 20).— Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVIII. 1911, 7 (I. of Pines, October 20 [18], 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines). Cyanospiza cyanea Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 191 1, 12 (I. of Pines). A not uncommon species in Cuba in the winter, according to Gund- lach, and recorded from the Isle of Pines on a few occasions by Mr. Read, who has noted it as early in the fall as October 18, and as late in the spring as April 20, these dates corresponding fairly well with Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 283 what is known of its migration in neighboring regions. Mr. Link saw a single individual at Caleta Grande, on the " south coast," about April 19. 138. Melopyrrha nigra (Linnaeus). Cuban Bullfinch. Melopyrrha nigra Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 215 (Punta del Este). "Cuban Bullfinch" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Vines, fide G. A. Link). Eight specimens: Caleta Grande and Hato. All but two of these are adult males, not one of which shows any intermixture of black on the primary-coverts, such as is said to dif- ferentiate M. nigra on the one hand from M. taylori on the other. A series of Cuban specimens, which I have been able to examine in this connection, are absolutely indistinguishable from the Isle of Pines specimens. It is evident, therefore, that Mr. Ridgway's use of this particular character in his diagnosis of the two forms in question {Birds of North and Middle America, I, 1901, 562) must have been based on immature birds, for it is certainly quite misleading. A female in juvenal plumage, dated April 22, is duller than the adult, and the feathers of the back, wings, and posterior under surface are edged and tipped with rufescent brown. This species was only encountered on the " south coast," where it was not common. Most of the specimens were shot in the low shrubby thickets, feeding among the blossoms of Jatropha glaucovirens. It " appears to be restricted in the Isle of Pines to the dry, brushy country south of the Cienaga and even there is not at all common." Mr^ Zappey 's only specimen was taken at Punta del Este. 139. Tiaris olivacea olivacea (Linnaeus). Yellow-faced Grassquit. Tiaris olivacea olivacea Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 214 (Santa Fe and Cayo Bonito; meas.; crit.; habits). — Read, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). Tiaris olivacea Read, Oologist, XXVI, 1909, 190 (I. of Pines; descr. ; habits); XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines). "Yellow-faced Grassquit" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 45 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.), 6, 11 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines). Twenty-six specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, Nueva Gerona, and' Caleta Grande. This series shows considerable variation as regards the size of the / 284 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. black pectoral area In the male, depending possibly upon age, as well as a variation in the exact shade of the upper parts. In the female there is even more variation in the first mentioned respect, some in- dividuals having the black area well marked, while in others there is no trace of it; in the case of the latter, which I take to be younger birds, the yellow of the throat and superciliaries is also duller and more re- stricted. A female in juvenal dress, taken July ii, is dull grayish olive above, and paler below; the superciliaries and chin-spot indi- cated in dull buffy; the remiges and rectrices are edged with greenish as in the adult bird, but the color is duller. The type-locality of this form is Santo Domingo, and according to Mr. Ridgway {Birds of North and Middle America, I, 1901, 531) birds from this island differ in certain minor respects from Cuban specimens, and Messrs. Bangs and Zappey confirm this with reference to Isle of Pines examples also. But the differences are very slight, and I agree with these authors in considering them as unworthy of recognition by name. The Yellow-faced Grassquit is a very common bird, possibly the most abundant bird in the island. It occurs in large scattered flocks during most of the year, frequenting the bushy pastures, citrus-groves, pineapple-fields, etc. In fact it is found almost everywhere, except in the jungles and swamps. In its habits it recalls the Junco of the north, spending most of its time on the ground, and flying up into the trees when disturbed. It feeds on the seeds of various grasses and weeds, and according to Mr. Read occasionally on grasshoppers and crickets. As early as February the flocks break up into pairs, and nesting begins in March. The nests are built low down in a bush or shrub, not necessarily in secluded places, however, as the birds often select the vicinity of houses for this purpose, like the Chipping Sparrow in the north. The nest is a globular affair constructed of dry grasses and other vegetable fibers, with an entrance on one side. Four or five eggs are the usual complement; they are pale blue in color, with small brownish and blackish spots on the larger end. 140. Tiaris canora (Gmelin). Melodious Grassquit. Passerina collaris Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach). Euelheia canora Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 113 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.). — Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, I, 1901, 536 (Cory's record). Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 285 Tiaris canora Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 215 (I. of Pines?, ex Poey and Cory). — Read, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara). "Melodious Grassquit" Read, Oologist, XXVII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 13, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines), 123 (McKinley), 125 (Santa Barbara). A species peculiar to Cuba, and which has been attributed to the Isle of Pines by Poey, on the authority of Gundlach, who, however, says nothing about such an occurrence himself. This appears to be the sole basis for its inclusion in Mr. Cory's list, to which Mr. Ridgway refers. Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, however, " consider this a very doubtful record, probably due to confusion of names," for the reason that Poey does not include the common Yellow-faced Grassquit in his list, while the present species was not detected either by Mr. Zappey or by Messrs. Palmer and Riley. Mr. Read writes that he has identified this species on a few occasions in the " West Coast " section, and has taken specimens. It was noted in small flockc, and he considers it a rare bird. 141. Ammodramus savannarum australis Maynard. Grasshopper Sparrow. Colurniculus savannarum passerinus (not Ffingilla passerina Bechstein) Bangs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 215 (I. of Pines, March). Ammodramus savannarum (not Fringilla savannaruin Gmelin) Read, Oologist, XXVIII, 1911, 13 (I. of Pines). "Grasshopper Sparrow" Read, Oologist, XXX, 1913, 131 (L of Pines, December). Ammodramus savannarum australis Read, Bird-Lore, XV^I, 1914, 50 (Santa Bar- bara). Two specimens: Los Indios. These were both shot in an open pasture, on October 25 and No- vember 21 respectively, and were the only individuals seen on the entire trip. They are precisely similar to winter specimens from Florida, and evidently represent a normal extension of the winter range of the present form. It is of course possible that there may be a resident form of Ammodramus savaymarum in the Isle of Pines, as in several of the other West Indian islands. 142. Passerculus sandwichensis savanna (Wilson). Savannah Sparrow. Passerculus sandwichensis savanna Bangs & Z.^ppey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 215 (I. of Pines, March). This is only a winter resident, but is apparently not common, Mr. Zappey being the only observer who has been so fortunate as to 286 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. meet with it. Specimens were taken by him in March, 1902, but it was not encountered during his second trip. The Isle of Pines seems to be about the southern limit of the winter range of the species. Bibliography. The following chronological list of titles embraces all in which there have been found any references, however trivial, to the birds of the Isle of Pines. The list is believed to be practically complete, and in- cludes not only original references, but also papers containing allusions to or quotations from such sources. More than half of the titles are credited to Mr. Arthur C. Read, some of whose articles appeared in a local newspaper, a file of which is unobtainable, and most of the remainder in an amateur ornithological journal, seldom cited by sys- tematic authorities. The writer of course is aware that it is not customary to consider newspaper articles in compiling a scientific bibliography, especially in such a case as this, where they are not available for general reference, and they are given here merely for the sake of completeness, and because some of the matter they contain has been used in preparing the present paper. All titles have been transcribed literally, and the place and date of publication given in full. 1854. PoEY, Felipe. Apuntes sobre la Fauna de la Isla de Pinos. — Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de la Isla de Cuba, I, Chapter XXXVIII, June, r8s4, 424-431. Contains a nominal list (pages 426-7) of sixty-three species of birds observed by Gundlach during a six days' stay in the vicinity of Nueva Gerona. As we learn from other sources, this was in January, 1854, and numerous winter resident birds are naturally included in the list. 1856. Gundlach, Johannes, and Cabanis, Jean. Dr. J. Gundlach's Beitrage zur Ornithologie Cuba's. [Part IVl.—Jotirnal fiir Ornithologie, IV, January, 1856, 1-16. Myiadestes elisabeth (wrongfully) attributed to the Isle of Pines (page 2). (C/. Journal fiir Ornithologie, XX, 1872, 429). 1861. Gundlach, Johannes. Zusatze und Berichtigungen zu den "Beitragen zur Ornithologie Cuba's." [Part I]. — Journal fiir Ornithologie, IX, November, i86r, 401-416. Contains a reference (page 416) to Chloroenas inornata as a bird of the Isle of Pines. 1866. Gundlach, Juan. Revista y Catalogo de Aves Cubanas. — Repertorio Fisico-Natural de la Isla de Cuba, I, [iii], February, 1866, 281-302. Contains but a single reference to the Isle of Pines — Chloroenas inornata (page 298). Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 287 1873. GuNDLACH, Juan. Catalogo de las Aves Cubanas. — Anales de la Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural, Madrid, II, 1873, 81-191. Differs but little from his 1866 catalogue. Chloraenas inornata from the Isle of Pines, page 143. 1S75. GuNDLACH, ["Jean"] Johannes. Neue Beitrage zur Ornithologie Cubas. [Part VI]. — Journal fur Ornithologie, XXIII, July, 1875, 293-340. Grus "canadensis" (= nesioles) attributed to the Isle of Pines (page 293)- 1876. GuNDLACH, Juan. Contribucion a la Ornitologia Cubana. Havana, 1876, pp. 364- This was published in a series of supplements (probably separately paged) to the Anales de la Academia de Ciencias medicos, fisicas y naturales de la Habana, beginning in 1873 (1871 according to Mr. Charles T. Ramsden), and continuing for about three years. Unfortunately no unbound set of this publication is available at present, so that the exact dates of publication of the various parts are not now ascertainable. The above is the title of the completed volume, issued in 1876. There are Isle of Pines references for Dendroica virens (page 64), Chrysalis leuco- cephalus (page 124), Conurus enops (page 126), Chloraenas inornata (page 128), and Grus "canadensis" (page 143). 1891. GuNDLACH, John. Notes on Some Species of Birds of the Island of Cuba. — Auk, VIII, April, 1891, 187-191. Contains a note on an abnormally colored example of Chrysolis leuco- cephalus from the Isle of Pines. 1892. Cory, Charles B. Catalogue of West Indian Birds. Boston, 1892, pp. 163, I map. In the systematic portion of this work (pages 81-122) are listed all the then known forms of West Indian birds, with an indication of the various islands included in the range of each. The Isle of Pines records herein cited are doubtless (in part at least) from a manuscript list of birds observed on the island during the month of April, 1892, by Dr. Gundlach, and by him placed at the author's disposal {cf. statement on page 35). 1895. Gundlach, Juan. Ornitologia Cubana, 6 Catalogo descriptivo de todas las especies de Aves tanto indigenas como de paso anual 6 accidental observadas en 53 aiios. Havana, 1895, pp. 328, 14 pis. "The last work of this distinguished Cuban ornithologist, containing many references to the birds of the Isle of Pines." With but few excep- tions, however, these references are mere indications of the occurrence there of certain species. The work was published in parts or signatures of sixteen pages each, as monthly supplements to the Archives de la Poli- clinica, commencing some time in 1893, and concluding in 1895. The title quoted is that of the completed volume. 1901. Ridgway, Robert. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part I. — Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, October 24, 1901, pp. xxxii + 715, 20 pis. The only reference to the Isle of Pines in this volume is the quotation of Mr. Cory's record under the synonymy of Euetheia canora, page 537. 288 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 1902. RiDGWAY, Robert. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part II. — Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, October 16, 1902, pp. XX + 834, 22 pis. Contains sundry references to the Isle of Pines in specifying the ranges of certain species. Measurements of Isle of Pines specimens of Spindalis pretrei on page 69. 1904. Cooke, Wells W. Distribution and Migration of North American War- blers. — Bulletin Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture, No. 18, 1904, pp. 142. Quotes Mr. Cory's record for Dendroica virens from the Isle of Pines (page 88). 1904. RiDGWAY, Robert. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part III. — Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, December 31, 1904, pp. XX + 801, 19 pis. Refers to Isle of Pines specimens of Petrochelidon fulva fulva (page 53), and quotes several references from other authors bearing on the birds of the island. 1905. Bangs, Outram, and Zappey, Walter R. Birds of the Isle of Pines. — American Naturalist, XXXIX, April, 1905, 179-215. Review, Ibis, 1905, 630; Auk, XXII, 1905, 329. The first authoritative and important annotated list of the birds of the island, based on a collection made by the junior author in the spring and early summer of 1904, together with some data secured on an earlier trip, in March, 1902. With this original information are incorporated the previously published records of Messrs. Cory, Gundlach, and Poey, bringing the whole number of species in the Isle of Pines list up to one hundred and twenty. Six of these are here described as new, and critical notes on others are added. Much interesting and valuable information on the habits, local distribution, etc., of the various species is included. There is an introduction treating of the physical features, climate, etc., of the island, a map, and a number of half-tones illustrating characteristic scenery. 1905. Nelson, Edward W. Notes on the Names of certain North American Birds. — Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XVIII, April 18, 1905, 121-126. Cathartes aura is divided into a northern and southern race, specimens from the Isle of Pines being referred to the latter. 1905. Bangs, Outram. The Cuban Crab Hawk, Uruhitinga gundlachii (Cabanis). — Auk, XXII, July, 1905, 307-309- Contains a translation of Gundlach's remarks on this species in his Ornitologia Cubana, 1895, 18-19, in which he refers to a nest found in the Isle of Pines. 1905. Clark, Austin H. The Genus Conurus in the West Indies. — Auk, XXII, July, 1905, 310-312. Refers to Conurus euops as formerly an inhabitant of the Isle of Pines. 1905. Thayer, John E., and Bangs, Outram. The Mammals and Birds of the Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama. — Bulletin Museum of Comparative Zoology, XLVI, September, 1905, 137-160. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 289 Measurements given of Isle of Pines specimens of Butorides virescens maculata (pages 142-143). 1905. Clark, Austin H. The West Indian Parrots. — Auk, XXII, October, 1905, 337-344- The Isle of Pines included in the range of the genus Ara. 1905. Clark, Austin H. The Greater Antillean Macaws. — Auk, XXII, October, 1905. 345-348. Ara tricolor is set down as recently extinct in Cuba and the Isle of Pines. 1906. Hellmayr, Carl E. On the Birds of the Island of Trinidad. — Novilates ZoologiccE, XIII, February, 1906, 1-60. Measurements given of Isle of Pines specimens of Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis (page 50). 1906. Cooke, Wells W. Distribution and Migration of North American Ducks, Geese, and Swans. — Bulletin Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture, No. 26, 1906, pp. 90. Reference is made to the only Isle of Pines record for Chen hyperhorea nivalis (page 68). 1907. RiDGWAY, Robert. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part IV. — Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, July i, 1907, pp. xxii + 973. pis. 34- Critical notes, measurements, and references to a number of Isle of Pines species of Turdidee, Mimidae, and Tyrannidae are included. 1907. Rothschild, Walter. Extinct Birds. London, 1907, pp. 244, pis. 42. Includes a reference to Bangs & Zappey's record of Ara tricolor from the Isle of Pines (page 51). 1909. Read, Arthur C. From the Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVI, April 15, 1909, 57-58. A nominal list (common names only) of forty-four species observed during the course of a two months' stay on the island. Several of these were admittedly imperfectly identified, while others are obviously so. 1909. Read, Arthur C. From the Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVI, May 15, 1909, 75- An addendum of twelve species to his previous list, including among others the Cerulean Warbler and Red-eyed Vireo (!). 1909. Read, Arthur C. From the Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVI, July 15, 1909, I0I-I02. Notes on the habits of the "Florida" (= Isle of Pines) Grackle and Ani; list of additional species observed (including such questionable records as Yellow-bellied Flycatcher, Yellow-throated Vireo, and Black- billed Cuckoo); and corrections of identifications in his previous lists. 1909. Read, Arthur C. From the Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVI, Aug. 15, 1909, 124-125. Notes on the habits of the Red-legged Thrush, and additions to the list of species recorded from the island. The "Chimney Swift" of his previous list is here set down as probably the Black Swift. 1909 Read, Arthur C. From the Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVI, September 15, 1909, 148-149. Interesting notes on the habits of the Cuban Oriole, "Zenaida Dove" 290 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. (i. e., the Isle of Pines Plain Pigeon), Limpkin, and Ruddy Quail Dove. 1909. Read, Arthur C. Birds on [sic] the Isle of Pines. — Forest and Stream, LXXIII, September 18, 1909, 452. A nominal list of species seen between December 6, 1908, and July 19, 1909. English names are used almost entirely, and there are numerous erroneous and incomplete identifications. 1909. Read, Arthur C. From the Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVI, October 15, 1909, 165-166. An account of the habits of the Anhinga. 1909. Sharpe, R. Bowdler. A Hand-List of the Genera and Species of Birds. Volume V. London, 1909, pp. xx + 694. Specific references to the Isle of Pines as included in the ranges of a few species. 1909. Read, Arthur C. From the Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVI, November 15, 1909, 189-190. Brief descriptions and notes on the habits of the " Isle of Pines Tanager " (Cuban Spindalis) and Yellow-faced Grassquit, with a list of additional species observed. 1909. Read, Arthur C. The Lizard Cuckoo. — Oologist, XXVI, December 15, 1909, 223. As observed in the Isle of Pines. 1909. Read, Arthur C. Isle of Pines Trogon. — Oologist, XXVI, December 15, 1909, 223. Brief description and notes on its habits, as observed in the Isle of Pines. 1909. Read, Arthur C. Additions. — Oologist, XXVI, December 15, 1909, 224. A nominal list of nine additional species, of which at least two may be classed as doubtful. 1910. Read, Arthur C. A Paddle Down the Nuevas River, November 20, 1909. — Oologist, XXVII, January 15, 1910, 5. A nominal list of thirty-two species. 1910. Read, Arthur C. From [the] Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVII, February IS, 1910, 14-15- Migration dates of various species for the fall of 1909. 1910. Read, Arthur C. A Correction. — Oologist, XXVII, February 15, 1910, 15. Referring to his previous article in this publication for November 15, 1909, and correcting the names of three species therein mentioned. 1910. Read, Arthur C. The Cuban Pigmy Owl. — Oologist, XXVII, March 15, 1910, 35. A brief description and account of its habits, as observed in the Isle of Pines. 1910. Read, Arthur C. A Few Isle of Pines Nesting Records For 1909. — Oologist, XXVII, April 15, 1910, 42. Dates of nesting for seven species. 1910. Read, Arthur C. From the Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVII, May 15, 1910, 61-62. On the Ricord Hummingbird and Cuban Tody, as observed in the Isle of Pines. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 291 1910. Read, Arthur C. From [the] Isle of Pines. A Field Trip to Las [Los] Tres Hermanas [Hermanos] Mountains, April 4, 1910. — Oologisl, XXVIL June 15, 1910, 84. A nominal list of twenty species observed. 10 10. American Ornithologists' Union Committee. Check List of North American Birds. * * * Third Edition (Revised). New York, August. 1910, pp. 430, I map. Petrochelidon fulva attributed to the Isle of Pines (page 292). 1910. Cooke, Wells W. Distribution and Migration of North American Shore- birds. — Bulletin Biological Survey, United States Depari7nent of Agriculture, No. 35, October 6, 1910, pp. 100, 4 pis. Oxyechus vociferus torquatus given as breeding in the Isle of Pines (page 88), doubtless on the authority of Messrs. Bangs and Zappey. 1910. Bangs, Outram. Two New Woodpeckers from the Isle of Pines, West Indies. — Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XXIII, December 29, 1910, 173-174. Descriptions of Centiirus superciliaris murceus and Xiphidiopicus per- cussus insulcE-pinorum, from specimens in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, collected by Walter R. Zappey. 1911. Read, Arthur C. Bird-Life of a .Small Pond at McKinley, Isle of Pines, Cuba. — Oologist, XXVIII, January 15, 1911, 3, 2 pis. Sixteen species recorded. 1911. Read, Arthur C. Birds of Santa Barbara Mountain and Vicinity, Isle of Pines, Cuba. — Oologist, XXVIII, January 15, 191 1, 3-4. A description of the mountain, with a list of twenty species of birds observed there in October. 1911. Read, Arthur C. Nesting Records, McKinley, Isle of Pines, Cuba, for 1910. — Oologist, XXVIII, January 15, 1911, 5. Dates of nesting for nine species. 1911. Read, Arthur C. Sundry Trips. — Oologist, XXVIII, January 15, 1911, 5-7. A nominal list of the birds observed on two trips from McKinley to the mouth of the Nuevas River, August 16 and November 14 (year not stated), and another list covering the species observed on December 4 on a trip from McKinley to the Canada Mountains. 191 1. Read, Arthur C. Migration Notes From The Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVIII, January 15, 1911, 7. The records run from April 14 to November 26. The year is not stated, but is probably 1910. Several species are recorded which are not known to occur in the West Indies except as accidental visitants, and such records are naturally open to suspicion. 19x1. Read, Arthur C. The Flycatchers of the Isle of Vmes.— Oologist, XXVIII, January 15, 1911, 7-9. Brief notes on the habits and nesting of five species. 1911. Read, Arthur C. A Trip Down the Nuevas to the Sea. — Oologist, XXVIII, January 15, 1911, 9-11. A nominal list of forty-three species observed between McKinley and the mouth of the Nuevas River, May 17-19 (1910?). 292 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. iQii. Read, Arthur C. List of Birds Observed by A. C. Read On The Isle of Pines, Cuba, From December 1908, to December 1909. — Oologist, XXVIII, January 15, 1911, 11-13. A formal list, with English and scientific names (many misspelled), but without annotations, of one hundred species, with a supplementary list of fourteen species observed during 1910 but not previously noted. Practically all the questionable records in the author's previous articles are here repeated. 1 91 1. Read, Arthur C. Bird-Lore's Eleventh [Christmas] Bird Census. Mc- Kinley, Isle of Pines. — Bird-Lore, XIII, January-February, 191 1, 43-44. Twenty-four species recorded. 191 1. Read, Arthur C. Birds Seen on one Ten Acre Tract in West McKinley^ Isle of Pines, Cuba. — Oologist, XXVIII, July 15, 1911, 113-114. A nominal list of eighty species, with an indication of their relative abundance. Contains numerous doubtful records. 191 1. Read, Arthur C. A Day at Bibijagua Beach, Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXVIII, September 15, 1911, 146. A nominal list of nine species observed on June 16, (1911?). The "Virginia Rail" is of course some other species. 191 1. RiDGWAY, Robert. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part V. — Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, November 29, 1911, pp. xxiii + 859, 33 pis. Contains measurements of Isle of Pines specimens of Riccordia ricordii ricordii (page 543), and description and measurements of Priotelus temnurus vescus, based on an examination of the type-series. 191 1. Burns, Frank L. A Monograph of the Broad-winged Hawk (Buteo platyp- terus). — Wilson Bulletin, XVIII, September and December, 1911, 139-320. On page 195 is given a record of a pair of Broad-winged Hawks seen circling about the crown of Los Tres Hermanos Mountains on April 3, 1910, by Mr. Arthur C. Read, and identified with a field-glass. 1912. Oberholser, Harry C. The Status of Butorides brunescens (Lembeye). — Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XXV, April 13, 1912, 53-56. Description, measurements, and critical notes on two specimens of this species from Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines. 191 2. Oberholser, Harry C. A Revision of the subspecies of the Green Heron (Butorides virescens [Linnaeus]). — Proceedings United States National Museum, XLII, August 29, 1912, 529-577. Isle of Pines specimens of Butorides virescens cubaniis listed (page 559). 1912. Oberholser, Harry C. A Revision of the forms of the Great Blue Heron (Ardea herodias Linnaeus). — Proceedings United States National Museum, XLIII, December 12, 1912, 531-559. The Isle of Pines is mentioned as included in the range of Ardea herodias adoxa (page 545). 1913. Read, Arthur C. Bird-Lore's Thirteenth Christmas [Bird] Census. Santa Barbara, Isle of Pines. — Bird-Lore, XV, January-February, 1913, 45. Thirty-seven species recorded. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 293 1913. Bangs, Outram. New Birds from Cuba and the Isle of Pines. — Proceedings New England Zoological Club, IV, March 31, 1913, 89-92. Review, Auk, XXX, 1913, 452-453. Agelaius subniger described from the Isle of Pines, from specimens in the Bangs Collection, Museum of Comparative Zoology. 1913. Todd, W. E. Clyde. A Revision of the Genus Chsemepelia. — Annals Car- negie Museum, VIII, May 8, 1913, 507-603. Isle of Pines references to Chcejnepelia passerina ajlavida (page 562), and list of specimens examined (page 599). 1913. Cooke, Wells W. Distribution and Migration of North American Herons and their Allies. — Bidlelin Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture, No. 45, May 24, 1913, pp. 70. Contains several references to published records from the Isle of Pines for species belonging to this group of birds. 1913. Todd, W. E. Clyde. Preliminary Diagnoses of apparently new Birds from Tropical America. — Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XX\T, August 8, 1913, 169-174. Rallus longirostris leucophccus described from the Isle of Pines, from specimens in the Carnegie Museum. 1913. Read, Arthur C. Impressions of the Birds of McKinley, Isle of Pines, Cuba, Made on an Early Spring Morning (March 18, 1911). — Oologist, XXX, August 15, 1913, 122-123. Random notes on various species observed. T913. Read, Arthur C. A Trip to Pine River, Isle of Pines. — Oologist, XXX. August IS, 1913, 123-125. Thirty-three species observed. — July 12-13, 1911. 1913. Read, Arthur C. Birds of the West Coast Section of Santa Barbara, During the Month of September. — Oologist, XXX, August 15, 1913, 127-130. Random notes on sundry species, with half-tones of a grove of royal palms, and of the nesting-places of the Cuban Martin and Isle of Pines Parrot. 1913. Read, Arthur C. Isle of Pines Note. — Oologist, XXX, August 15, 1913, 130. Records specimens of the Cuban Crow, Cuban Bullfinch, and Roseate Spoonbill lately taken in the Isle of Pines by Mr. Gustav A. Link. 1913. Read, Arthur C. Birds Observed on the Isle of Pines, Cuba, 1912.— Oologist, XXX, August 15, 1913, 130-131. A nominal list of species, with an indication of the seasonal status and relative abundance of each, and in some cases the dates of first records. Numerous dubious records are included. J913. Read, Arthur C. Birds Observed on the Isle of Pines From Dec. 1908, to Jan. 1912, Which Were Not Seen During 1912 by A. C. Read. — Oologist, XXX, August 15, 1913, 131. A nominal list of thirty-four species, with dates when each was noted. Numerous dubious records are here repeated. 294 Annals of the Carnegie Museum, 1913. Read, Arthur C. The Herons of the Isle of Pines, Cuba. — Oologist, XXX, August IS, 1913, 132. Brief notes on ten species. 1913. Read, Arthur C. Birds Seen on a Long Journey. — Oologist, XXX, October 15, 1913, "264-268" (= 164-168!). A nominal list of species observed at various points on a trip from the Isle of Pines to Winnipeg, Manitoba, and return. 1913. Read, Arthur C. Red-legged Thrush, Mimocichla Rubripes Rubripes. — Isle of Pines News, V, October 18, 1913. This is the first of a series of articles from Mr. Read's pen, published in a local newspaper at Nueva Gerona, and dealing with the birds of the Isle of Pines in a popular way. There is usually a brief description and general account of the habits, relative abundance, etc., of the several species discussed, as observed in the Isle of Pines. Needless to add, these articles are of much more interest and value than the nominal lists of birds which go to make up so many of Mr. Read's contributions to other journals; the text is remarkably free from typographical errors, and scientific names are given in almost every case. 1913. Read, Arthur C. Cuban Kingbird, Tolmarchus Caudifasciatus. — Isle of Pines News, V, Oct. 25, 1913. 1913. Read, Arthur C. The Cuban Tody, Todus Multicolor. — Isle of Pittas News, V, November i, 1913. 1913. Read, Arthur C. The Isle of Pines Trogon, Priotelus Temnurus Vescus. — Isle of Pines News, V, November 8, 1913. 1 913. Read, Arthur C. The Cuban Crackle. — Isle of Pines News, V, November 15. 1913- 1913. Read, Arthur C. Isle of Pines Lizard Cuckoo, Saurothera Merlini Decolor, Spanish (Arriero). — Isle of Pines News, VI, Nov. 22, 1913. 1913. Read, Arthur C. Cuban Red-bellied Woodpecker, Centurus Superciliaris. — Isle of Pines News, VI, November 29, 1913. 1913. Read, Arthur C. Isle of Pines Tanager, Spindalis Pretrei Pinus. — Isle of Pines News, VI, Dec. 6, 1913. 1913. Read, Arthur, C. The Cuban Oriole. — Isle of Pines News, VI, Dec. 13, 1913. 1913. Read, Arthur C. Anhigna [sic], Anhigna Anhigna. — Isle of Pines News, VI, December 20, 1913. 1913. Read, Arthur C. The Herons of the Isle of Pines. — Isle of Pines News, VI, December 27, 1913. List of twelve species, with a brief description of each. 1914. Read, Arthur C. Antillean Nighthawk, Chordeiles Virginianus Minor. — Isle of Pines News, VI, January 3, 1914. 1914. Read, Arthur C. The Kingbirds. — Isle of Pines News, VI, January 10, 1914. Tyranniis dominicensis and T. ciihensis. 1914. Read, Arthur C. Cuban Green Woodpecker — Xiphidiopicus [percussus] — Isle of Pines News, VI, January 17, 1914. 1914. Read, Arthur C. The Owls of the Isle of Pines. — Isle of Pines News, VI, January 24, 1914. Notes on four species. Todd: The Birds of the Isle of Pines. 295 1914. Read, Arthur C. The Limpkin, Aramus Giganteus. — Isle of Pines News, VI, January 31, 1914. 1914. Read, Arthur C. Bird-Lore's Fourteenth Christmas [Bird] Census, Santa Barbara, Isle of Pines, Cuba. — Bird-Lore, XVI, January-February, 1914, 50. A nominal list of thirty-one species. 1914. Read, Arthur C. The Cuban Crane, Grus Nesiotes.— Isle of Pines News. VI, February- 7, 1914. 1914. Read, Arthur C. The Warblers. — Isle of Pines News, VI, February 14, 1914. A list of twenty-one species of warblers and three of vireos, including several of doubtful authenticity as regards their occurrence in the Isle of Pines. 1914. Read, Arthur C. The Dove and Pigeons of the Isle of Pines. — Isle of Pines News, VI, February 21, 19 14. Nine species briefly discussed. 1914. Read, Arthur C. The Cuban Martin (Progne Cryptoleuca). — Isle of Pines News, VI, April 4, 1914. 1914. Oberholser, Harry C. A Monograph of the Genus Chordeiles Swainson, Type of a new Family of Goatsuckers. — Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 86, April 6, 1914, pp. viii + 123. Isle of Pines specimens of Chordeiles virginianus virginianus and C. v. minor are listed (pages 44 and 84). 1914. Ridgway, Robert. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part VI. — Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, April 8, 1914, pp. xx -f 882, 36 pis. Isle of Pines records and references for a number of species of Picidae, Alcedinidae, Todidae, Caprimulgidae, Tytonidae, and Bubonidae. A new owl, Glaucidium siju vittatum, is described from the Isle of Pines. 1914. Read, Arthur C. The Cuban Cliff Swallow (Petrochelidon Fulva). — Isle of Pines News, VI, April 11, 1914. Includes also a note on the occurrence of the Barn and Bank Swallows. 1914. Read, Arthur C. The Cuban Quail [,] Colinus Cubanensis. — Isle of Pines News, VI, April 18, 1914. 1914. Read, Arthur C. A Bird Trip to the South Coast. — Isle of Pines News, VI, April 25, 1914. Random notes on a few species observed on an ocean trip from Westport to Caleta Grande, April 19, 1914. 1914. Cooke, Wells W. Distribution and Migration of North American Rails and their Allies. — Bulletin of the United States Department of Agriculture, No. 128, September 25, 1914, pp. 50. Contains a reference to Gundlach's record of Grus mexicana from the Isle of Pines (page 10). 1914. Read, Arthur C. Birds of Prey of the Isle. — Isle of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914. A notice of nine species, the Cuban Sparrow Hawk and Cuban Crab Hawk being treated at some length. 296 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. 191 5. Bangs, Outram. Notes on Dichromatic Herons and Hawks. — Auk, XXXn, October, 1915, 481-484. Contains references to certain species of these groups from the Isle of Pines. 1915. Todd, W. E. Clyde. Preliminary Diagnoses of seven apparently new Neotropical Birds. — Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XXVHI, November 29, 19 15, 169-170. Contains a brief description of Columba inornata proxima, page 170. Carnegie Museum, December 20, 1915. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol X. Plate XXI Fig. I. Casas Mountains near Nueva Gerona. Fig. 2. Jungle on upper slopes of Caballos Mountains. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol X, Plate XXIII. Fk,. I. PaliiR-llo-piuL' Scrub, covering large tracts Fig. 2. Grove of Roval Palms. Fig. 3. Bottle-palms. The big tree is frequented by the Isle of Pines Parrot, which nests there. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X Plate XXIV. Fk;. I. Grove of Caribbean Pines near McKinl Fi(,. 2. ^Mangroves and grass alone; river-bank. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X. Plate XXV, Fig. I. Characteristic View in the Cienaga. t'lG. 2. Sea-cliffs at Punta del Este. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X. Plate XXVI. Cuban nighthawk, Chordeiles virginianus minor (Cabanis) on nest, Santa Barbara, Isle of Pines. Photographed by A. C. Read. By the Courtesy of Mr. R. M. Barnes, Editor The Oologisl. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X. MAP OF THE ISLE OF PINES WEST INDIES Scale of Miles Ca\eta Cocodi P^^- XII. THE REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. By Thomas Barbour. (Plate XXVIII.) Introductory. This paper is based upon material from three sources: First, a very extensive and thorough collection made by Mr. G. A. Link of the Carnegie Museum during a long stay upon the island; unfortunately Mr. Link preserved his material in formalin, so that in many cases the condition of the specimens is far from being of the best. Second, an interesting series submitted to me by Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, collected by Messrs. Palmer and Riley at Nueva Gerona; this col- lection is not extensive, but is in an excellent state of preservation. Third, a series collected by Winthrop S. Brooks, Senor V. J. Rodriguez, and myself during a short visit to the Isle of Pines in March, 191 5. Upon this occasion the weather was favorable and we obtained a large number of different species of reptiles, our efforts being to procure as many species as possible in a short time, without attempting to secure very many individuals, and especially to get some notes upon the colors in life of certain of the species, notably those of the genus Anolis, for in some of these creatures the colors in life have considerable taxonomic importance. The Isle of Pines lies about sixty miles south of the Province of Havana, Western Cuba, and may be reached by proceeding to Bata- bano by rail, and then taking a small steamer, which brings one after a delightful night's sail to either the port of Jucaro or Nueva Gerona, the capital. The island is roughly thirty by forty miles in extent, about the size of the State of Rhode Island, containing some twelve hundred and fifty square miles. It is divided into two parts by a large swamp " La Cienaga." I quote in this connection from Mr. Zappey's field notes, given in " The Birds of the Isle of Pines " by Bangs and Zappey {American Naturalist, Vol. XXXIX, 1905, p. 182): " The land south of the Cienaga is of coral formation with a very shallow soil spread over the coral rock, and with deep holes or pits 297 298 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. everywhere. A number of prints of fossil shells of various kinds are observed in the coral rock. Fires devastate this part of the island, burning up the soil and the very roots of the trees, and leaving nothing behind but the bare coral rock, and the region is very sparsely in- habited. The trees of this region are mostly hard wood, there being no pines and very few royal palms." The country north of the Cienaga is entirely different. It consists mostly of dry open pine-woods, interspersed with groves of royal palms and with dense jungly vegetation along the water-courses. There are great areas of savanna land, upon which even the palm-trees will not grow. In general, the country is extremely infertile, and may only be compared with similar areas in the Province of Pinar del Rio in Cuba, where like conditions obtain. There are a number of hills, most of which are composed of metamorphosed igneous rock, much weathered and eroded, while near Nueva Gerona there are two parallel chains of limestone hills, one, called the Sierra de Casas, lying to the west of the river on which the town is situated, and the other the Sierra de Caballos, lying to the eastward. The Sierra de Casas does not reach the sea, but the other Sierra, after extending some miles through the savanna country, reappears after a short break and pushes out to the north coast, where it ends in a bold, precipitous headland. This detached extension of the Sierra de Caballos is known locally as " Calumpo/' a corruption of Punta del Colombo. The lime- stone in these hills is brilliant glistening white, of a beautiful quality, and much harder and more marble-like than I have seen in any of the limestone outcrops in Cuba from one end of the island to the other. The mountain-sides are clothed with dense, thorny scrub, and with scattered high woods wherever there may be sufificient soil, while the shores of the whole island, of course, are fringed with man- grove swamps, except where there are a few white sandy beaches. Most of our collecting was done from Nueva Gerona in the vicinity of the limestone mountains and in the savannas. Mr. Link worked principally in the region about Los Indios, a locality which allowed him access to the Cienaga and the region where the greatest variety of birds was to be obtained. So much for the topography of the island. Its climate is excellent during the dry season, but the rains begin in May and last until October, and I am told that the face of the country is entirely changed, and that the moist conditions obtaining make life far less agreeable than during the winter months. Generally Barbour: Reptiles and Amphibians of the Isle of Pines. 299 speaking, the island is always healthy. In the past the hot springs at Santa Fe attracted many Cuban visitors, as the island, of course, since its discovery has been a dependency of the government of Havana. After the Spanish-American war, a few Americans found their way there, and persuaded themselves that the island was to be retained by the United States. This rumor spread, and speculators in land soon arrived. " Land-booms " followed, and farms and citrus- fruit plantations were sold in many localities. The result is that at present there is a large body of American residents, most of whom came to the island entirely untrained in tropical agriculture, and who purchased farms unsuited for the purpose for which they were sold. This has naturally resulted in disappointment and hardship. The local Cuban authorities proved to be most courteous, and helped us on the occasion of my visit in every possible way. The natives reside principally in Nueva Gerona and its environs, although there are scattered peasants living throughout the island, who will always be found to offer the wayfaring naturalist a charming and courteous, if humble, hospitality. List of the Species. 1. Crocodilus americanus (Laurenti). The Caiman, as it is called by the Spanish-speaking inhabitants of both Cuba and the Isle of Pines, is common in all the salt water estuaries and chief river-mouths of the island. This species does not often push its way up into fresh water, but prefers the lagoons and ponds among the mangroves, where the water is salt or strongly brackish. A specimen about four feet long obtained by Mr. Zappey, shows, as one would expect, that this species is identical with the typical form of this widely ranging creature, which occurs from Florida, through the Greater Antilles, along the coasts of Mexico and Central America, and, reappearing on the Pacific Coast, extends from Southern Mexico to Ecuador. Its habits are astonishingly similar throughout its whole range, and the species is like the old world Crocodilus porosus in its liking for salt water. 2. Crocodilus rhombifer Cuvier. I have not seen a specimen of this species from the Isle of Pines. The Cubans, however, are well aware of its existence and call it in- variably Cocodrilo, in contradistinction to the Caiman. I have long 300 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. been familiar with the habits of this species in the great Cienaga de Zapata in Cuba. Here it is extremely abundant and entirely confined to the fresh-water swamps. Gundlach, on his visit to the Isle of Pines, reported that it was abundant there in the Cienaga. It has apparently remained so until the present time. 3. Pseudemys palustris (Gmelin). The Jicotea, as the Spanish-speaking Creoles call this turtle, is abundant on the Isle of Pines, but less so than in Cuba, except perhaps in the ponds of the Cienaga, where it is said to be very common. In Cuba, especially at Manzanillo, it is esteemed a great delicacy, but I did not observe that they were regularly hunted in the Isle of Pines as they are in Cuba, where the waters of the Rio Cauto supply many to the markets of the neighboring cities and towns. Mr. Link's series was obtained at Los Indios, while Brooks, Rodriguez, and myself procured others in the streams about the Sierra de Casas. 4. Sphaerodactylus notatus Baird. Brooks, Rodriguez, and myself were the only ones fortunate enough to have found this species in the Isle of Pines. We secured four speci- mens in the Sierra de Casas, while grubbing about among dead leaves and scratching up the ground under the heaps of rock at the foot of the cliffs of the Sierra de Casas. We were finding living specimens of the genus of land shells, Megalomastoma, and found these four little lizards in the same places as the shells. I have compared these with examples from the Bahamas, Key W'est, and many localities in Cuba; all are the same. Another Cuban species of the genus Sphczrodactylus, viz. S. nigra piinctatus, is so far unreported from the Isle of Pines, which is perhaps not strange, as in Cuba this form is principally, if not wholly, confined to the Eastern province, Oriente. 5. Sphaerodactylus elegans Reinhardt &. Liitken. While I think it is generally true that individuals from the Isle of Pines representing this species are inclined to be a little less brilliant in color and to have rather narrower dark cross-bands than those from Cuba, I find too great a variability among the latter to make it at all probable that we are dealing with anything more than a slightly dif- ferent average condition of individual variation. Mr. Link secured a series at Los Indios, while we found a few at Nueva Gerona. It Barbour: Reptiles and Amphibians of the Isle of Pines. 301 probably occurs all over the island, as it does in Cuba. One usually finds this tiny creature, perhaps the smallest of living reptiles, in old houses, behind furniture, on the wall behind pictures, and in similar situations. The islanders called it simply Salamanquita, using the same name for the other species of the genus. The Cuban peasants for some reason, which I have never learned or guessed, call it Sala- manquita de la Virgen. 6. Sphserodactylus cinereus Cocteau. Link's series, and our own as well, shows that the representatives of 5. cinereus from the Isle of Pines are absolutely the same as examples from Cuba. This is another species, which I think is encountered in houses, decidedly more often than in the forest under bark or stones. The reverse is the case with S. notatiis, which has not taken so kindly to human companionship. It is called Salamanquita and often Salamanquesa, although the latter name is in Cuba more correctly applied to Tarentola, a genus which is as yet unknown in the Isle of Pines. 7. Anolis equestris Merrem. A careful comparison of a small series of the Giant Anolis secured by Link and specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology from different parts of Cuba has failed to reveal any character by which they may be separated. We did not secure an example of this species in the Isle of Pines, but we saw two, one in the Sierra de Casas, and one in the dense woods east of Colombo promontory. They were in dense foliage in tall trees and could not be reached by our small col- lecting guns, unfortunately the only arms we happened to have with us at the time. I imagine from what the Cuban school-master at Nueva Gerona and other well-informed persons told me, that this lizard is even less common in the Isle of Pines than in Cuba. In Cuba it is far from abundant, but may be found by careful searching in most of the extensive plantings of mango and other fruit-trees, which, of course, are not to be found in the vastly less fertile Isle of Pines. 8. Anolis sagrei Dumeril &. Bibron. This, the commonest species of the genus, is abundant throughout the island. My field-notes state that the skin of the dewlap is dull brick-red, the scales standing out as blackish, while the anterior edge 302 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. is lemon-yellow. On the whole, while I find many individuals which are not really typical, I cannot make up my mind to separate an Isle of Pines race. 9. Anolis porcatus Gray. I have examined series of the common green Anolis in all the collections from the Isle of Pines and compared them carefully with Cuban examples, but I cannot find cause for separating them. In both of the localities the species is one of the commonest of reptiles about plantings in towns and cultivated gardens. In the woods and in un- cultivated country the species is generally rare. 10. Anolis homolechis Cope. This woodland Anolis, which is always so conspicuous in Cuba because of its brilliant ivory-white dewlap, is also found in the Isle of Pines, where it is by no means uncommon, especially in the narrow jungly zones along the many water-courses, which meander through the pine-barrens of the island. Although Cuban specimens have a tendency to have fewer, hence larger, scales between the frontal rugae, this character is not sufficiently stable to separate the two groups of individuals into races. 11. Anolis angusticeps Hallowell. With this little-known species I am able to identify a series of lizards in each of the three collections from the Isle of Pines. These speci- mens are the same as others from Guane, Province of Pinar del Rio, Cuba. In life the specimens which I myself took had a dewlap tinted with peach-blow pink. They varied from ashy gray to light gray greenish in coloration. All were found on the trunks of royal palm- trees, which grow along the road-sides near Nueva Gerona. The species is much more abundant in the Isle of Pines than in Cuba. 12. Anolis alutaceus Cope. I have seen but two specimens of this species from the Isle of Pines. They are U. S. Nat. Mus. Nos. 27916-17, Nueva Gerona, Palmer and Riley, collectors. These individuals I have compared with one of the types of Cope's A. alutaceus (Mus. Comp. Zool. No. 10932) and with a large series of fresh Cuban examples from various points. At first I thought that the Isle of Pines lizards had more pronounced vermiculate rugosities on the head-shields, until I found a few from Barbour: Reptiles and Amphibians of the Isle of Pines. 303 the Sierra Maestra equally rugose. There seem to be more canthal scales in the lizards from the Isle of Pines, but this character is not a fixed one in Cuban specimens. I do not really feel able specifically to separate the two groups of individuals, in spite of a distinct feeling that in general these creatures impress one in a perfectly inexpressible way as being different. 13. Norops ophiolepis (Cope). The grass-lizard of the Isle of Pines seems to be absolutely the same as the one found in Cuba, as far as scutation goes. In color it seems to be rather more brilliant, the mid-dorsal stripe extending a little further forward on the region of the nape. In general the size is distinctly larger. Mr. Link obtained a large series of this lizard at Los Indios, while Brooks, Rodriguez, and I found it abundant and obtained a number of specimens in the open-plains country near Nueva Gerona, where there was abundant bunch-grass. It is a lizard which lives entirely in the grass, never being found in even the lowest bushes. 14. Cyclura macleayi Gray. The iguana is common upon the Isle of Pines, and is usually to be found in the scrub on the flanks of the Sierras and in the savannas about the coasts. Here the tracks may often be seen in the sand. We did not see tracks nor specimens, nor did we hear of its occurring in the pine-barrens. As Mr. Link's collection contained a fine series of these bulky creatures, and as our stock of alcohol and containers was somewhat limited, we preserved no iguanas. A study of Link's series enables me to state, that, although there are a few characters which usually appear to be slightly different from those in the Cuban representatives, the individual variation is nevertheless too great to make it wise to recognize two races. 15. Leiocephalus carinatus Gray. This lizard, which has been aptly termed the " lion-lizard " by some of the English-speaking colonists in the Bahamas, and which is usually called by the Spaniards Raborocado or Perico, is found abundantly about the cliffs near the sea-shore in the Isle of Pines, as in Cuba. I do not believe that individuals from the two localities are specifically separable. 304 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. i6. Leiocephalus cubensis Gray. Dr. Stejneger has kindly informed me that he believes that this name proposed by Gray (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V, 1840, p. no) should supersede L. vittatus Hallowell, which is the name in current use and the one used by Boulenger in the " Catalogue of Lizards in the British Museum " (Part II, 1885, p. 163). Hallowell's name did not appear until 1856. We frequently met with this lizard in the open savannas in various parts of the island and procured a series of specimens, as did also Mr. Link. They seemed to average decidedly smaller in size than the Cuban specimens, and seemed in general to be of a sandier, more bleached-out color, often lacking the rich maroon on the sides of the head and body, which is usually conspicuous in the Cuban specimens. Still I can find no characters of squamation which seem to be sufificiently fi.xed to justify me in describing the race from the Isle of Pines as distinct. 17. Ameiva auberi Cocteau. The ground-lizard of the Isle of Pines seems to be absolutely Identical with that of Cuba. It is fairly abundant and is represented by speci- mens in Link's collection from Los Indios and in our own from Nueva Gerona and various other localities near by. It is found in open, arid savannas, in the pine-woods, in the plant-association of the beach- grape near the shores, and more sparingly in the scrub, which clothes the precipitous slopes of the two parallel limestone mountain-ranges. In common with so many other species of this family the food of Ameiva auberi consists largely of ants, and it is no uncommon sight to see them digging into the craters of ant-nests or crawling noisily about among the dried giant beach-grape leaves, which always seem to be swarming with ants. 18. Epicrates angulifer (Bibron). The big boa, for some reason or other always known to the natives as Maja de Santa Maria, is even more abundant on the Isle of Pines than in Cuba, though its habits seem to be entirely the same in both places and it apparently occurs in the same sort of country. I have been unable to observe that there is any difference between individuals from the two localities. 19. Tropidophis pardalis (Gundlach). Mr. Link secured a series of this species at Los Indios. There is apparently no difference between these specimens and a large series Barbour: Reptiles and Amphibians of the Isle of Pines. 305 from various parts of Cuba and the Bahama Islands. The species is largely nocturnal, like so many Boiids, and is singularly harmless and inoffensive. There is no distinctive Spanish name for these snakes; we have usually applied to them the names " wcja5/to5," "jubitos" or similar diminutives. In the Bahamas the " conchs " call them "Thunder-snakes," since they appear so frequently after rain-storms, drowned out from their subterranean hiding-places. 20. Alsophis angulifer (Bibron). Unfortunately our party did not meet with this species upon the island. Mr. Link secured a series, but they have become so darkened through faulty preservation that it is impossible to say whether a separation should be made on the same sort of characters as those which serve to distinguish so sharply the insular Leimadophis from the Cuban. 21. Leimadophis nebulatus sp. nov. (PI. XXVIII, figs. 1-2.) Type an adult male, Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 11092, from the Sierra de Caballos, Isle of Pines, W. I., collected March, 1915, by Barbour, Brooks, and Rodriguez. Paratypes in Carnegie Museum, Nos. 302 to 308 and 1535; G. A. Link, collector. This form does not differ from L. andrecB of Cuba in squamation, but it does differ regularly and definitely in color-pattern. I have sufficient material to show that this character is really diagnostic, as is not always the case in reptiles. In the type the lateral boundary between the dark, almost black dorsal and the ivory-white ventral areas is not clearly defined, and there are irregular dark-centered rhombs of white extending up on the sides of the anterior part of the body, sometimes almost meeting at the mid-dorsal line. Along the sides are many irregular scattered white spots. The figures (c/. Plate XXVIII, figs, i and 2), show the details. In Cuban specimens there are no such extensive white markings, but only occasional scattered white dots or vertical or horizontal series of small dots, more often no white at all in the dark dorsal and lateral zones. The specimens collected by Link at Los Indios show the same markings as the type, less strikingly, however, since they have been darkened in color by being preserved in too strong formalin. As for variation in the Cuban species, I may say that the pattern is 306 Annals of the Carnegie Museum. equally fixed. (See PI. XXVIII, figs. 3 and 4) Among twenty speci- mens only one shows any tendency toward the condition in nebulatus, and this is an old specimen, which came many years ago from Prof. Felipe Poey, and which served as one of the types of Dromicus cuhensis Garman. It is not impossible that some correspondent of Poey, or perhaps even Gundlach himself, got the specimen in the Isle of Pines, and that it got mixed with Cuban material and sent here. Seven Isle of Pines specimens average 143 for ventral scale-counts, while the same number of Cuban examples average 144. There is no greater difference in the average number of subcaudals, while the number of scale-rows is seventeen in all. The specimen, which I have made the type, was found in dry scrub- country near the Sierra de Caballos. We recognized at first sight that it was far whiter in appearance than Cuban specimens. In Cuba L. andrea. is a common snake, found in cultivated lands in wooded regions, under stones, burrowing in the ground. It is not as fond of wet swampy country as is Alsophis angulifer. The habits of L. nehidatus are probably just the same. 22. Tretanorhinus insulae-pinorum sp. nov. Type, an adult, Carnegie Museum No. 311, from Los Indies, Isle of Pines, W. I., collected by G. A. Link. Paratype, Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 11,190. This species differs from the Cuban T. variabilis in having regularly twenty-one, instead of nineteen rows, of scales around the body. I have examined three examples taken by Link at Los Indios and found this condition common to all. The series of Cuban examples in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, consisting of one from the Rio Tana, near Manzanillo, one from San Diego de los Bafios, four from Soledad, near Cienfuegos, and three from the Rio Cuyaguateje near Guane, all taken by the writer during various Cuban excursions, have nineteen rows of scales. There do not seem to be other differences in squa- mation and the color is the same, so far as one may judge from Mr. Link's material preserved in formalin. This nocturnal water-snake is called Catibo in the Isle of Pines by the natives. This is the same name which is used in Western Cuba. The catibo leads a colorless existence, spending its daylight hours hidden beneath stones, roots, or drift-rubbish in some creek or brook. By night it fares forth a-hunting and if one follows along the water ° c ° G. o, a ■^ o ■s § -s § M o (U " " o o d ^ cS ^ -^ • ■ , •■t-t '1 1 u o o >> T1 ^ T) (U OJ OJ n! OJ ■-■